WO2020085494A1 - Mulch-film laying apparatus and work machine - Google Patents

Mulch-film laying apparatus and work machine Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020085494A1
WO2020085494A1 PCT/JP2019/041944 JP2019041944W WO2020085494A1 WO 2020085494 A1 WO2020085494 A1 WO 2020085494A1 JP 2019041944 W JP2019041944 W JP 2019041944W WO 2020085494 A1 WO2020085494 A1 WO 2020085494A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
width direction
film
attached
support
ridger
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/041944
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
野坂 健吉
征四郎 門脇
瑛史 瀬尾
正夫 長谷川
Original Assignee
株式会社クボタ
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2018202259A external-priority patent/JP7098506B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2018202258A external-priority patent/JP7171368B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2018202257A external-priority patent/JP6983743B2/en
Application filed by 株式会社クボタ filed Critical 株式会社クボタ
Priority to CN201980070486.7A priority Critical patent/CN112888300B/en
Priority to KR1020217015311A priority patent/KR20210077749A/en
Publication of WO2020085494A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020085494A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01BSOIL WORKING IN AGRICULTURE OR FORESTRY; PARTS, DETAILS, OR ACCESSORIES OF AGRICULTURAL MACHINES OR IMPLEMENTS, IN GENERAL
    • A01B49/00Combined machines
    • A01B49/02Combined machines with two or more soil-working tools of different kind
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01CPLANTING; SOWING; FERTILISING
    • A01C11/00Transplanting machines
    • A01C11/02Transplanting machines for seedlings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01CPLANTING; SOWING; FERTILISING
    • A01C11/00Transplanting machines
    • A01C11/02Transplanting machines for seedlings
    • A01C11/025Transplanting machines using seedling trays; Devices for removing the seedlings from the trays
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01CPLANTING; SOWING; FERTILISING
    • A01C5/00Making or covering furrows or holes for sowing, planting or manuring
    • A01C5/04Machines for making or covering holes for sowing or planting
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01GHORTICULTURE; CULTIVATION OF VEGETABLES, FLOWERS, RICE, FRUIT, VINES, HOPS OR SEAWEED; FORESTRY; WATERING
    • A01G13/00Protecting plants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01GHORTICULTURE; CULTIVATION OF VEGETABLES, FLOWERS, RICE, FRUIT, VINES, HOPS OR SEAWEED; FORESTRY; WATERING
    • A01G13/00Protecting plants
    • A01G13/02Protective coverings for plants; Coverings for the ground; Devices for laying-out or removing coverings
    • A01G13/0256Ground coverings
    • A01G13/0287Devices for laying-out or removing ground coverings
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60YINDEXING SCHEME RELATING TO ASPECTS CROSS-CUTTING VEHICLE TECHNOLOGY
    • B60Y2200/00Type of vehicle
    • B60Y2200/20Off-Road Vehicles
    • B60Y2200/22Agricultural vehicles
    • B60Y2200/221Tractors

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to, for example, a mulch film laying device for laying mulch film in a field, and a working machine for planting seedlings in a field.
  • Patent Document 1 Conventionally, the working machine disclosed in Patent Document 1 is known.
  • the working machine disclosed in Patent Document 1 includes a rotary working machine, a ridge forming device, and a multi-film laying device, and forms a ridge in a field cultivated by the rotary working machine to lay a multi-film.
  • Patent Document 2 the working machine disclosed in Patent Document 2 is known.
  • Patent Document 2 The work machine disclosed in Patent Document 2 includes a rotary tiller and a ridger attached to the rotary tiller.
  • the present invention provides a multi-film laying device and a working machine capable of laying a multi-film by narrowing the ridge between two adjacent ridges. Further, in view of the above-mentioned circumstances, the present invention provides a working machine capable of preventing an excessive load from being applied to the attachment portion of the ridger even in a field where advance plowing is not sufficiently performed. To do.
  • a mulch-film laying apparatus is a multi-film laying apparatus that is mounted behind a traveling body and lays a mulch-film on a ridge formed in a field, and is laid on a first ridge.
  • a first roll support shaft that supports a first film roll around which a mulch film is wound, and a second film roll around which a mulch film laid on a second ridge adjacent to the first ridge is wound.
  • a second roll support shaft wherein the first roll support shaft and the second roll support shaft extend in the width direction of the traveling body and overlap in the width direction.
  • the working machine includes the above-mentioned mulch film laying device and a transplanting machine which is mounted on the rear side of the traveling body and which plant seedlings in the ridges.
  • a working machine according to an aspect of the present invention includes a traveling body, a rotary cultivator mounted on a rear portion of the traveling body, and a ridger having a mounting portion attached to the rotary cultivator, and the mounting.
  • the section includes a front attachment portion provided at a front portion of the ridger and a rear attachment portion provided at a rear portion of the ridger.
  • the ridge between two adjacent ridges is narrowed and the mulch film is formed. Can be laid.
  • the ridger is attached to the rotary cultivator by the front attachment portion and the rear attachment portion, it is possible to disperse the load applied to the attachment portion of the ridger. Therefore, it is possible to prevent an excessive load from being applied to the attachment portion of the ridger even in a field where the advance plowing is not sufficiently performed.
  • FIG. 3 is a side view of the rotary cultivator and the mulch film laying device at a substantially central portion in a machine width direction.
  • FIG. 3 is a plan view of the rotary cultivator and the mulch film laying device in the approximate center in the machine width direction.
  • FIG. 1 shows a working machine 1 capable of planting seedlings (planting) together with ground work (plowing etc.) while traveling.
  • the work machine 1 includes a traveling body 1A and a ground work device 1B mounted on a rear portion of the traveling body 1A.
  • the ground work device 1B includes a first ground work machine 2 that is mounted on the rear part of the traveling body 1A so as to be able to move up and down, and a second ground work machine 3 that is mounted on the rear part of the first ground work machine 2 so that it can be moved up and down. ing.
  • FIG. 1 shows a side view of the working machine 1.
  • the front side (left side in FIG. 1) of the driver seated in the driver's seat 5 of the tractor 1A is front
  • the rear side (right side in FIG. 1) of the driver is rear
  • the left side of the driver FIG. 1
  • a horizontal direction K2 (see FIG. 2) that is a direction orthogonal to the front-rear direction K1 (see FIG. 1) of the tractor 1A will be described as a machine width direction K2.
  • the machine width direction is the machine width direction K2 and the direction away from the center of the tractor 1A in the machine width direction.
  • the right side of the tractor 1 ⁇ / b> A in the machine width direction or the direction from the left side to the center of the tractor 1 ⁇ / b> A will be described as the machine width inner side. That is, the inside of the machine width is the direction opposite to the outside in the machine width direction.
  • the inner side of the machine width is the direction K2 in the machine width direction, which is the direction approaching the central portion of the tractor 1A in the machine width direction.
  • the tractor 1A includes a vehicle body 6 and a traveling device 7 including a front wheel 7F attached to a front portion of the vehicle body 6 and a rear wheel 7R attached to a rear portion of the vehicle body 6.
  • the vehicle body 6 includes a prime mover (driving source) E1 and a power transmission case T1 connected to a rear portion of the prime mover E1.
  • the prime mover E1 is, for example, a diesel engine.
  • the power transmission case T1 is configured by directly connecting a clutch housing including a clutch, a transmission case including a transmission, a differential case including a differential device, and the like.
  • the driver's seat 5 In the rear part of the vehicle body 6, the driver's seat 5 is mounted, and a power take-off shaft (so-called PTO shaft) 22 for taking out the power of the prime mover E1 is provided in a rearward protruding shape. That is, the traveling body 1A has the power takeoff shaft 22 that takes out the power of the prime mover E1.
  • a steering wheel 8 is provided in front of the driver's seat 5. Further, the tractor 1A has a battery (not shown) mounted on the front portion.
  • FIG. 4 shows the power transmission device 4 that transmits the power of the prime mover E1 to the power takeoff shaft 22 and the traveling device 7.
  • the power transmission device 4 includes a main propulsion shaft 4a, a main transmission unit 4b, an auxiliary transmission unit 4c, a shuttle unit 4d, a PTO clutch 4e, and a PTO propulsion shaft 4f.
  • the rotary cultivator 2 is mounted on the rear portion of the tractor 1A so as to be able to move up and down via a mounting mechanism such as a three-point link mechanism 9.
  • the rotary cultivator 2 has a rotary machine frame 11.
  • the rotary machine frame 11 includes a transmission case 12, a front support frame 13F, a rear support frame 13R, a left side frame 15L, and a right side frame 15R.
  • the transmission case 12 is located at the center of the rotary cultivator 2 in the width direction (the same direction as the machine width direction K2).
  • a rotary shaft 16 having a shaft center in the machine width direction K2 is provided in a lower portion of the transmission case 12 in a protruding manner in one and the other of the machine width direction K2.
  • a large number of plowing pawls 17 are fixed to the outer periphery of the rotary shaft 16 via brackets.
  • the rotary shaft 16 and the plowing claw 17 configure a plowing section 18 for plowing the field.
  • the tilling section 18 is covered with a rotary cover 19 attached to the rotary machine frame 11.
  • the rotary cover 19 has an upper cover 19A, a rear cover 19B, and a side cover 19C.
  • the upper part of the cultivating part 18 is covered with an upper cover 19A.
  • the rear of the tiller 18 is covered with a rear cover 19B.
  • An upper end of the rear cover 19B is rotatably supported by the rotary machine frame 11 via a pivot shaft 19D about an axis in the machine width direction K2, and is vertically swingable.
  • the rear cover 19B is urged downward by the elastic pressure device 20.
  • the elastic device 20 is a device that urges the rear cover 19B downward by the force of a spring.
  • the rear cover 19B forms the upper surface of the ridge formed by the ridger 51 described later.
  • the sides of the tiller 18 are covered with a side cover 19C.
  • the side cover 19C has a first side cover 19CL and a second side cover 19CR.
  • the first side cover 19CL is arranged on one side (left side) of the rotary cultivator 2 in the width direction (machine width direction K2).
  • the second side cover 19CR is arranged on the other side (right side) of the rotary cultivator 2 in the width direction (machine width direction K2).
  • the first side cover 19CL is attached to the left side frame 15L.
  • the second side cover 19CR is attached to the right side frame 15R.
  • the first side cover 19CL and the second side cover 19CR have the same configuration except that they are attached at different positions.
  • the first side cover 19CL includes an upper side cover 19C1, a lower side cover 19C2, a front side cover 19C3, and a support cover 19C4.
  • the upper side cover 19C1 covers a lateral upper part of the tilling part 18.
  • the lower side cover 19C2 covers a lateral lower part of the tilling part 18.
  • the upper side cover 19C1 is attached to the left side frame 15L.
  • the lower side cover 19C2 is connected to the upper side cover 19C1 via a connection plate 19C5.
  • the front side cover 19C3 extends forward from the front end of the upper side cover 19C1.
  • the mounting body 196 has a first side member 196A, a second side member 196B, and an intermediate member 196C.
  • the first side member 196A is arranged on the left side of the rotary cultivator 2 and attached to the left side support cover 19C4.
  • the second side member 196B is arranged on the right side of the rotary cultivator 2 and attached to the right side support cover 19C4.
  • the first side member 196A and the second side member 196B extend rearward from the front end portion of the rotary cultivator 2.
  • the intermediate member 196C is arranged between the first side member 196A and the second side member 196B.
  • the intermediate member 196C is arranged at the center of the rotary tiller 2 in the width direction (machine width direction K2) and is attached to the rear support frame 13R of the rotary machine frame 11.
  • the ridger 51 is attached to the attachment body 196.
  • the ridger 51 is composed of, for example, a ridger.
  • the ridger 51 has a shape in which the width (length in the machine width direction) increases from the front to the rear in a plan view.
  • the ridger 51 includes side ridgers 51L and 51R and an intermediate ridger 51M.
  • the side ridger 51L, 51R includes a first side ridger 51L and a second side ridger 51R.
  • two ridges are formed by forming grooves in the soil cultivated by the rotary cultivator 2 with three ridge risers (first side ridge riser 51L, intermediate ridge riser 51M, second side ridge riser 51R). Can be formed.
  • the upper surface of the ridge is formed by the rear cover 19B. It should be noted that three or more ridges may be formed.
  • the first side ridger 51L is arranged on one side (left side) in the width direction of the rotary cultivator 2.
  • the second side ridger 51R is arranged on the other side (right side) in the width direction of the rotary cultivator 2.
  • the intermediate ridger 51M is arranged at the center of the rotary cultivator 2 in the width direction.
  • the first side ridger 51L forms the left side surface of the left ridge of the two ridges.
  • the second side ridger 51R forms the right side surface of the right ridge of the two ridges.
  • the intermediate ridger 51M forms the right side surface of the left ridge and the left side surface of the right ridge.
  • the first side ridger 51L has attachment portions 51La and 51Lb attached to the rotary cultivator 2.
  • the mounting portions 51La and 51Lb include a front mounting portion 51La provided in a front portion of the first side ridger 51L and a rear mounting portion 51Lb provided in a rear portion of the first side ridger 51L. .
  • the front mounting portion 51La of the first side ridger 51L is provided at the front end of the first side ridger 51L, and the front mounting body 52 is It is attached to the first side cover 19CL via the.
  • the front portion of the front attachment body 52 is attached to the outer surface (the outer surface of the machine width) of the first side cover 19CL.
  • the front attachment body 52 is bent so as to move outward in the machine width as it goes rearward.
  • the front attachment portion 51La of the first side ridger 51L is attached to the rear portion of the front attachment body 52.
  • the vertical position of the front mounting portion 51La with respect to the front mounting body 52 can be adjusted.
  • the rear attachment portion 51Lb of the first side ridger 51L is attached to the first side member 196A via the side coupling body 53.
  • the rear mounting portion 51Lb of the first side ridger 51L projects rearward from the first side ridger 51L.
  • the side coupling body 53 extends in the vertical direction, and has a lower end connected to the rear attachment portion 51Lb of the first side ridger 51L and an upper end connected to the first side member 196A.
  • the length of the side connection body 53 can be adjusted by taking the lower member 53b in and out of the upper member 53a. By adjusting the length of the side connection body 53, the height of the first side ridger 51L can be adjusted.
  • the mounting structure of the front mounting portion 51Ra and the rear mounting portion 51Rb of the second side ridger 51R is similar to the mounting structure of the front mounting portion 51La and the rear mounting portion 51Lb of the first side ridger 51L.
  • the widthwise outer end of the rotary tiller 2 of the side ridges 51L and 51R (the end on the machine width outer side) is the width of the rotary tiller 2 of the side cover 19C. It is located outside the outer end in the direction (the end on the outer side of the machine width).
  • the left end of the first side ridger 51L is located to the left of the left end of the first side cover 19CL.
  • the right end of the second side ridger 51R is located to the right of the right end of the second side cover 19CR.
  • the front attachment portion 51Ma of the intermediate ridger 51M is attached to the lower portion of the transmission case 12 via the intermediate attachment body 54.
  • the front end portion of the intermediate mounting body 54 is attached to the lower front portion of the transmission case 12, and the rear end portion thereof is attached to the front mounting portion 51Ma of the intermediate ridger 51M.
  • the intermediate mounting body 54 has a length adjusting portion 54a capable of adjusting the length in the middle portion between the front end portion and the rear end portion. By adjusting the length of the length adjusting portion 54a, the position of the front attachment portion 51Ma with respect to the transmission case 12 can be adjusted.
  • the rear attachment portion 51Mb of the intermediate ridger 51M is attached to the intermediate member 196C via the intermediate connector 55.
  • the rear mounting portion 51Mb of the intermediate ridger 51M projects rearward from the intermediate ridger 51M.
  • the intermediate coupling body 55 extends in the vertical direction, and has a lower end connected to the rear mounting portion 51Mb of the intermediate ridger 51M and an upper end connected to the intermediate member 196C.
  • the length of the intermediate connecting body 55 can be adjusted by taking the lower member 55b in and out of the upper member 55a. By adjusting the length of the intermediate coupling body 55, the height of the intermediate ridger 51M can be adjusted.
  • earth moving disks 56L and 56R are arranged in front of the rotary cultivator 2.
  • the earth-moving disks 56L and 56R are members for moving the soil inward in the machine width toward the tilling part 18.
  • the earth gathering disc 56L is arranged on one side (left side) in the machine width direction and is located on the left front side of the rotary cultivator 2.
  • the earth gathering disc 56R is arranged on the other side (right side) in the machine width direction, and is located on the right front side of the rotary cultivator 2.
  • the earth gathering disks 56L and 56R are arranged obliquely so as to move from the machine width outside to the machine width inside as going from the front to the rear in a plan view.
  • the earth gathering discs 56L and 56R are attached to the front support frame 13F of the rotary machine frame 11 via a disc mounting body 57 and a bracket (not shown).
  • the length of the disc mounting body 57 can be adjusted by taking the lower member 57b in and out of the upper member 57a. By adjusting the length of the disk mounting body 57, the height of the earth-moving disks 56L and 56R can be adjusted.
  • an input shaft (so-called PIC shaft) 21 that takes in power to the rotary cultivator 2 is provided at the front part of the upper portion of the transmission case 12.
  • the input shaft 21 is interlockingly connected to the power takeoff shaft 22 by a joint (universal joint) J1. Therefore, power is transmitted from the power take-off shaft 22 to the input shaft 21 via the joint J1. In other words, power is transmitted from the power take-off shaft 22 to the rotary cultivator (first ground work machine) 2.
  • a first gear (bevel gear) G1 is provided at the rear of the input shaft 21.
  • the first gear G1 meshes with a second gear (bevel gear) G2.
  • the second gear G2 is provided on the first transmission shaft S1 having an axis in the machine width direction K2.
  • the first transmission shaft S1 is provided with a third gear (spur gear) G3.
  • the third gear G3 meshes with a fourth gear (spur gear) G4 located below the third gear G3.
  • the fourth gear G4 meshes with a fifth gear (spur gear) G5 located below the fourth gear G4.
  • the fifth gear G5 is provided on the rotary shaft 16. Therefore, the power transmitted to the input shaft 21 is transmitted to the rotary shaft 16 via the first to fifth gears G1 to G5, and the rotary shaft 16 rotates in the direction of arrow X1 in FIG.
  • the first transmission shaft S1 extends from substantially the center in the width direction of the rotary cultivator 2 toward one outside (the left side) of the machine width.
  • a first sprocket SP1 is provided at one end portion (left end portion) on the machine width outer side of the first transmission shaft S1.
  • a second transmission shaft S2 extending in the machine width direction is provided in front of the first transmission shaft S1.
  • a second sprocket SP2 is provided on the second transmission shaft S2.
  • a chain 26 is stretched over the first sprocket SP1 and the second sprocket SP2. As a result, the power transmitted to the first transmission shaft S1 is transmitted to the second transmission shaft S2.
  • a sixth gear G6 is provided at one end (left end) of the second transmission shaft S2.
  • the sixth gear G6 rotates integrally with the second transmission shaft S2.
  • the sixth gear G6 is a pulse detection gear for measuring the rotation speed of the second transmission shaft S2.
  • a pulse sensor 25 that outputs a pulsed signal (generates a pulse) by detecting the unevenness of the sixth gear G6 is provided near the sixth gear G6.
  • an electromagnetic clutch 24 is provided on one end side (left end side) of the second transmission shaft S2.
  • the electromagnetic clutch 24 intermittently transmits the power transmitted to the second transmission shaft S2 to the third transmission shaft S3.
  • the power transmitted to the third transmission shaft S3 is transmitted to the transplanter 3 via the power transmission system shown in FIG. 11 to drive the transplanter 3 (specifically, the transplanter 3 is equipped with The planting tool 64 and the seedling supply devices 38A and 38B described later are driven).
  • the worm 30 is provided on the third transmission shaft S3, and the worm 30 meshes with the worm wheel 31.
  • the worm wheel 31 is provided on the fourth transmission shaft S4.
  • the fourth transmission shaft S4 is connected to the output shaft 32 via the brake 27.
  • the power transmitted to the third transmission shaft S3 is transmitted to the output shaft 32 via the worm 30, the worm wheel 31, the fourth transmission shaft S4, and the brake 27. Therefore, the power from the prime mover E1 is transmitted from the output shaft 32 to the transplanter 3 via the worm 30 and the like.
  • the transplanter 3 has a plurality of transplant units (a first transplant unit 36A and a second transplant unit 36B).
  • the first transplantation unit 36A is provided on one side (left side) of the transplanter 3 in the machine width direction K2.
  • the second transplantation unit 36B is provided on the other side (right side) of the transplanter 3 in the machine width direction K2.
  • the first transplantation unit 36A includes one machine frame (referred to as a first machine frame) 37A, one seedling supply device (referred to as a first seedling supply device) 38A, and a plurality of planting devices (referred to as a first planting device). 39A and 40A of soil covering devices (referred to as a first soil covering device) corresponding to the number of planting devices 39A.
  • the first seedling supply device 38A, the first planting device 39A, and the first soil covering device 40A are mounted on the first machine casing 37A.
  • the second transplantation unit 36B includes one machine frame (referred to as a second machine frame) 37B, one seedling supply device (referred to as a second seedling supply device) 38B, and a plurality of planting devices (referred to as a second planting device). 39B and the soil covering devices (referred to as second soil covering devices) 40B in the number corresponding to the number of the planting devices 39B.
  • the second seedling supply device 38B, the second planting device 39B, and the second soil covering device 40B are mounted on the second machine casing 37B.
  • the first machine casing 37A and the second machine casing 37B are collectively referred to as a machine casing 37.
  • the first seedling supply device 38A and the second seedling supply device 38B are also collectively referred to as a seedling supply device 38.
  • the first planting device 39A and the second planting device 39B are also collectively referred to as a planting device 39.
  • the first soil covering device 40A and the second soil covering device 40B are collectively referred to as a soil covering device 40.
  • the seedling supply device 38 is a device that supplies seedlings (soil block seedlings, etc.) to the planting device 39.
  • the planting device 39 is a device for planting the seedlings supplied from the seedling supply device 38 in the field, and is raised and lowered by the power of the prime mover E1 to hold and descend the seedlings and plunge into the field to plant the seedlings.
  • the soil covering device 40 is a device that applies soil to the root portion of the planted seedling to cover the soil and suppresses the root portion of the seedling.
  • the plurality of first planting devices 39A include a left first planting device 39AL and a right first planting device 39AR.
  • the plurality of first soil covering devices 40A include a left first soil covering device 40AL corresponding to the first planting device 39AL and a first soil covering device 40AR corresponding to the first planting device 39AR.
  • the plurality of second planting devices 39B include a left second planting device 39BL and a right second planting device 39BR.
  • the plurality of second soil covering devices 40B include a left second soil covering device 40BL corresponding to the second planting device 39BL and a second soil covering device 40BR corresponding to the second planting device 39BR.
  • the transplanter 3 is connected to the rear part of the rotary cultivator 2 via a work implement connection mechanism 41 so as to be able to move up and down. Further, the transplanter 3 is driven up and down by the lifting drive device 42. As shown in FIG. 13, the work implement connecting mechanism 41 includes a tool bar 43 to which the transplanter 3 is attached, and a connecting link mechanism 44 that connects the tool bar 43 to the rotary cultivator 2 in a vertically movable manner.
  • the toolbar 43 is formed by a square pipe and is provided behind the rear support frame 13R and extends in the machine width direction K2.
  • the transplanter 3 is attached to the toolbar 43.
  • the first transplant unit 36A (first machine frame 37A) and the second transplant unit 36B (second machine frame 37B) are attached to the toolbar 43.
  • the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B are attached to the tool bar 43 so that their positions can be adjusted in the machine width direction K2.
  • a chair support 150 is connected to the toolbar 43.
  • the chair support 150 supports chairs (first front chair 187A and second front chair 187B) on which an operator who works on the transplanter 3 sits.
  • the chair support 150 is arranged between the rotary cultivator 2 and the transplanter 3.
  • the chair support 150 includes a first support 151, a second support 152, a connection body 153, and a position adjusting mechanism 230.
  • the first support 151 has a front support member 151a, a rear support member 151b, and a connection support member 151c.
  • the front support member 151a and the rear support member 151b are arranged at intervals in the front-rear direction and extend in the machine width direction K2 in parallel with each other.
  • the connection support member 151c extends in the front-rear direction and connects the front support member 151a and the rear support member 151b.
  • the connection support member 151c includes a plurality (six) of connection support members 151c.
  • the plurality of connection support members 151c are arranged in parallel with each other with a space in the machine width direction.
  • connection support members 151c Of the plurality of connection support members 151c, two connection support members 151c1 and 151c2, which are arranged with the center in the machine width direction sandwiched therebetween, have pillar members 155L and 155R extending upward, respectively. .
  • a support shaft 156 extending in the machine width direction is attached to an upper portion of the column member 155L and an upper portion of the column member 155R.
  • the second support body 152 has vertical support members 157L and 157R and a horizontal support member 158.
  • the vertical support member 157L is connected to the left end portion of the front support member 151a and extends upward from the left end portion.
  • the vertical support member 157R is connected to the right end portion of the front support member 151a and extends upward from the right end portion.
  • the horizontal support member 158 extends in the machine width direction and connects the upper end portion of the vertical support member 157L and the upper end portion of the vertical support member 157R.
  • a position adjustment mechanism 230 is attached to the second support body 152, and chairs (first front chair 187A and second front chair 187B) are supported via the position adjustment mechanism 230.
  • the configuration of the position adjusting mechanism 230 will be described later.
  • the connection body 153 has first connection members 153L1 and 153R1 and second connection members 153L2 and 153R2.
  • the first connecting members 153L1 and 153R1 extend in the front-rear direction.
  • the first connection member 153L1 connects the left part of the toolbar 43 and the vertical support member 157L.
  • the first connection member 153R1 connects the right portion of the toolbar 43 and the vertical support member 157R.
  • a support shaft 159L protruding leftward is provided at the rear portion of the first connecting member 153L1.
  • a support shaft 159R protruding rightward is provided on the rear portion of the first connecting member 153R1.
  • the second connecting members 153L2 and 153R2 extend in the vertical direction.
  • the second connecting member 153L2 connects the left end portion of the rear supporting member 151b and the front portion of the first connecting member 153L1.
  • the second connecting member 153R2 connects the right end portion of the rear supporting member 151b and the front portion of the first connecting member 153R1.
  • the connecting link mechanism 44 includes a lower link (first lower link 44A, second lower link 44B), an upper link 44C, and a connecting member 44D.
  • the connection link mechanism 44 is composed of a parallel link mechanism.
  • the first lower link 44A and the second lower link 44B are arranged parallel to each other and at the same height position.
  • the upper link 44C is arranged above the first lower link 44A and the second lower link 44B.
  • the first lower link 44A, the second lower link 44B, and the upper link 44C extend at the same inclination angle with respect to the horizontal plane so as to move upward toward the rear.
  • the connecting member 44D extends in the machine width direction, and connects the midway portion of the first lower link 44A in the front-rear direction and the midway portion of the second lower link 44B in the front-rear direction.
  • the first lower link 44A connects the chair support 150 and the rotary cultivator 2 at one end side (left side) in the length direction (machine direction K2) of the toolbar 43.
  • the second lower link 44B connects the chair support 150 and the rotary cultivator 2 on the other end side (right side) of the toolbar 43 in the length direction (machine width direction K2).
  • the front end portion of the first lower link 44A is pivotally supported by a left bracket 160L (see FIG. 13) fixed to the left portion of the rear support frame 13R of the rotary cultivator 2 via a support shaft 161L.
  • a rear end portion of the first lower link 44A is pivotally supported by a support shaft 159L (see FIGS. 12 and 13) of the chair support 150.
  • the front end portion of the second lower link 44B is pivotally supported by a right bracket 160R (see FIG. 13) fixed to the right portion of the rear support frame 13R of the rotary cultivator 2 via a support shaft 161R.
  • the rear end of the second lower link 44B is pivotally supported by the support shaft 159R (see FIGS. 12 and 13) of the chair support 150.
  • the upper link 44C connects the chair support 150 and the rotary cultivator 2 at the center of the tool bar 43 in the length direction (machine direction K2). Specifically, the front end portion of the upper link 44C is pivotally supported by a central bracket 160M (see FIG. 13) fixed to the upper portion of the transmission case 12 of the rotary cultivator 2 via a support shaft 161M. The rear end of the upper link 44C is pivotally supported by the support shaft 156 of the chair support 150.
  • the lifting drive device 42 has a lifting cylinder (hydraulic actuator) C1.
  • the lift cylinder C1 is composed of a hydraulic cylinder having a cylinder body C1a and a piston rod C1b.
  • the tip end portion of the piston rod C1b is pivotally supported by the upper support shaft 162.
  • the upper support shaft 162 is attached to a middle portion of the upper link 44C in the front-rear direction.
  • the bottom side of the cylinder body C1a is pivotally supported by the lower support shaft 163.
  • the lower support shaft 163 is attached to the shaft attachment member 164.
  • the shaft attachment member 164 has a front portion attached to an upper portion of the rear support frame 13R of the rotary machine frame 11 and a rear portion attached to an upper portion of the intermediate member 196C.
  • the lifting drive device 42 is connected to a control valve 165 (see FIG. 35) that controls the lifting cylinder C1.
  • the control valve 165 is connected to the cylinder body C1a of the lifting cylinder C1 via a hydraulic hose, and is also connected to a hydraulic pump and a hydraulic oil tank.
  • the hydraulic pump and the hydraulic oil tank are mounted on the work machine 1.
  • the control valve 165 supplies the operating oil to the bottom side of the cylinder body C1a to extend the elevating cylinder C1 by switching the flow of the operating oil in the operating oil tank, or extends the operating oil to the rod side of the cylinder body C1a. It can be supplied to shorten the lifting cylinder C1.
  • the lifting drive device 42 may be configured by an electric cylinder (electric actuator) or an electric hydraulic cylinder (electric hydraulic actuator).
  • the first machine casing 37A and the second machine casing 37B have the same configuration.
  • the machine casing 37 has a main frame 65 and a connecting bracket 61.
  • a seedling supply device 38A, a planting device 39A, a soil cover device 40A, etc. are mounted on the main frame 65 of the first machine casing 37A, and a seedling supply device 38B, a planting device 39B, and a soil cover device are mounted on the main frame 65 of the second machine casing 37B. 40B etc. are mounted.
  • the connection bracket 61 is a member that connects the main frame 65 to the toolbar 43.
  • the connecting bracket 61 includes a mounting wall 61a that abuts on the upper surface of the tool bar 43 so as to be movable in the machine width direction K2, a side wall 61b extending upward from the left end of the mounting wall 61a, and a right end of the mounting wall 61a upward.
  • the other side wall 61c is extended.
  • the attachment wall 61a is fixed to the tool bar 43 by a fixture 77 having a U bolt or the like. Therefore, by loosening the fixture 77, the position of the machine frame 37 in the machine width direction K2 can be changed (adjusted). That is, the connecting bracket 61 is movable in the machine width direction K2 along the tool bar 43.
  • connection bracket 61 of the first machine frame 37A (hereinafter, also referred to as “first attachment 61A”) and the connection bracket 61 of the second machine frame 37B (hereinafter, also referred to as “second attachment 61B”). It is arranged side by side in the machine width direction K2.
  • the first mounting tool 61A and the second mounting tool 61B are movably mounted along the tool bar 43, respectively. As a result, the first transplant unit 36A and the second transplant unit 36B can be moved along the toolbar 43, respectively. Since the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B are movable along the toolbar 43, respectively, the distance between the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B can be adjusted.
  • the transplanter 3 includes an adjustment mechanism that adjusts the distance between the first transplant unit 36A and the second transplant unit 36B.
  • this adjusting mechanism is referred to as a "distance adjusting mechanism”.
  • the distance adjusting mechanism has a connecting bracket 61 (first mounting tool 61A) of the first machine frame 37A and a connecting bracket 61 (second mounting tool 61B) of the second machine frame 37B.
  • the main frame 65 includes a plurality of frame members formed of square pipes (first frame member 65a, second frame member 65b, third frame member 65c, fourth frame member 65d, fifth frame member 65e, sixth frame member 65e).
  • connection bracket 61 is arranged between the eleventh frame member 65k and the twelfth frame member 65m.
  • the first mounting plate 65u is fixed over the lower part of the eleventh frame member 65k and the lower part of the twelfth frame member 65m.
  • a front plate 78La provided at the front part of the first planted frame 78L is bolted to the left part of the first attachment plate 65u.
  • a front plate 78Ra provided at the front of the second planted frame 78R is bolted to the right part of the first mounting plate 65u.
  • the first planting device 39AL is attached to the first planting frame 78L.
  • the first planting device 39AR is attached to the second planting frame 78R.
  • an adjustment groove 66L and an adjustment hole 67L are provided on the left part of the first mounting plate 65u.
  • the adjustment groove 66L is provided above the adjustment hole 67L.
  • An adjustment groove 66R and an adjustment hole 67R are provided on the right portion of the first mounting plate 65u.
  • the adjustment groove 66R is provided above the adjustment hole 67R.
  • Two adjustment grooves 66L are provided side by side with an interval in the machine width direction K2.
  • the two adjustment grooves 66L are arranged along a downwardly convex arc-shaped line.
  • the adjusting holes 67L are provided in a plurality (five) side by side in the machine width direction K2 at intervals.
  • a bolt B1 is inserted into each of the two adjustment grooves 66L, and the bolt B1 is inserted into a through hole in the upper portion of the front plate 78La and fastened with a nut.
  • a bolt B2 is inserted into one of the plurality of adjustment holes 67L, and the bolt B2 is inserted into a through hole in the lower portion of the front plate 78La and fastened with a nut. That is, the front plate 78La is attached to the left part of the first attachment plate 65u at a total of three points, that is, the upper portion is two points (two bolts B1) and the lower portion is one point (one bolt B2).
  • the first mounting plate 65u By moving the bolt B1 inserted through the adjustment groove 66L along the adjustment groove 66L, and changing the adjustment hole 67L through which the bolt B2 is inserted among the plurality of adjustment holes 67L, the first mounting plate 65u.
  • the mounting angle of the first planted frame 78L with respect to can be changed (see the left part of FIG. 18, the phantom line and the double-headed arrow in FIG. 19).
  • the attachment angle of the first planting device 39AL with respect to the first attachment plate 65u can be changed.
  • the inclination angle of the first planting device 39AL with respect to the vertical line can be changed.
  • Two adjustment grooves 66R are provided side by side with an interval in the machine width direction K2.
  • the two adjustment grooves 66R are arranged along a downwardly convex arcuate line.
  • 67 R of adjustment holes are provided in a line (5) at intervals in the machine width direction K2.
  • a bolt B3 is inserted into each of the two adjustment grooves 66R, and the bolt B3 is inserted into a through hole in the upper portion of the front plate 78Ra and fastened with a nut.
  • a bolt B4 is inserted into one of the plurality of adjustment holes 67R, and the bolt B4 is inserted into a through hole in the lower portion of the front plate 78Ra and fastened with a nut. That is, the front plate 78Ra is attached to the right part of the first attachment plate 65u at a total of three points, that is, the upper portion has two points (two bolts B3) and the lower portion has one point (one bolt B4).
  • the first mounting plate 65u is changed.
  • the attachment angle of the second planted frame 78R with respect to can be changed (see the phantom line and the double-headed arrow in the right part of FIG. 18).
  • the attachment angle of the first planting device 39AR with respect to the first attachment plate 65u can be changed.
  • the inclination angle of the first planting device 39AR with respect to the vertical line can be changed.
  • the adjustment grooves 66L, 66R and the adjustment holes 67L, 67R are angle adjustment mechanisms capable of adjusting the relative angle between the plurality of first planting devices (the first planting device 39AL and the first planting device 39AR).
  • the first angle adjusting mechanism can individually adjust the mounting angles of the plurality of first planting devices (the first planting device 39AL and the first planting device 39AR) with respect to the first machine casing 37A.
  • the second machine frame 37B is also provided with the same angle adjusting mechanism as the first machine frame 37A described above.
  • the angle adjusting mechanism (hereinafter, referred to as “second angle adjusting mechanism”) provided in the second machine casing 37B can adjust the relative angle between the second planting apparatus 39BL and the second planting apparatus 39BR. That is, the second angle adjusting mechanism can adjust the relative angle between the plurality of second planting devices (the second planting device 39BL and the second planting device 39BR).
  • the second angle adjusting mechanism can individually adjust the mounting angles of the plurality of second planting devices (the second planting device 39BL and the second planting device 39BR) with respect to the second machine casing 37B.
  • the first angle adjusting mechanism it is possible to adjust the interval (row distance) between the seedling planting position of the first planting apparatus 39AL and the seedling planting position of the first planting apparatus 39AR.
  • the second angle adjusting mechanism it is possible to adjust the interval (row distance) between the planting position of the seedlings by the second planting device 39BL and the planting position of the seedlings by the second planting device 39BR.
  • the first planted frame 78L and the second planted frame 78R may be attached to the machine casing 37 (the first machine casing 37A and the second machine casing 37B) so that the positions thereof can be adjusted in the machine width direction K2. Good.
  • the second mounting plate 65v is fixed over the lower portion of the tenth frame member 65j and the lower portion of the thirteenth frame member 65n.
  • the third mounting plate 65w is fixed over the lower portion of the ninth frame member 65i and the lower portion of the fifteenth frame member 65p.
  • the rear portion of the first soil covering device 40AL is attached to the second attachment plate 65v.
  • the rear portion of the first soil covering device 40AR is attached to the third attachment plate 65w.
  • the working machine 1 includes a connection frame 130 that connects the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B.
  • the connection frame 130 includes a first connection frame member 131, a second connection frame member 132, a third connection frame member 133, a fourth connection frame member 134, a fifth connection frame member 135, and a sixth connection member. It has a frame material 136.
  • the first connection frame member 131 extends in the machine width direction and connects the rear part of the first machine frame 37A and the rear part of the second machine frame 37B.
  • the second connecting frame member 132 is attached to the central upper surface of the first connecting frame member 131 in the machine width direction and extends upward from the upper surface.
  • the third connection frame member 133 extends forward from a midway portion of the second connection frame member 132 in the vertical direction.
  • the front portion of the third connection frame member 133 is connected to the second support body 152 of the chair support body 150.
  • the fourth connection frame member 134 extends upward from a position closer to the front of the third connection frame member 133.
  • the fifth connection frame member 135 connects the upper part of the second connection frame member 132 and the upper part of the fourth connection frame member 134.
  • the sixth connecting frame member 136 extends downward from a position closer to the front of the third connecting frame member 133.
  • the lower end of the sixth connecting frame member 136 is attached to the upper part of the tool bar 43.
  • the height of the first transplant unit 36A and the height of the second transplant unit 36B can be made uniform. Therefore, the planting depths of the seedlings planted in the first transplantation unit 36A and the seedlings planted in the second transplantation unit 36B can be made uniform. Further, it is possible to accurately adjust the spacing between the seedlings planted in the first transplantation unit 36A and the seedlings planted in the second transplantation unit 36B.
  • a housing 166 for housing the control valve 165 and the like is attached to the connection frame 130.
  • the container 166 is attached to an upper portion of the third connecting frame member 133 and a front portion of the fourth connecting frame member 134.
  • a first operating lever 167 and a second operating lever 168 for operating the control valve 165 and the like project from the upper portion of the container 166.
  • a seventh gear (bevel gear) G7 is provided at the rear end of the output shaft 32 that transmits the power from the prime mover E1.
  • the seventh gear G7 meshes with the eighth gear (bevel gear) G8.
  • the eighth gear G8 is provided at one end (left end) of the main shaft 107.
  • the main shaft 107 extends in the machine width direction K2 at right angles to the output shaft 32.
  • the main shaft 107 is provided across the first machine frame 37A and the second machine frame 37B.
  • the main shaft 107 is composed of a plurality of shafts and a connecting shaft that interlocks and connects the shafts, and is expandable / contractible corresponding to the position adjustment of the machine casings 37A, 37B in the machine width direction K2.
  • the main shaft 107 receives power from the prime mover E1 transmitted from the output shaft 32 and rotates. Power is transmitted from the main shaft 107 to the seedling supplying device 38 and the planting device 39 of each transplantation unit 36A, 36B.
  • the main shaft 107 is provided with a first torque limiter 108 and a second torque limiter 109.
  • the first torque limiter 108 cuts off power transmission (torque transmission) from the main shaft 107 to the first transplantation unit 36A when an overload is applied to the first transplantation unit 36A.
  • the second torque limiter 109 shuts off power transmission (torque transmission) from the main shaft 107 to the second transplantation unit 36B when an overload is applied to the second transplantation unit 36B.
  • the main shaft 107 has a rotating shaft (first rotating shaft 107A, second rotating shaft 107B, third rotating shaft 107C) and connecting shafts 107L and 107R.
  • the first rotating shaft 107A rotates by receiving power from the prime mover E1.
  • the second rotating shaft 107B rotates by receiving power from the first rotating shaft 107A.
  • the second rotating shaft 107B is composed of a left shaft 107B1 and a right shaft 107B2 connected by a coupling CP.
  • the third rotating shaft 107C rotates by receiving power from the second rotating shaft 107B.
  • An eighth gear G8 that meshes with the seventh gear G7 is provided at the left end of the first rotating shaft 107A, and the first rotating shaft 107A rotates by receiving the power transmitted from the output shaft 32.
  • the connecting shaft 107L connects the right end of the first rotating shaft 107A and the left end of the second rotating shaft 107B.
  • the connecting shaft 107R connects the right end of the second rotating shaft 107B and the left end of the third rotating shaft 107C.
  • the first rotating shaft 107A, the second rotating shaft 107B, and the third rotating shaft 107C are spline shafts having unevenness in the circumferential direction.
  • the connecting shafts 107L and 107R are tubular spline bearings with which the spline shafts mesh.
  • the first rotating shaft 107A and the second rotating shaft 107B are movable with respect to the connecting shafts 107L and 107R in the width direction of the transplanter 3 (the same as the machine width direction K2). In other words, the first rotating shaft 107A and the second rotating shaft 107B can move in the machine width direction K2 (left or right) by changing the length of the meshing portion with the connecting shafts 107L and 107R. As shown in FIG.
  • the main shaft 107 can expand and contract in the machine width direction K2. That is, by sliding the spline shaft with respect to the spline bearing, the main shaft 107 can expand and contract in the machine width direction K2.
  • the outer circumference of the main shaft 107 is covered by a cover cylinder 110 extending in the machine width direction K2.
  • the cover cylinder 110 is formed by rolling a flexible sheet (for example, a resin sheet) into a cylindrical shape. As shown in FIG. 26, the cover cylinder 110 is rounded so as to have an overlapping portion OL in the circumferential direction.
  • the diameter of the cover cylinder 110 can be increased or decreased by changing the length of the overlapping portion OL. Thereby, it is possible to deal with the main shafts 107 having various thicknesses. Further, the cover cylinder 110 can be opened without any overlapping portion. Thus, after mounting the main shaft 107, the outer circumference of the main shaft 107 can be covered with the cover cylinder 110.
  • the cover cylinder 110 includes a plurality of cover cylinders (first cover cylinder 110A and second cover cylinder 110B).
  • the plurality of cover cylinders 110A and 110B are movable in the machine width direction K2 along the main shaft 107.
  • the first cover cylinder 110A covers the outer circumference of the connecting shaft 107L.
  • the second cover cylinder 110B covers the outer periphery of the connecting shaft 107R. Since the outer periphery of the main shaft 107 is covered with the cover cylinder 110, the first rotating shaft 107A, the second rotating shaft 107B, the third rotating shaft 107C, and the connecting shafts 107L and 107R that form the main shaft 107 are protected from the outside. be able to. Further, since the cover cylinder 110 includes the plurality of cover cylinders 110 that are movable in the machine width direction along the main shaft 107, expansion and contraction of the main shaft 107 in the machine width direction K2 can be dealt with.
  • the power transmitted to the main shaft 107 (the first rotating shaft 107A, the second rotating shaft 107B, the third rotating shaft 107C, and the connecting shafts 107L and 107R) is transmitted through the power transmission mechanism to the first transplant unit 36A and the second transplant unit 36B. Be transmitted to.
  • the transmission mechanism includes a first transmission mechanism 115a to a twelfth transmission mechanism 115m.
  • the power transmitted to the main shaft 107 is transmitted to the first shaft 111 via the first transmission mechanism (chain winding transmission mechanism) 115a.
  • the power transmitted to the main shaft 107 is transmitted to the second shaft 112 via the second transmission mechanism (chain winding transmission mechanism) 115b.
  • the power transmitted to the first shaft 111 is transmitted to the first seedling supply device 38A via the third transmission mechanism (bevel gear transmission mechanism) 115c and the fourth transmission mechanism (chain winding transmission mechanism) 115d.
  • the power transmitted to the second shaft 112 is transmitted to the second seedling supply device 38B via the fifth transmission mechanism (bevel gear transmission mechanism) 115e and the sixth transmission mechanism (chain winding transmission mechanism) 115f.
  • the power transmitted to the first shaft 111 is transmitted to the right first planting device 39AR via the seventh transmission mechanism (chain winding transmission mechanism) 115g, and the eighth transmission mechanism 115h, the third shaft It is transmitted to the left first planting device 39AL via 113 and the ninth transmission mechanism 115i.
  • the power transmitted to the second shaft 112 is transmitted to the right second planting device 39BR via the tenth transmission mechanism (chain winding transmission mechanism) 115j, and the eleventh transmission mechanism 115k, the fourth shaft 114, It is transmitted to the left second planting device 39BL via the twelfth transmission mechanism 115m.
  • the first planting device 39A and the second planting device 39B are similarly configured.
  • the left first planting device 39AL and the right first planting device 39AR are configured in the same manner except that they are symmetrically configured.
  • the first planting device 39AL and the first planting device 39AR are arranged side by side in the machine width direction K2 and at different positions in the front-rear direction K1.
  • the first planting device 39AL is attached to the first planting frame 78L
  • the first planting device 39AR is attached to the second planting frame 78R.
  • the first planting device 39AL includes a planting tool 64 and a planting lifting mechanism 139.
  • the 1st planting apparatus 39AR has the planting implement 64 and the planting raising / lowering mechanism 139 similarly to the 1st planting apparatus 39AL.
  • the planting tool 64 in the first planting apparatus 39AL may be referred to as a planting tool 64AL
  • the planting tool 64 in the first planting apparatus 39AR may be referred to as a planting tool 64AR.
  • the planting elevating mechanism 139 in the first planting device 39AL may be referred to as a planting elevating mechanism 139AL
  • the planting elevating mechanism 139 in the first planting device 39AR may be referred to as a planting elevating mechanism 139AR.
  • the planting tool 64 is a member for planting seedlings in a field (ridge).
  • the planting tool 64 has a beak shape with its tip facing downward (see FIG. 27) and has a front structural body 140 and a rear structural body 141.
  • the planting tool 64 is openable / closable by the front component 140 and the rear component 141 being separated and approached in the front-rear direction K1.
  • the front component 140 and the rear component 141 are biased in a closing direction by a tension spring.
  • the seventh transmission mechanism 115g includes a drive sprocket 116R that rotates integrally with the first shaft 111, a driven sprocket 117R supported by the second planted frame 78R via a support shaft 118R, and a drive sprocket. 116R and a driven sprocket 117R, and a chain 119R wound around the driven sprocket 117R. Power is transmitted from the first shaft 111 to the support shaft 118R by the seventh transmission mechanism 115g, and the support shaft 118R rotates.
  • the ninth transmission mechanism 115i extends over the drive sprocket 116L that rotates integrally with the third shaft 113, the driven sprocket 117L supported by the first planted frame 78L via the support shaft 118L, the drive sprocket 116L, and the driven sprocket 117L. It has a chain 119L wound around. Power is transmitted from the third shaft 113 to the support shaft 118L by the ninth transmission mechanism 115i, and the support shaft 118L rotates.
  • the tenth transmission mechanism 115j is configured similarly to the seventh transmission mechanism 115g.
  • the tenth transmission mechanism 115j power is transmitted from the second shaft 112 to the support shaft 118R of the right second planting device 39BR, and the support shaft 118R of the second planting device 39BR rotates.
  • the twelfth transmission mechanism 115m is configured similarly to the ninth transmission mechanism 115i. Power is transmitted from the fourth shaft 114 to the support shaft 118L of the left second planting device 39BL by the twelfth transmission mechanism 115m, and the support shaft 118L of the second planting device 39BL rotates.
  • the planting lifting mechanism 139 is a device that supports the planting tool 64 and moves the planting tool 64 up and down.
  • the planting lifting mechanism 139AL is a device for raising and lowering the planting implement 64AL
  • the planting lifting mechanism 139AR is a device for raising and lowering the planting implement 64AR.
  • the planting lifting mechanism 139 includes a first case 120, a second case 121, and a mounting member 122.
  • the first case 120 of the planting lifting mechanism 139L is rotatably supported by the first planting frame 78L via a support shaft 118L.
  • the first case 120 of the planting lifting mechanism 139R is rotatably supported by the second planting frame 78R via a support shaft 118R.
  • the second case 121 is rotatably supported on the free end side of the first case 120.
  • the mounting member 122 is supported by the second case 121.
  • the planting tool 64 is supported by the mounting member 122.
  • the first case 120 and the second case 121 rotate with the rotation of the support shafts 118L and 118R.
  • the second case 121 moves to the first case 120 in association with the rotation of the first case 120.
  • the mounting member 122 moves in parallel in the vertical direction while moving in the front-back direction, and the planting tool 64 draws a long elliptical trajectory in the vertical direction and moves vertically. (Up and down).
  • the seedlings are dropped and supplied to the planting implement 64 at the raised position (top dead center position).
  • the planting tool 64 is in a closed state, and the seedlings are accommodated and held inside the planting tool 64.
  • the planting tool 64 holds the seedlings and descends, and the lower part thereof rushes into the field.
  • the planting tool 64 opens when it enters the field, forms a planting hole in the field, and drops the seedlings downward while releasing the seedlings. As a result, seedlings are planted in the field.
  • the planting tool 64 reciprocates up and down once when the support shafts 118L and 118R rotate once.
  • the soil covering device 40 will be described.
  • the structures of the first soil covering device 40A and the second soil covering device 40B are similarly configured.
  • the first soil covering device 40AL and the first soil covering device 40AR have the same configuration.
  • the first soil covering device 40AL includes a plurality of soil covering devices (first soil covering device 81L, second soil covering device 81R) and a support frame 82 that supports the soil covering devices 81L and 81R.
  • first soil covering device 81L, second soil covering device 81R is the soil cover ring
  • the soil cover 81L, 81R will be referred to as the soil cover 81L.
  • 81R will be described.
  • 81 L of soil-covering rings and 81 R of soil-covering rings contact
  • the soil cover ring 81L and the soil cover ring 81R can move up and down independently of each other, and move up and down following the unevenness of the field.
  • the soil cover device 40 is configured to be positionally adjustable in the machine width direction K2.
  • 81 L of soil-covering wheels and 81 R of soil-covering wheels function as the detection member 83 which detects the ground height of the machine frame 37.
  • the height above ground of the machine casing 37 is the relative height of the lower end of the machine casing 37 to the planting surface on which the seedlings are planted.
  • the planting surface is a field surface that is leveled by the rear cover 19B of the rotary cultivator 2. When a ridge is formed in the field, the planting surface is the upper surface of the ridge.
  • the detection member 83 (covering wheel 81L and covering wheel 81R) is attached to the rear portion of the support frame 82 which is supported by the machine frame 37 so as to be vertically swingable.
  • the support frame 82 supports the detection member 83 with respect to the machine frame 37 so as to be vertically movable.
  • the support frame 82 is provided at its front portion with a cylindrical boss 84 having an axis in the machine width direction K2.
  • the boss 84 is supported by a support rod 85 provided on the machine frame 37.
  • the support rod 85 has an axis extending in the machine width direction K2 and is supported by a support member 86 extending downward from the seventh frame member 65g via a bearing.
  • the support rod 85 is rotatable about an axis extending in the machine width direction K2.
  • the boss 84 is fitted on the outer periphery of the support rod 85 and is rotatable with the support rod 85 around the axis.
  • the boss 84 is fitted to the support rod 85 so as to be movable in the machine width direction K2.
  • the support frame 82 can swing up and down and its position can be adjusted in the machine width direction K2.
  • the detection member 83 can move up and down.
  • the boss 84 can be fixed to the support rod 85 by a fixture at an arbitrary position in the machine width direction K2.
  • the support rod 85 is provided with a plurality of through holes 85a at intervals in the machine width direction K2, and the fixing tool (pin) 87 is inserted into the through hole 85a on the left side and the right side of the boss 84, respectively.
  • the position of the boss 84 in the machine width direction can be determined.
  • the position of the boss 84 in the machine width direction is changed and positioned.
  • a mechanism for adjusting the position of the front portion of the support frame 82 in the machine width direction is referred to as a "front portion position adjusting mechanism”.
  • the support frame 82 is arranged above the detection member 83 (covering wheel 81L and covering wheel 81R).
  • the support frame 82 has a left rear portion 82a which is arranged above the earth covering wheel 81L and extends in the front-rear direction, and a right rear portion 82b which is arranged above the earth covering wheel 81R and extends in the front-rear direction.
  • the earth covering wheel 81L is attached to the left rear portion 82a via a mounting plate 88L.
  • the earth covering wheel 81R is attached to the right rear portion 82b via a mounting plate 88R.
  • the support frame 82 also has a connecting portion 82c that connects the rear portion of the left rear portion 88a and the rear portion of the right rear portion 88b, and a front portion 82d that extends forward from the left rear portion 88a.
  • the rod member 90 is attached to the connecting portion 82c via attachment stays 89U and 89D.
  • the attachment stay 89U is attached to the lower portion of the rod member 90.
  • the attachment stay 89D is attached to the connecting portion 82c.
  • a lower shaft 91 extending in the machine width direction K2 is attached to the attachment stays 89U and 89D.
  • the lower portion of the rod member 90 is supported rotatably around the axis of the lower shaft 91.
  • the upper portion of the rod member 90 is inserted into a through hole provided in the upper shaft 92 arranged above the lower shaft 91.
  • the upper shaft 92 is supported by a shaft support member 93 mounted on the second mounting plate 65v, and is rotatable about an axis center in the machine width direction.
  • the rod member 90 tilts and moves up and down as the detection member 83 moves up and down.
  • the second mounting plate 65v provided on the first machine frame 37A is provided with a plurality of through holes 68 at intervals in the machine width direction.
  • the shaft support member 93 is attached to the second attachment plate 65v by the bolt B5 inserted in the through hole 68.
  • the position of the shaft support member 93 with respect to the second mounting plate 65v can be changed in the machine width direction by changing (shifting) the position of the through hole 68 through which the bolt B5 is inserted in the machine width direction K2.
  • the positions of the rod member 90 and the rear portion of the support frame 82 can be adjusted in the machine width direction K2, as shown in phantom in FIG.
  • a mechanism for adjusting the position of the rear portion of the support frame 82 in the machine width direction is referred to as a "rear position adjusting mechanism".
  • the front position adjusting mechanism and the rear position adjusting mechanism constitute an adjusting unit (first position adjusting unit) for adjusting the position of the first soil covering device 40A in the machine width direction K2. That is, the transplanter 3 has an adjusting unit (first position adjusting unit) that adjusts the position of the first soil covering device 40A in the machine width direction. In addition, the transplanter 3 has an adjusting unit (second position adjusting unit) that adjusts the position of the second soil covering device 40B in the machine width direction.
  • the configuration of the second position adjusting unit is the same as the configuration of the first position adjusting unit.
  • a weight 94 is placed on the mounting stay 89U.
  • the rod member 90 penetrates the weight 94.
  • the weight 94 pushes the rear portion (joint portion 82c) of the support frame 82 downward to ground the detection member 83 (covering wheels 81L, 81R).
  • the front end portion of the front portion 82d of the support frame 82 is attached to the boss 84 via the attachment plate 95.
  • the support rod 85 rotates about the axis along with the vertical swing of the support frame 82.
  • a first swing plate 96 is attached to the support rod 85.
  • the rear portion of the first swing plate 96 is fixed to the support rod 85, and the front portion swings up and down as the support rod 85 rotates (see FIG. 30).
  • one end (lower end) of a wire (cable) 97 is connected to the front part of the first swing plate 96.
  • the wire 97 is covered with the outer shell body 98 at a midway portion except for one end portion and the other end portion, and is movable (movable / retractable) along the outer shell body 98.
  • One end portion (lower end portion) of the outer shell body 98 is fixed to a front projecting member 99 that projects forward from the support member 240.
  • One end of the wire 97 projects from one end of the outer shell body 98 and is connected to the front part of the first swing plate 96.
  • the first swing plate 96 to which the wire 97 is connected may be provided on only one of the support rod 85 that supports the first soil covering device 40A and the support rod 85 that supports the second soil covering device 40B. . That is, only one wire 97 is required regardless of the number of soil covering devices.
  • the other end portion (upper end portion) of the outer shell body 98 is fixed to the second swing plate 100 housed in the housing body 166.
  • the second swing plate 100 is connected to the lower end portion of the first operation lever 167.
  • the first operating lever 167 projects upward from a groove 166a (see FIG. 21) formed in the upper portion of the container 166, and can swing in the front-rear direction along the groove 166a.
  • the first operation lever 167 can be selectively stopped at a plurality of positions in the front-rear direction along the groove 166a. By stopping the first operating lever 167, the position of the second swing plate 100 and the position of the other end of the outer shell body 98 are determined.
  • the other end (upper end) of the wire 97 is connected to the swing piece 165 a of the control valve 165 which is projected from the other end of the outer shell 98 and is housed in the housing 166. .
  • the swing piece 165a is connected to the spool of the control valve 165. With the swing of the swing piece 165a, the spool of the control valve 165 moves to switch the flow of hydraulic oil. As a result, hydraulic oil is supplied to the bottom side or rod side of the cylinder body C1a, and the lift cylinder C1 extends or shortens.
  • the detection member 83 (covering wheels 81L, 81R) moves up and down following the unevenness of the field
  • the support frame 82 moves up and down, and the boss 84 and the support rod 85 rotate around the axis in the machine width direction.
  • the front portion of the first swing plate 96 moves up and down, and the wire 97 moves upward or downward.
  • the control valve 165 switches the raising / lowering drive device 42 between the first state in which the machine casing 37 is raised and the second state in which the machine casing 37 is lowered in accordance with the movement of the wire 97.
  • the second swing plate 100 swings in the vertical direction.
  • the position of the other end of the outer shell body 98 fixed to the second swing plate 100 can be changed in the vertical direction.
  • the relative positional relationship between the detection member 83 and the wire 97 changes, so that the amount of movement of the wire 97 due to the vertical movement of the detection member 83 can be adjusted. Therefore, the planting depth set based on the detection result by the detection member 83 can be changed. That is, by swinging the first operation lever 167, the planting depth (relationship between the height of the detecting member 83 and the planting depth) based on the detection result by the detection member 83 can be changed.
  • the planting depth according to the detection result by the detection member 83 (height of the detection member 83) is preset, and the detection result by the detection member 83 is determined by the movement amount of the wire 97. Therefore, the first operation lever 167 is swung to change the reference position for moving the wire 97 (the position of the outer shell body 98), and the amount of movement of the wire 97 accompanying the vertical movement of the detecting member 83 is increased or decreased (the detecting member.
  • the planting depth corresponding to the vertical movement of the detection member 83 can be changed.
  • a third swing plate 169 is attached to the lower end of the second operation lever 168.
  • the third swing plate 169 is connected to the spool of the control valve 165 via the wire 170. Also by swinging the second operating lever 168 in the front-back direction, the control valve 165 is operated to move the elevator drive device 42 into the first state in which the machine frame 37 is raised and the second state in which the machine frame 37 is lowered. You can switch.
  • the raising / lowering control of the transplanter 3 according to the unevenness of the field is performed independently of the rotary cultivator 2 mounted on the rear part of the tractor 1A. Thereby, the planting precision of the seedlings can be improved.
  • the seedling supply device 38 will be described. As shown in FIG. 3, the seedling supply device 38 is arranged above the first planting device 39A and the second planting device 39B. Specifically, the first seedling supply device 38A is arranged above the first planting device 39A. The second seedling supply device 38B is arranged above the second planting device 39B.
  • the seedling supply device 38 is a device for dropping and supplying seedlings to the planting tool 64 located below the seedling supply device 38. Since the first seedling supply device 38A and the second seedling supply device 38B have the same configuration, the structure of the first seedling supply device 38A will be described with reference to FIGS. 37 to 42. As shown in FIGS. 3, 20, and 37, the first seedling supply device 38A has a device frame 176 supported by the first machine frame 37A. Similarly, the second seedling supply device 38B also has a device frame 176 supported by the second machine casing 37B.
  • the seedling feeding device 38 has a large number of feeding cups 171 and 172 into which seedlings are put.
  • the plurality of supply cups includes a plurality of first supply cups 171 and a plurality of second supply cups 172.
  • the 1st supply cup 171 and the 2nd supply cup 172 are arrange
  • the first supply cup 171 and the second supply cup 172 are arranged side by side in a loop so as to present an ellipse elongated in the front-rear direction K1 in a plan view.
  • the 1st supply cup 171 and the 2nd supply cup 172 are alternately arrange
  • the arrangement of the supply cups (the first supply cup 171 and the second supply cup 172) of the first seedling supply device 38A and the supply cups (the first supply cup 171 and the first supply cup 171 of the second seedling supply device 38B) are arranged.
  • the arrangement of the two supply cups 172) is symmetrical with respect to the center line in the machine width direction K2.
  • the first supply cup 171 and the second supply cup 172 are intermittently transferred in the arrow Y1 direction by the transfer mechanism 177 along the transfer route R1.
  • the transfer mechanism 177 has a first rotating body 178, a second rotating body 179, and a cord 180.
  • the first rotating body 178 rotates by being transmitted with power via the third transmission mechanism 115c and the fourth transmission mechanism 115d.
  • the cord 180, the first supply cup 171, and the second supply cup 172 move in the arrow Y1 direction (see FIG. 37).
  • power is transmitted to the first rotating body 178 of the second seedling supply device 38B via the fifth transmission mechanism 115e and the sixth transmission mechanism 115f.
  • the first supply cup 171 includes a storage portion 181a that stores the seedling N1 to be input, a mounting portion 182a that is attached to the cord 180, and a lid 183a that closes the opening at the lower end of the storage portion 181a.
  • the second supply cup 172 has a housing portion 181b, a mounting portion 182b, and a lid 183b.
  • the lids 183a and 183b are hinged to the lower portions of the housing portions 181a and 181b by hinges, and the lower end openings of the housing portions 181a and 181b can be opened and closed.
  • the seedling supplying device 38 has a seedling dropping position, which is a position where the seedlings are dropped and supplied to the planting tool 64, in the middle of the transfer route R1 in the front-rear direction.
  • the position indicated by reference numeral D1 in FIG. 37 is the first open position (the open position on one side in the machine width direction) in which the lid 183a of the first supply cup 171 opens.
  • the position indicated by reference sign D2 is the second open position (the open position on the other side in the machine width direction) in which the lid 183b of the second supply cup 172 opens.
  • the work machine 1 has a plurality of chairs on which a worker who works on the second ground work machine (transplanter 3) of the ground work apparatus 1B sits.
  • the plurality of chairs are a plurality of front chairs (first front chair 187A, second front chair 187B) and a plurality of rear chairs (first rear chair 187C, second rear chair 187D).
  • the first front chair 187A is provided in front of the first transplant unit 36A
  • the second front chair 187B is provided in front of the second transplant unit 36B.
  • the first rear chair 187C is provided behind the first transplant unit 36A
  • the second rear chair 187D is provided behind the second transplant unit 36B.
  • the first front chair 187A is provided in front of the first seedling feeding device 38A.
  • the second front chair 187B is provided in front of the second seedling supply device 38B.
  • the first rear chair 187C is provided behind the first seedling supply device 38A, and the second rear chair 187D is provided behind the second seedling supply device 38B.
  • the first front chair 187A and the second front chair 187B are chairs on which the worker sits facing the rear side (seedling supply device 38 side).
  • the first rear chair 187C and the second rear chair 187D are chairs on which the worker sits facing the front (the seedling supply device 38 side).
  • first opening position D1 seedling dropping position
  • second opening position D2 seedling dropping position
  • the position adjustment mechanism 230 is a mechanism that can adjust the positions of the chairs (first front chair 187A and second front chair 187B) with respect to the transplanter (second ground work machine) 3.
  • the position adjusting mechanism 230 includes a first position adjusting mechanism 231, a second position adjusting mechanism 232, and a third position adjusting mechanism 233.
  • the first position adjustment mechanism 231 is a mechanism that allows the positions of the chairs (the first front chair 187A and the second front chair 187B) to be adjusted in the machine width direction K2.
  • the second position adjusting mechanism 232 is a mechanism that allows the positions of the chairs (first front chair 187A and second front chair 187B) to be adjusted in the front-rear direction.
  • the third position adjusting mechanism 233 is a mechanism that allows the positions of the chairs (the first front chair 187A and the second front chair 187B) to be adjusted in the vertical direction.
  • the position adjustment mechanism 230 includes a position adjustment mechanism 230A capable of adjusting the position of the first front chair 187A and a position adjustment mechanism 230B capable of adjusting the position of the second front chair 187B.
  • the structure of the position adjusting mechanism 230A and the structure of the position adjusting mechanism 230B are the same.
  • the first position adjusting mechanism 231 of the position adjusting mechanism 230A includes a fixing plate 231a fixed to the second supporting body 152 of the chair supporting body 150, and a fixture for the fixing plate 231a.
  • the movable plate 231b is attached by (bolts 231c and nuts 231d). As shown in FIG.
  • the fixing plate 231 a is fixed to the left portion of the lateral support member 158 of the second support body 152. As shown in FIGS. 46 and 52, the fixed plate 231a is formed with a plurality of through holes 231e arranged in the machine width direction K2. The movable plate 231b also has a plurality of through holes 231f arranged in the machine width direction.
  • the plurality of through holes 231e formed in the fixed plate 231a and the plurality of through holes 231f formed in the movable plate 231b are formed side by side at the same intervals (pitch).
  • the movable plate 231b is attached to the fixed plate 231a. Positioned and mounted. Further, as indicated by a phantom line in FIG.
  • the movable plate 231b is displaced in the machine width direction K2 with respect to the fixed plate 231a, and the through holes to be overlapped are changed and attached, whereby the position of the movable plate 231b with respect to the fixed plate 231a. Can be adjusted in the machine width direction K2.
  • the third position adjusting mechanism 233 of the position adjusting mechanism 230A is attached to the cylindrical body 233a fixed to the movable plate 231b and an attaching tool (pin) 233c with respect to the cylindrical body 233a.
  • a column body 233b a column body 233b.
  • the tubular body 233a has a rectangular tubular shape and extends in the vertical direction.
  • a through hole 233d is formed in the cylindrical body 233a.
  • the column body 233b has a rectangular tubular shape that is thinner than the tubular body 233a, is inserted into the tubular body 233a, and extends in the vertical direction.
  • a plurality of through holes 233e arranged in the vertical direction are formed in the column body 233b.
  • the cylindrical body 233b By inserting the pin 233c by overlapping the through hole 233d formed in the cylindrical body 233a and the through hole 233e formed in the cylindrical body 233b, the cylindrical body 233b is positioned and attached to the cylindrical body 233a. Further, as shown by phantom lines in FIG. 45, the column body 233b is vertically displaced with respect to the cylinder body 233a, and the through holes to be overlapped are changed and attached, whereby the position of the column body 233b with respect to the cylinder body 233a is vertically changed. Can be adjusted in direction.
  • the second position adjusting mechanism 232 of the position adjusting mechanism 230A includes a support base 232a fixed to the upper end of the column body 233b, and an attachment tool (bolt) 232c for the support base 232a. And a bottom receiving member 232b that is attached by and receives the bottom of the chair 187A.
  • the support base 232a has a front portion 232d, an intermediate portion 232e, and a rear portion 232f.
  • the intermediate portion 232e extends in the front-rear direction, and the front portion is fixed to the upper end portion of the column body 233b.
  • the front portion 232d is fixed to the front end of the intermediate portion 232e.
  • a spring 234 that supports a rear portion of the bottom surface of the chair 187A is attached to the front portion 232d.
  • the rear portion 232f is fixed to the rear end of the intermediate portion 232e. As shown in FIG. 54, the rear portion 232f has a through hole 232i into which the shaft body 232h extending in the machine width direction K2 is inserted.
  • the bottom receiving member 232b is attached to the upper part of the rear portion 232f of the support base 232a.
  • the bottom receiving member 232b has an upper portion 232b1 and a side portion 232b2.
  • the upper portion 232b1 is a plate-shaped portion that is arranged horizontally, and the bottom front portion of the first front chair 187A is attached to the upper surface.
  • the side portion 232b2 extends downward from one end side and the other end side of the upper portion 232b1 in the machine width direction.
  • a plurality of through holes 232g are formed in the side portion 232b2 at intervals in the front-rear direction.
  • the bottom receiving member 232b When the bottom receiving member 232b is placed on the upper portion of the support base 232a, one of the through holes 232g of the side portion 232b2 overlaps with the through hole formed in the rear portion 232f of the support base 232a.
  • the bottom receiving member 232b is positioned with respect to the support base 232a by inserting the shaft body 232h into the through hole 232g of the overlapped side portion 232b2 and the through hole of the rear portion 232f and preventing the shaft body 232h from coming off with a stopper such as a ⁇ pin. Is installed. Further, as shown by the phantom line in FIG.
  • the bottom receiving member 232b is displaced in the front-rear direction with respect to the support base 232a, and the through holes to be overlapped are changed and attached, whereby the position of the bottom receiving member 232b with respect to the support base 232a. Can be adjusted back and forth.
  • the position of the first front chair 187A attached to the bottom receiving member 232b can be adjusted in the front-rear direction. Further, the position of the first front chair 187A can be adjusted in the vertical direction by adjusting the position of the column body 233b in the vertical direction with respect to the cylindrical body 233a by the third position adjusting mechanism 233. In addition, the position of the first front chair 187A can be adjusted in the machine width direction by adjusting the position of the movable plate 231b with respect to the fixed plate 231a in the machine width direction by the first position adjustment mechanism 231.
  • the position adjusting mechanism 230A the position of the first front chair 187A can be adjusted in the front-rear direction, the up-down direction, and the machine width direction.
  • the position adjusting mechanism 230B the position of the second front chair 187B can be adjusted in the front-rear direction, the up-down direction, and the machine width direction by the same operation as the position adjusting mechanism 230A.
  • the configurations of the first position adjusting mechanism 231, the second position adjusting mechanism 232, and the third position adjusting mechanism 233 are not limited to the above-described configurations.
  • the horizontal support member 158 of the second support body 152 is a square pipe, and a fixture having U bolts is fixed to the horizontal support member 158 instead of the fixing plate 231a.
  • the movable plate 231b may be attached. According to this configuration, the movable plate 231b can be moved along the lateral support member 158 in the machine width direction by loosening the fixture. Therefore, the position of the movable plate 231b with respect to the fixed plate 231a can be adjusted in the machine width direction.
  • a footrest plate 235A on which a worker sitting on the first front chair 187A places his / her foot is provided between the second front chair 187B and the transplanter 3.
  • a footrest plate 235B on which the worker sitting on the second front chair 187B rests his foot is provided between the second front chair 187B and the transplanter 3.
  • the footrest plates 235A and 235B are rectangular plates in plan view.
  • the footrest plate 235A is arranged behind and below the first front chair 187A.
  • the footrest plate 235B is arranged behind and below the second front chair 187B.
  • the footrest plates 235A and 235B are arranged behind and above the elastic pressure device 20 of the rotary cultivator 2.
  • the footrest plate 235A is arranged above and in front of the connecting bracket 61 (first attachment 61A) of the first machine frame 37A.
  • the footrest plate 235B is arranged above and in front of the connecting bracket 61 (second attachment 61B) of the second machine frame 37B.
  • a large number of ribbed holes 236 and a plurality of (four) through holes 237 through which bolts (butterfly bolts) B6 are inserted are formed in the footrest plate 235A.
  • the footrest plate 235B are detachably attached to the chair support 150.
  • the footrest plates 235A and 235B are detachably attached to the attachment portions 260A and 260B (see FIG. 12) provided on the chair support 150.
  • the attachment portion 260A is a portion to which the footrest plate 235A is attached.
  • the attachment portion 260B is a portion to which the footrest plate 235B is attached.
  • the mounting portions 260A and 260B are provided on the first support 151 of the chair support 150.
  • the mounting portion 260A includes a front support member 151a and a rear support member 151b of the first support 151, and a connection support member 151c arranged on the left side of the first support 151.
  • a plurality of (four) first stays 261 to which nuts are fixed are attached to the front support member 151a and the rear support member 151b between adjacent connection support members 151c in the machine width direction K2.
  • the footrest plate 235A is placed behind and below the first front chair 187A, on the front support member 151a and the rear support member 151b, and on the connection support member 151c arranged on the left side of the first support member 151.
  • And is fixed to the first stay 261 by bolts (butterfly bolts) B6.
  • the mounting portion 260B includes a front support member 151a and a rear support member 151b of the first support body 151, and a connection support member 151c arranged on the right side of the first support body 151. .
  • a second stay 262 having a nut fixed thereto is attached to the front support member 151a and the rear support member 151b between adjacent connection support members 151c in the machine width direction K2.
  • a plurality of (four) second stays 262 are provided, like the first stays 261.
  • the footrest plate 235B is placed on the front support member 151a, the rear support member 151b, and the connection support member 151c arranged on the right side of the first support body 151, and is attached to the second stay 262 by a bolt (butterfly bolt). Fixed to.
  • the footrest plate 235A can be removed from the mounting portion 260A provided on the chair support 150 by removing the bolt (butterfly bolt) B6 from the first stay 261.
  • the footrest plate 235B can be removed from the mounting portion 260B provided on the chair support 150 by removing the bolt (butterfly bolt) from the second stay 262.
  • the spring of the elastic pressure device 20 of the rotary cultivator 2 can be easily adjusted.
  • the distance between the first transplant unit 36A and the second transplant unit 36B is adjusted by moving the connecting bracket 61 of the first machine frame 37A and the connecting bracket 61 of the second machine frame 37B along the tool bar 43. (Adjusting the space) can be easily performed.
  • the footrest plates 235A and 235B may be attached to the chair support 150 so as to be openable and closable.
  • the front portions of the footrest plates 235A and 235B are attached to the front support member 151a of the first support body 151 via hinges (hinge), or the rear portions of the footrest plates 235A and 235B are attached via hinges (hinge). It can be attached to the rear support 151b of the first support 151.
  • the footrest plates 235A and 235B are opened with respect to the chair support 150 to adjust the spring of the elastic device 20 and adjust the distance between the first implantation unit 36A and the second implantation unit 36B. (Structure adjustment) and position adjustment of the irrigation tube can be easily performed.
  • the seat frame 197 is a frame to which a chair is attached. Specifically, the first rear chair 187C and the second rear chair 187D are attached to the seat frame 197.
  • the seat frame 197 is vertically movably connected to an attachment body 196 attached to the rotary cultivator 2.
  • the seat frame 197 has a frame body 199, a frame coupling mechanism 200, and a plurality of wheels (first wheel 206A to third wheel 206C).
  • the first rear chair 187C and the second rear chair 187D are attached to the frame body 199.
  • the frame main body 199 includes a first frame portion 201 arranged on the left side (one side) of the transplanter 3, a second frame portion 202 arranged on the right side (other side) of the transplanter 3, It has the 1st frame part 201 and the 3rd frame part 203 which connects the rear parts of the 2nd frame part 202.
  • the first frame portion 201 and the second frame portion 202 are formed of a square pipe material.
  • the first frame portion 201 is arranged behind the first side member 196A so as to extend in the front-rear direction K1.
  • the second frame portion 202 is arranged behind the second side member 196B so as to extend in the front-rear direction K1.
  • the third frame portion 203 is arranged behind the transplanter 3 so as to extend in the machine width direction K2.
  • the third frame portion 203 is composed of a plurality of square pipe materials (first member 203A, second member 203B, third member 203C).
  • the left end portion of the first member 203A is connected to the rear portion of the first frame portion 201.
  • the right end portion of the second member 203B is connected to the rear portion of the second frame portion 202.
  • the third member 203C connects the first member 203A and the second member 203B.
  • the positions of the first member 203A and the second member 203B can be adjusted in the machine width direction K2 along the third member 203C.
  • the first rear chair 187C is attached to the left part of the third member 203C of the third frame portion 203 via the seat support member 227A.
  • the first rear chair 187C is attached to the seat support member 227A so as to be positionally adjustable in the front-rear direction and the vertical direction.
  • a second rear chair 187D is attached to the right part of the third member 203C via a seat support member 227B.
  • the structure of the seat supporting member 227B is similar to that of the seat supporting member 227A.
  • the second rear chair 187D is attached to the seat support member 227B so as to be positionally adjustable in the front-rear direction and the up-down direction.
  • the seat supporting members 227A and 227B are attached to the third member 203C so as to be positionally adjustable in the machine width direction K2. That is, the seat support members 227A and 227B have position adjustment mechanisms that can adjust the positions of the first rear chair 187C and the second rear chair 187D in the front-rear direction, the machine width direction, and the vertical direction, respectively.
  • the configuration of this position adjusting mechanism is the position adjusting mechanism 230 (first position adjusting mechanism 231, second position adjusting mechanism 232, third position adjusting mechanism 233) for adjusting the positions of the first front chair 187A and the second front chair 187B. Is the same as.
  • a footrest plate 235C on which a worker seated on the first rear chair 187C places his / her foot is arranged in front of and below the first rear chair 187C.
  • a footrest plate 235D on which a worker seated on the second rear chair 187D rests his / her foot is disposed below the front side of the second rear chair 187D.
  • the footrest plates 235C and 235D are supported on the frame body 199 of the seat frame 197. Specifically, the footrest plates 235C and 235D are supported on the third member 203C of the third frame portion 203.
  • the frame connecting mechanism 200 is a mechanism for connecting the frame body 199 to the mounting body 196 so as to be vertically movable.
  • the frame connection mechanism 200 has a first mechanism 200A and a second mechanism 200B.
  • the first mechanism 200A connects the first frame portion 201 to the first side member 196A.
  • the second mechanism 200B connects the second frame portion 202 to the second side member 196B.
  • the first mechanism 200A and the second mechanism 200B are configured by a parallel link mechanism.
  • the plurality of wheels are, for example, tires, and ground to support the frame body 199. Therefore, the seat frame 197 moves up and down with respect to the rotary cultivator 2 and the transplanter 3 following the unevenness of the field.
  • the first wheel 206A is provided on one side (left side) of the frame body 199 in the machine width direction K2, and the second wheel 206B is provided on the other side (right side) of the frame body 199 in the machine width direction K2.
  • the third wheel 206C is provided at a midway portion (center portion) of the frame body 199 in the machine width direction K2. In other words, the third wheel 206C is arranged between the first rear chair 187C and the second rear chair 187D.
  • a link member 215 is provided so as to extend across the working machine connection mechanism 41 and the seat frame 197.
  • the link member 215 includes a first link member 215A and a second link member 215B.
  • the link member 215 is provided across the toolbar 43 and the link 209A on the upper side of the frame coupling mechanism 200.
  • the link member 215 may be provided over the seat frame 197 and the member that moves up and down together with the transplanter 3 or the transplanter 3.
  • the first link member 215A is arranged inside the width of the first side member 196A and the first mechanism 200A.
  • the second link member 215B is arranged inside the machine width of the second side member 196B and the second mechanism 200B.
  • the front end portion (upper end portion) of the first link member 215A is attached to the bracket member 228A fixed to the rear surface of the tool bar 43 via the pivot 229A, around the axis in the machine width direction K2. It is rotatably supported.
  • An upper portion (front portion) of the second link member 215B is pivotally supported by a bracket member 228B fixed to the rear surface of the tool bar 43 via a pivot 229B so as to be rotatable about an axis in the machine width direction K2.
  • the engaging pin 221 is provided on the link 209A of the first mechanism 200A and the link 209B of the second mechanism 200B so as to project inward in the machine width.
  • the left engagement pin 221 is inserted through the elongated hole 220 of the first link member 215A, and the right engagement pin 221 is inserted through the elongated hole 220 of the second link member 215B.
  • the engaging pin 221 may be provided on the frame body 199.
  • the front end of the link member 215 may be pivotally supported by the machine frame 37.
  • the seat frame 197 moves up and down, the engagement pin 221 moves inside the elongated hole 220, and thus the seat frame 197 is allowed to move up and down.
  • the working tool 1 is loaded on a truck or the like or is unloaded from the truck or the like
  • the link member 215 moves upward and the engagement pin 221 moves to the long hole 220.
  • the seat frame 197 can be lifted (pulled up) by the link member 215 moving upward with the lower end abutting and the engaging pin 221 abutting the lower end of the elongated hole 220.
  • the link member 215 allows the seat frame 197 to move up and down at the time of working, and when the lifting drive device 42 lifts the transplanter 3, the link member 215 moves upward as the second ground working machine rises.
  • the seat frame 197 can be lifted up.
  • a seedling supply table 188A is provided behind the first front chair 187A.
  • a seedling supply table 188B is provided behind the second front chair 187B.
  • a seedling supply table 188C is provided in front of the first rear chair 187C.
  • a seedling supply table 188D is provided in front of the second rear chair 187D.
  • the seedling supply table 188A is located on the front side of the worker who is seated on the first front chair 187A.
  • the seedling supply table 188B is located on the front side of the operator who is seated on the second front chair 187B.
  • the seedling supply table 188C is located on the front side of the worker who is seated on the first rear chair 187C.
  • the seedling supply table 188D is located on the front side of the worker who is seated on the second rear chair 187D.
  • a seedling tray having a large number of seedlings can be placed on the seedling supply bases 188A to 188D.
  • the operator can supply seedlings to the supply cups 171 and 172 of the seedling supply device 38 from the seedling trays placed on the seedling supply bases 188A to 188D.
  • the configurations of the seedling supply tables 188A and 188B will be described.
  • the seedling supply bases 188A and 188B are attached to a position adjusting mechanism 230 that supports the front chair in a positionally adjustable manner.
  • the seedling supply table 188A is attached to the position adjusting mechanism 230 that supports the first front chair 187A.
  • the seedling supply table 188B is attached to the position adjusting mechanism 230 that supports the second front chair 187B.
  • the seedling supply table 188A and the seedling supply table 188B are symmetrically arranged with the center line of the working machine 1 in the machine width direction K2 interposed therebetween. Except for this configuration (symmetrical configuration), the seedling supply base 188A and the seedling supply base 188B have the same configuration.
  • the seedling supply base 188A is attached to the support base 232a of the second position adjustment mechanism 232 via the support mechanism 270.
  • the support mechanism 270 includes a receiving cylinder 271, a support arm 272, and a rotation support mechanism 273.
  • the receiving cylinder 271 has a cylindrical shape, extends in the machine width direction, and is fixed to an intermediate portion 232e of the support base 232a.
  • the support arm 272 is formed by bending a cylindrical pipe at two places. As shown in FIG. 47 and the like, the support arm 272 has an arm base end portion 272a, an arm middle portion 272b, and an arm tip end portion 272c. As shown in FIGS.
  • the arm base end portion 272a extends in the machine width direction K2, and one end side is inserted into the receiving cylinder 271 from the inside of the machine width (right side).
  • the arm intermediate portion 272b is bent from the other end side of the arm base end portion 272a and extends rearward, and moves upward as it extends rearward.
  • the arm intermediate portion 272b is located on the inner side in the machine width of the first front chair 187A.
  • the arm tip portion 272c is bent from the rear end of the arm intermediate portion 272b and extends upward.
  • the rotation support mechanism 273 has a base 274 and a support shaft 275.
  • the base portion 274 has an outer cylindrical body 274a, a substrate 274b, and a regulation plate 274c.
  • the outer cylindrical body 274a is fitted onto the upper portion of the arm tip portion 272c.
  • the substrate 274b is fixed to the upper part of the outer cylindrical body 274a.
  • the board 274b has two standing portions 274d that respectively stand from the front portion and the rear portion, and a first locking portion 274e to which one end portion of the spring 276 is locked.
  • the regulation plate 274c is fixed to the substrate 274b.
  • the regulation plate 274c has an outer protruding portion 274c1 protruding upward on the machine width outer side (left side) and an inner protruding portion 274c2 protruding upward on the machine width inner side (right side). .
  • the outer protrusion 274c1 protrudes above the substrate 274b on the left side of the substrate 274b.
  • the inward protruding portion 274c2 protrudes above the substrate 274b on the right side of the substrate 274b.
  • the height of the outer protrusion 274c1 is higher than the height of the inner protrusion 274c2.
  • the support shaft 275 extends over the two upright portions 274d of the substrate 274b.
  • the support shaft 275 extends in the front-rear direction between the inner protrusion 274c2 and the outer protrusion 274c1.
  • the seedling supply table 188A is rotatably supported by the rotation support mechanism 273.
  • the seedling supply table 188A has a placing portion 191 on which a seedling tray can be placed, and a support structure 192 that supports the placing portion 191.
  • the support structure 192 includes bending members 193F and 193B and a bar member 194.
  • the bending members 193F and 193B are bent in an obtuse V shape at an intermediate portion between one end and the other end.
  • the portion between one end of the bending members 193F and 193B and the middle portion (bending portion) is referred to as "one end side portion", and the other end of the bending members 193F and 193B and the middle portion (bending portion). Is referred to as "the other end side part”.
  • One end of the bending member 193F is attached to the front part of the support shaft 275.
  • One end of the bending member 193B is attached to the front part of the support shaft 275.
  • the rod 194 is provided at one end side portion of the bending members 193F and 193B.
  • the bar 194 extends in the front-rear direction across the bending members 193F and 193B.
  • the mounting portion 191 is provided on the other end side portion of the bending members 193F and 193B.
  • the mounting portion 191 has a plurality of (two) receiving members 191a extending in the front-rear direction across the bending members 193F and 193B, and a square annular receiving frame 191b attached to the receiving members 191a.
  • the receiving material 191a and the receiving frame 191b constitute a substantially rectangular seedling placing surface that supports the bottom surface of the seedling tray.
  • the bending members 193F and 193B can rotate around the support shaft 275.
  • the rotation range of the bending members 193F and 193B is regulated by the regulation plate 274c.
  • the rod member 194 comes into contact with the outward protruding portion 274c1 of the regulation plate 274c, and further rotation is impossible.
  • the seedling supply table 188A is in the first posture in which the seedling placing surface faces the horizontal direction.
  • the seedling supply table 188A is in the second posture in which the seedling placing surface faces the vertical direction.
  • the second posture includes a case where the seedling placing surface faces a vertical direction (vertical direction) and a case where the seedling placing surface faces a direction slightly inclined with respect to the vertical direction.
  • the spring 276 pulls the bar 194 toward the inward protrusion 274c2 when the seedling supply table 188A is in the first posture. As a result, unless the operator applies a particular force, the state in which the bar 194 is in contact with the inward protruding portion 274c2 is maintained, and thus the first posture is maintained. The spring 276 pulls the bar 194 toward the outward protruding portion 274c1 when the seedling supply table 188A is in the second posture. As a result, unless the operator applies a particular force, the state in which the bar 194 is in contact with the outer protruding portion 274c1 is maintained, and thus the second posture is maintained.
  • a seedling tray is placed on the seedling placement surface when the seedling supply table 188A is in the first posture.
  • the placement part 191 is located behind the first front chair 187A and in front of the first seedling supply device 38A when the seedling supply table 188A is in the first posture. Therefore, the operator who sits on the first front chair 187A and faces the first seedling supply device 38A takes the seedlings on the seedling tray placed on the seedling placing surface of the placing unit 191 in front of him. Then, the seedlings can be supplied to the supply cups 171 and 172 of the first seedling supply device 38A.
  • the seedling feeding stand 188A When the seedling tray is not placed on the seedling placing surface of the placing part 191, (before or after the seedling feeding work is started), the seedling feeding stand 188A is in the second posture in which the seedling placing surface faces the vertical direction.
  • the seedling supply table 188A When the seedling supply table 188A is in the second posture, the placing portion 191 is located on the inner side in the machine width of the first front chair 187A. Further, when the seedling supply table 188A is in the second posture, the placing portion 191 is located on the inner side of the second front chair 187B in the machine width direction. Accordingly, the worker can get on and off the first front chair 187A and the second front chair 187B without being disturbed by the seedling supply bases 188A and 188B.
  • the arm base end portion 272a of the support arm 272 is rotatable around the axis of the receiving cylinder 271 (around the axis in the machine width direction).
  • the mounting portion 191 can be moved from the front of the first front chair 187A to the side.
  • the seedling supply base 188A and the seedling supply base 188B are symmetrically arranged with the center line in the machine width direction of the working machine 1 interposed therebetween, the seedling supply base 188A and the seedling supply base 188B are Can be used interchangeably. Specifically, as shown in FIG.
  • the seedling supply table 188A is removed, and one end side of the arm base end portion 272a of the seedling supply table 188B is mounted on the receiving tube 271 of the support mechanism 270 that supports the seedling supply table 188A. It is also possible to insert it from the width outer side (left side) and attach it to the support base 232a.
  • the seedling supply base 188B is removed, and one end side of the arm base end portion 272a of the seedling supply base 188A is inserted into the receiving cylinder 271 of the support mechanism 270 supporting the seedling supply base 188B from the machine width outside (right side). Can be attached to the support base 232a.
  • the placing part 191 has the first front chair 187A and the second front chair 187B when the seedling supply tables 188A and 188B are in the second posture. Located outside the width.
  • the seedling supply table 188C is attached to the seat support member 227A that supports the first rear chair 187C.
  • the seedling supply table 188D is attached to the seat support member 227B that supports the second rear chair 187D.
  • the seedling supply table 188C and the seedling supply table 188D are configured symmetrically with the center line of the working machine 1 in the machine width direction sandwiched therebetween. Except for this configuration (symmetrical configuration), the seedling supply table 188C and the seedling supply table 188C have the same configuration.
  • the seedling supply base 188C and the seedling supply base 188A are the center of the first seedling supply device 38A in the front-rear direction.
  • the lines are symmetrically arranged. Except for this configuration (symmetrical configuration) and the attachment position (attached to the seat support member 227A instead of the chair support 150), the seedling supply table 188A and the seedling supply table 188C have the same configuration.
  • the seedling supply table 188D and the seedling supply table 188B are the center of the second seedling supply device 38B in the front-rear direction.
  • the lines are symmetrically arranged. Except for this configuration (symmetrical configuration) and the attachment position (point attached to the seat support member 227B instead of the chair support 150), the seedling supply table 188B and the seedling supply table 188D have the same configuration.
  • the seedling supply base 188C and the seedling supply base 188D are symmetrically arranged with the center line of the working machine 1 in the machine width direction, the seedling supply base 188C and the seedling supply base 188D can be used interchangeably. it can.
  • a seedling placing table 190 on which a seedling tray can be placed is provided above the first seedling supplying device 38A and the second seedling supplying device 38B. A plurality of seedling trays can be placed on the seedling placing table 190.
  • the seedling placing table 190 has a rectangular frame 190a and a bottom plate 190b provided below the frame 190a.
  • the bottom plate 190b may be formed of a flat plate, a net body, or punching metal.
  • a plurality of seedling trays can be placed on the bottom plate 190b.
  • the seedling platform 190 is formed to be longer in the machine width direction K2 than in the front-rear direction K1 and is arranged so as to extend over the first seedling supply device 38A and the second seedling supply device 38B.
  • the seedling placing table 190 does not cover the upper portions of the supply cups 171 and 172 located in front of the worker who is seated in each chair.
  • the seedling placing table 190 is attached on a table receiver 189 provided in the connecting frame 130 that connects the first transplanting unit 36A and the second transplanting unit 36B.
  • the pedestal support 189 is provided on the fifth connection frame member 135.
  • the stand 189 is arranged above the first seedling supply device 38A and the second seedling supply device 38B.
  • the operator can supply the seedlings from the seedling tray on the seedling placing table 190 to the supply cups 171 and 172. Since the seedling placing table 190 is arranged so as to straddle over the first seedling feeding device 38A and the second seedling feeding device 38B, the first front chair 187A, the second front chair 187B, and the first rear chair.
  • each of the chairs 187C and the second rear chair 187D can take the seedlings from the seedling tray on the seedling placing table 190. That is, the seedling placing table 190 is arranged at a position where an operator sitting on each chair can take the seedlings from the seedling tray on the seedling placing table 190.
  • the worker can supply the seedlings on the seedling tray on the seedling mounting table 190 to the supply cups 171 and 172 when the seedlings on the seedling supplying table 188 are exhausted. That is, the seedling placing table 190 is a table on which a spare seedling tray is placed. Further, when the seedling tray on the seedling supply table 188 is exhausted, the empty seedling tray may be replaced with the seedling tray on the seedling placing table 190. Further, the seedling placing base 190 may be a common seedling supplying base for each worker without providing the seedling supplying base 188 located in front of each worker.
  • the working machine 1 may include, as the ground working device 1B, a multi-film laying device 300 that lays a multi-film on a ridge formed in a field.
  • the multi-film laying apparatus 300 is mounted behind the tractor 1A.
  • the multi-film laying apparatus 300 is mounted on the rotary cultivator 2 mounted on the rear portion of the tractor 1A.
  • the multi-film laying apparatus 300 is arranged behind the rotary tiller 2 and in front of the transplanter 3.
  • the multi-film laying apparatus 300 lays a multi-film on each of the two ridges UN1 and UN2 formed side by side in the width direction of the tractor 1A (the same as the machine width direction K2).
  • the ridge formed on the left side will be referred to as "first ridge UN1”
  • the ridge formed on the right side will be referred to as "second ridge UN2”.
  • the multi-film laying apparatus 300 has a first roll support shaft 301 and a second roll support shaft 302.
  • the first roll support shaft 301 supports the first film roll 303 around which the multi-film laid on the first ridge UN1 is wound.
  • the second roll support shaft 302 supports the second film roll 304 around which the multi-film laid on the second ridge UN2 is wound.
  • the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302 extend in the width direction of the tractor 1A (machine width direction K2).
  • the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302 overlap in the width direction of the tractor 1A (machine width direction K2).
  • the portion 301a on the machine width inner side of the first roll support shaft 301 overlaps with the portion 302a on the machine width inner side of the second roll support shaft 302 in the machine width direction K2.
  • the right end portion (the end portion on the inner side in the machine width) of the first roll support shaft 301 is located to the right of the center of the multi-film laying apparatus 300 in the machine width direction K2.
  • the right end of the first roll support shaft 301 is located to the right of the left end of the second roll support shaft 302 and the left end of the second film roll 304.
  • the left end portion (the end portion on the inner side in the machine width) of the second roll support shaft 302 is located to the left of the center of the multi-film laying apparatus 300 in the machine width direction K2. Further, it is located to the left of the right end of the first roll support shaft 301 and the right end of the first film roll 303.
  • the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302 are arranged so as to be displaced in the front-rear direction K1.
  • the first film roll 303 and the second film roll 304 are arranged so as to be displaced in the front-rear direction K1.
  • the first roll support shaft 301 is arranged in front of the second roll support shaft 302.
  • the first roll support shaft 301 may be arranged behind the second roll support shaft 302.
  • the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302 may be arranged so as to be vertically offset from each other.
  • Both ends of the first roll support shaft 301 are supported by the first shaft support bodies 305L and 305R.
  • the first shaft support 305L supports the left end portion (end portion on the machine width outer side) of the first roll support shaft 301.
  • the first shaft support 305R supports the right end (the end on the inner side of the machine width) of the first roll support shaft 301.
  • Both ends of the second roll support shaft 302 are supported by the second shaft supports 306L and 306R.
  • the second shaft support 306L supports the left end (the end on the inner side of the machine width) of the second roll support shaft 302.
  • the second shaft support 306R supports the right end portion (the end portion on the outer side of the machine width) of the second roll support shaft 302.
  • the first shaft support body 305L is attached to the first side member 196A of the attachment body 196 and extends in the machine width direction K2.
  • the first shaft support 305L has a first support member 307 to a fifth support member 311.
  • the first support member 307 is fixed to the first side member 196A.
  • the second support member 308 is attached to the first support member 307 via the third support member 309 and extends downward from the first support member 307.
  • the fourth support member 310 is attached to the lower portion of the second support member 308, and extends from the lower portion to the machine width outside (left side).
  • One end (front end) of the fifth support member 311 is connected to the outer end of the fourth support member 310 in the machine width direction via a support shaft 312.
  • the fifth support member 311 can swing upward or downward around the support shaft 312.
  • the other end (rear end) of the fifth support member 311 is provided with a recessed engagement portion 311a that is cut out from above to below, and the engagement portion 311a has a first roll support shaft.
  • One end (left end) of 301 is locked.
  • a cover plate 339 for preventing detachment of one end of the first roll support shaft 301 locked to the locking portion 311a is fixed by a bolt or the like above the locking portion 311a.
  • one end portion (left end portion) of the first roll support shaft 301 is supported by the first shaft support body 305L.
  • the first support member 307 has a plurality of mounting holes 307a that are arranged in parallel in the machine width direction K2 at intervals.
  • the third support member 309 has mounting holes 309a corresponding to one or a plurality of mounting holes 309a.
  • the first support member 307 and the third support member 309 are fixed by overlapping the mounting hole 307a and the mounting hole 309a, inserting a bolt, and screwing a nut.
  • the third support member 309 with respect to the first support member 307 is changed. Can be fixed by shifting in the machine width direction K2.
  • the first roll support shaft 301 can be moved in the machine width direction K2.
  • the second roll support shaft 302 can also be moved in the machine width direction K2. Therefore, the range (length) where the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302 overlap can be changed.
  • the first shaft support body 305R is attached to the intermediate coupling body 55.
  • the intermediate connecting body 55 connects the rear mounting portion 51Mb of the intermediate ridger 51M and the intermediate member 196C of the mounting body 196.
  • the first shaft support 305R has a seventh support material 313 and a sixth support material 314.
  • the seventh support member 313 is fixed to the intermediate coupling body 55 (upper member 55a) and extends rightward.
  • the sixth support member 314 extends rearward from the right end portion of the seventh support member 313.
  • the front portion of the sixth support member 314 is pivotably supported with respect to the seventh support member 313. Accordingly, the sixth support member 314 can swing upward or downward with respect to the seventh support member 313.
  • a mounting piece 315 provided at the other end (right end) of the first roll support shaft 301 is attached to the rear end of the sixth support member 314. As a result, the other end portion (right end portion) of the first roll support shaft 301 is supported by the first shaft support body 305R.
  • the second shaft support body 306R is attached to the second side member 196B of the attachment body 196.
  • the second shaft support 306R is arranged rearward of the first shaft supports 305L and 305R.
  • the second shaft support 306R is symmetrical to the first shaft support 305L with the center in the machine width direction K2 sandwiched between the first shaft support 305L and the front-rear direction K1. Except for this point, the configuration of the second shaft support 306R is the same as the configuration of the first shaft support 305L.
  • the second shaft support body 306L is attached to the intermediate coupling body 55.
  • the second shaft support 306L is arranged rearward of the first shaft supports 305L and 305R.
  • the second shaft support 306L is arranged at the same position as the second shaft support 306R in the front-rear direction K1.
  • the second shaft support 306L is symmetrical to the first shaft support 305R with the center in the machine width direction K2 sandwiched between the first shaft support 305R and the front-rear direction K1. Except for this point, the configuration of the second shaft support 306L is the same as the configuration of the first shaft support 305R.
  • the multi-film laying apparatus 300 has a first soil covering member 321, a second soil covering member 322, a third soil covering member 323, and a fourth soil covering member 324.
  • the first soil covering member 321, the second soil covering member 322, the third soil covering member 323, and the fourth soil covering member 324 are each formed of a disk-shaped soil covering disk.
  • the 1st earth covering member 321 and the 3rd earth covering member 323 are provided in the shape of an inclination which shifts to the 1st ridge UN1 side as it goes back.
  • the 2nd soil covering member 322 and the 4th soil covering member 324 are provided in the shape of an inclination which shifts to the 2nd ridge UN2 side as it goes back.
  • the first soil cover member 321 is arranged behind the right portion of the first film roll 303.
  • the first soil covering member 321 covers one end (right end) on the second ridge UN2 side of the multi-film unwound from the first film roll 303 and laid on the first ridge UN1.
  • the second soil covering member 322 is arranged behind the left portion of the second film roll 304.
  • the second soil covering member 322 covers the one end (left end) on the first ridge UN1 side of the multi-film unwound from the second film roll 304 and laid on the second ridge UN2.
  • the third soil covering member 323 is arranged behind the left portion of the first film roll 303.
  • the third soil covering member 323 covers the other end (left end) of the multi-film unwound from the first film roll 303 and laid on the first ridge UN1 with soil.
  • the fourth soil covering member 324 is arranged behind the right portion of the second film roll 304.
  • the fourth soil covering member 324 covers the other end (right end) of the mulch film unwound from the second film roll 304 and laid on the second ridge UN2.
  • the first soil cover member 321 and the second soil cover member 322 are arranged so as to be offset in the front-rear direction K1.
  • the first soil covering member 321 is arranged in front of the second soil covering member 322.
  • Which of the first soil cover member 321 and the second soil cover member 322 is arranged rearward can be determined by the front-rear relationship between the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302. Specifically, when the second roll support shaft 302 is arranged behind the first roll support shaft 301, the second soil covering member 322 is arranged behind the first soil covering member 321. When the first roll support shaft 301 is arranged behind the second roll support shaft 302, the first soil covering member 321 is arranged behind the second soil covering member 322.
  • first soil covering member 321 and the second soil covering member 322 are arranged so as to overlap each other in the width direction of the tractor 1A (machine width direction K2).
  • the first soil covering member 321 and the second soil covering member 322 also overlap in the front-rear direction K1.
  • the third soil covering member 323 is arranged at the same position as the first soil covering member 321 in the front-rear direction K1.
  • the fourth soil covering member 324 is arranged at the same position as the second soil covering member 322 in the front-rear direction K1. That is, the third soil covering member 323 and the fourth soil covering member 324 are arranged so as to be displaced in the front-rear direction K1 similarly to the arrangement of the first soil covering member 321 and the second soil covering member 322.
  • the lower end of the soil covering member (one of the soil covering members) arranged in the rear is located below the lower end of the soil covering member (the other soil covering member) arranged in the front.
  • the lower end portion of the second soil covering member 322 is located below the lower end portion of the first soil covering member 321. According to this structure, the second soil covering member 322 can bring soil from a position deeper than the first soil covering member 321. Therefore, the first soil covering member 321 and the second soil covering member 322 overlap in the machine width direction K2. Even if the second soil cover member 322 is arranged rearward, the soil collected by the second soil cover member 322 does not run short.
  • the first soil covering member 321 and the second soil covering member 322 are attached to the intermediate coupling body 55 via the first connection frame 325 and the bracket 326.
  • the first connection frame 325 is connected to the bracket 326 fixed to the intermediate coupling body 55 so as to be swingable upward or downward.
  • the third soil covering member 323 is attached to the first side member 196A via the second connection frame 327, the bracket 328, and the first supporting member 307.
  • the second connection frame 327 is swingably connected to a bracket 328 fixed to the first support member 307 via a support shaft 316 so as to be swingable upward or downward.
  • the fourth soil covering member 324 is attached to the second side member 196B via the third connection frame 329 and the like.
  • the attachment structure of the fourth soil covering member 324 to the second side member 196B is the same as the attachment structure of the third soil covering member 323 to the first side member 196A.
  • the multi-film laying apparatus 300 has a first film retainer 331, a second film retainer 332, a third film retainer 333, and a fourth film retainer 334.
  • the first film retainer 331, the second film retainer 332, the third film retainer 333, and the fourth film retainer 334 are composed of wheels, for example.
  • the first film retainer 331 and the third film retainer 333 are provided in an inclined shape that moves toward the first ridge UN1 side as it goes forward.
  • the second film retainer 332 and the fourth film retainer 334 are provided in an inclined shape that moves toward the second ridge UN2 side as it goes forward.
  • the first film retainer 331 is arranged behind the first film roll 303.
  • the first film retainer 331 presses one end (right end) of the multi-film laid on the first ridge UN1 on the second ridge UN2 side (right side).
  • the second film retainer 332 is arranged behind the second film roll 304.
  • the second film retainer 332 presses one end (left end) on the first ridge UN1 side (left side) of the multi-film laid on the second ridge UN2.
  • the third film retainer 333 is arranged behind the first film roll 303.
  • the third film retainer 333 holds down the other end (left end) of the multi-film laid on the first ridge UN1.
  • the fourth film retainer 334 is arranged behind the second film roll 304.
  • the fourth film retainer 334 holds the other end (right end) of the multi-film laid on the second ridge UN2.
  • the first film retainer 331 and the second film retainer 332 are arranged so as to be offset in the front-rear direction K1.
  • the first film retainer 331 is arranged in front of the second film retainer 332.
  • the first film retainer 331 is disposed behind the second film retainer 332.
  • the third film retainer 333 is arranged at the same position as the first film retainer 331 in the front-rear direction K1.
  • the fourth film retainer 334 is arranged at the same position as the second film retainer 332 in the front-rear direction K1. That is, the third film retainer 333 and the fourth film retainer 334 are arranged so as to be displaced in the front-rear direction K1 similarly to the arrangement of the first film retainer 331 and the second film retainer 332.
  • the first film retainer 331 is connected to the first connection frame 325 via the first connector 335.
  • the second film retainer 332 is connected to the first connection frame 325 via the second connection body 336.
  • the third film retainer 333 is attached to the second connection frame 327 via the third connection body 337.
  • the fourth film retainer 334 is attached to the third connection frame 329 via the fourth connection body 338.
  • the working machine 1 of the present embodiment has the following effects.
  • the working machine 1 includes a first ground work machine 2 mounted on the rear part of the traveling body 1A, a second ground work machine 3 mounted on the rear part of the first ground work machine 2 and planting seedlings in a field, and a first ground work machine.
  • Chairs (first front chair 187A and second front chair 187B), which are arranged above the working machine 2 and for working on the second ground working machine 3, and a chair 187A for the second ground working machine 3 , 187B, and a position adjusting mechanism 230 that can adjust the positions of the 187B.
  • the chair since the position adjusting mechanism 230 that can adjust the position with respect to the second ground work machine 3 that receives the seedlings is provided, the chair can be used in response to changes in the spacing of the seedlings to be planted or the height of the ridges.
  • the positions of 187A and 187B can be adjusted.
  • the position adjusting mechanism 230 has a first position adjusting mechanism 231 capable of adjusting the positions of the chairs (the first front chair 187A and the second front chair 187B) in the machine width direction K2 which is the width direction of the work machine 1. ing.
  • the first position adjustment mechanism 231 can adjust the positions of the chairs 187A and 187B in the machine width direction K2 in response to changes in the spacing of the seedlings to be planted.
  • the position adjusting mechanism 230 has a second position adjusting mechanism 232 capable of adjusting the positions of the chairs (first front chair 187A, second front chair 187B) in the front-rear direction K1.
  • the second position adjusting mechanism 232 can adjust the positions of the chairs 187A and 187B in the front-rear direction in accordance with the physique of the worker.
  • the position adjusting mechanism 230 has a third position adjusting mechanism 233 capable of adjusting the positions of the chairs (first front chair 187A, second front chair 187B) in the vertical direction.
  • the third position adjusting mechanism 233 allows the chairs 187A, 187B to correspond to the ridge height, the height of the sleeve (the sleeve fitted in the supply cups 171 and 172), the physique of the worker, and the like. The position can be adjusted vertically.
  • the work implement 1 is a work implement coupling mechanism that integrally connects the second ground work implement 3 and the chairs (the first front chair 187A and the second front chair 187B) to the first ground work implement 2 so as to be vertically movable.
  • the work implement coupling mechanism 41 includes a tool bar 43 to which the second ground work implement 3 is attached, and a chair support that is connected to the tool bar 43 and supports chairs (first front chair 187A, second front chair 187B). 150, and the position adjustment mechanism 230 is provided on the chair support 150.
  • the positions of the chairs 187A and 187B are adjusted by the position adjusting mechanism 230 while keeping the relationship between the height of the chairs 187A and 187B on which the worker sits and the height of the second ground work machine 3 constant. You can Therefore, the positions of the chairs 187A and 187B with respect to the second ground work implement 3 can be adjusted accurately and easily.
  • the working machine 1 is arranged between the chairs (first front chair 187A, second front chair 187B) and the second ground working machine 3 and is mounted on the chairs (first front chair 187A, second front chair 187B).
  • footrest plates 235A and 235B on which the seated worker puts his / her feet
  • the chair support 150 has attachment parts 260A and 260B to which the footrest plates 235A and 235B are detachably or removably attached.
  • the working machine 1 is a seedling supply device 38 that transfers a large number of supply cups 171 and 172 that store seedlings along a loop-shaped transfer route R1, and a seedling for placing seedlings supplied to the seedling supply device 38.
  • a feeding table 188, and the seedling feeding table 188 is attached to the chair support 150. According to this configuration, since the seedling supply table 188 is attached to the chair support 150, the positional relationship between the seedling supply stand 188 and the chair supported by the chair support 150 can be fixed. Therefore, the seedlings can be stably supplied from the seedling supplying table 188 to the seedling supplying device 38.
  • the seedling supply table 188 can be changed to a first posture in which the seedling placing surface faces the horizontal direction and a second posture in which the seedling placing surface faces the vertical direction. According to this configuration, when the seedling supplying device 38 is not supplied with seedlings, the seedling supplying base 188 is set to the second posture, so that the seedling supplying base 188 can be prevented from obstructing the movement of the worker. .
  • the working machine 1 is a transplanter 3 having a traveling body 1A, a machine frame 37 mounted behind the traveling body 1A, and a planting device 39 supported by the machine frame 37 and for planting seedlings in a field.
  • a control valve 165 that switches the lifting drive device 42 between a first state in which the machine frame 37 is raised and a second state in which the machine frame 37 is lowered in accordance with the movement of 97 is provided.
  • the control valve 165 is moved between the first state in which the machine frame 37 of the transplanter 3 is raised and the second state in which the wire 97 is moved by the movement of the wire 97 in accordance with the vertical movement of the detection member 83 that follows the unevenness of the field. Since they can be switched, the planting depth can be adjusted accurately with a simple structure. Thereby, the variation in the planting depth can be reduced.
  • the working machine 1 includes a support frame 82 that supports the detection member 83 so as to be vertically movable with respect to the machine frame 37.
  • the support frame 82 is vertically swingable with respect to the machine frame 37 and is a detection member. It is arranged above 83.
  • the adjacent detection members 83 for example, the earth covering wheels 81L and 81R of the left first earth covering device 40AL, and the right
  • the interval between the soil-covering wheels 81L and 81R of the first soil-covering device 40AR can be narrowed. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the distance between the seedlings for planting while avoiding the interference between the support frames 82.
  • the transplanter 3 is arranged on one side in the width direction of the transplanter 3 and has a first transplantation unit 36A having a plurality of first planting devices 39AL, 39AR, and the other side in the width direction of the transplanter 3.
  • a second transplantation unit 36B that is disposed in the first transplantation device 39BL, 39BR and has a plurality of second transplantation devices 39BL and 39BR, and a distance adjustment mechanism that adjusts the distance between the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B.
  • a first angle adjusting mechanism capable of adjusting the relative angle between the planting devices 39AL and 39AR, and a second angle adjusting mechanism capable of adjusting the relative angle between the plurality of second planting devices 39BL and 39BR. I have it.
  • the distance adjusting mechanism can adjust the distance between the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B.
  • the first angle adjusting mechanism and the second angle adjusting mechanism adjust the relative angle between the transplanting devices in each transplantation unit, thereby adjusting the distance between the transplanting devices in each transplantation unit. it can. That is, it is possible to perform adjustment in units of units and in units of planting devices in each unit. Therefore, it becomes possible to adjust the striations corresponding to various planting forms such as 1 row of 4 ridges and 2 rows of 2 ridges.
  • the working machine 1 is provided with a tool bar 43 arranged in the rear of the traveling body 1A and extending in the width direction, and the distance adjusting mechanism is movably attached along the tool bar 43 and fixed to the first transplantation unit 36A. It has a first mounting tool 61A and a second mounting tool 61B that is movably mounted along the tool bar 43 and is fixed to the second transplantation unit 36B.
  • the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B can be independently moved along the toolbar 43, so that the distance between the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B can be reduced. Adjustment can be easily performed.
  • the machine casing 37 includes a first machine casing 37A to which the plurality of first planting devices 39AL and 39AR are mounted and a second machine casing 37B to which the plurality of second planting devices 39BL and 39BR are mounted.
  • the 1st transplantation unit 36A has the 1st machine frame 37A
  • the 2nd transplantation unit 36B has the 2nd machine frame 37B
  • the 1st angle adjustment mechanism of the plural 1st planting devices 39AL, 39AR The mounting angle with respect to the first machine casing 37A can be individually adjusted, and the second angle adjustment mechanism can individually adjust the mounting angles of the plurality of second planting devices 39BL and 39BR with respect to the second machine casing 37B.
  • the mounting angles of the plurality of first planting devices 39AL and 39AR with respect to the first machine frame 37A and the mounting angles of the plurality of second planting devices 39BL and 39BR with respect to the second machine frame 37B are respectively Since they can be adjusted individually, it becomes possible to easily adjust the striation adjustment corresponding to various planting forms.
  • the first transplantation unit 36A has a plurality of first soil covering devices 40AL and 40AR attached to the first machine casing 37A corresponding to the plurality of first transplanting devices 39AL and 39AR, respectively
  • the second transplanting unit The unit 36B includes a plurality of second soil cover devices 40BL and 40BR attached to the second machine casing 37B corresponding to the plurality of second planting devices 39BL and 39BR, respectively. It has the 1st position adjustment part which adjusts the position of the devices 40AL and 40AR in the width direction, and the 2nd position adjustment part which adjusts the position of the 2nd soil covering devices 40BL and 40BR in the width direction.
  • the positions of the plurality of soil covering devices can be adjusted corresponding to the adjustment of the positions of the plurality of planting devices, so that the work of planting and covering the soil corresponding to various planting forms can be performed.
  • the working machine 1 includes a prime mover E1, a main shaft 107 which receives power from the prime mover E1 and rotates around an axis extending in the width direction, and rotational power of the main shaft 107 to the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B.
  • the main shaft 107 includes a first rotating shaft 107A that rotates by receiving power from the prime mover E1, a second rotating shaft 107B that rotates by receiving power from the first rotating shaft 107A, and And a connecting shaft 107L connecting the first rotating shaft 107A and the second rotating shaft 107B.
  • the first rotating shaft 107A and the second rotating shaft 107B are movable in the width direction with respect to the connecting shaft 107L. is there.
  • the length of the main shaft 107 can be adjusted corresponding to the adjustment of the distance between the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B, and the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36A can be adjusted. Power can be reliably transmitted to the transplant unit 36B.
  • the first rotating shaft 107A and the second rotating shaft 107B are spline shafts, and the connecting shaft 107L is a spline bearing with which the spline shafts mesh.
  • the working machine 1 includes a traveling body 1A, a rotary cultivator 2 attached to a rear portion of the traveling body 1A, and a ridger 51 having an attachment portion attached to the rotary cultivator 2, and the attachment portion is The front mounting portions 51La, 51Ra, 51Ma provided at the front portion of the ridger 51 and the rear mounting portions 51Lb, 51Rb, 51Mb provided at the rear portion of the ridger 51 are included.
  • the ridger 51 is attached to the rotary cultivator 2 by the front attachment portions 51La, 51Ra, 51Ma and the rear attachment portions 51Lb, 51Rb, 51Mb, the load applied to the attachment portion of the ridger is applied. Can be dispersed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent an excessive load from being applied to the attachment portion of the ridge riser 51 even in a field where the advance plowing is not sufficiently performed.
  • the rotary tiller 2 includes a tiller 18 for tilling the field, a rotary machine frame 11, a rotary cover 19 attached to the rotary machine frame 11 for covering the tiller 18, and a transmission for transmitting power to the tiller 18.
  • a transmission case 12 accommodating the mechanism, a mounting body 196 is attached to the rotary machine frame 11, and the front mounting portions 51La, 51Ra, and 51Ma are attached to the rotary cover 19 or the transmission case 12.
  • the rear mounting portions 51Lb, 51Rb, 51Mb are mounted on the mounting body 196.
  • the front attachment parts 51La, 51Ra, 51Ma and the rear attachment parts 51Lb, 51Rb, 51Mb can be reliably attached to the rotary cultivator 2.
  • the ridger is likely to be worn due to residual tillage, but by attaching the front mounting portion 51Ma to the transmission case 12. The wear of the ridger behind the transmission case 12 can be prevented.
  • the rotary cover 19 has an upper cover 19A that covers the upper part of the tilling part 18, a rear cover 19B that covers the rear of the tilling part 18, and a side cover 19C that covers the sides of the tilling part 18, and the transmission.
  • the case 12 is arranged at the center in the width direction of the rotary cultivator 2, and the ridge former 51 includes side ridge formers 51L and 51R in which front attachment portions 51La and 51Ra are attached to the side cover 19C, and front attachment portions.
  • the portion 51Ma includes an intermediate ridger 51M attached to the transmission case 12.
  • the side ridge risers 51L and 51R and the intermediate ridge riser 51M can be reliably attached to the rotary cultivator 2 at different positions in the width direction. Further, the outer ends in the width direction of the side ridge risers 51L and 51R are positioned outside the outer ends in the width direction of the side cover 19C. According to this structure, since the distance between the side ridger 51L, 51R and the intermediate ridger 51M can be increased, the ridge width can be widened.
  • the side cover 19C includes a first side cover 19CL arranged on one side in the width direction and a second side cover 19CR arranged on the other side in the width direction, and has a mounting body 196. Is between the first side member 196A attached to the first side cover 19CL, the second side member 196B attached to the second side cover 19CR, and the first side member 196A and the second side member 196B. And the intermediate member 196C disposed on the side ridges 51L and 51R, and the side ridges 51L and 51R are arranged on one side in the width direction and on the other side in the width direction.
  • the rear mounting portion 51Lb including the arranged second side ridger 51R and the first side ridger 51L is attached to the first side member 196A, and the rear side ridger 51R is attached.
  • the mounting portion 51Rb is attached to the second side member 196B. Is, the attachment portion 51Mb after the intermediate ribbing devices 51M is attached to the intermediate member 196C.
  • the rear attachment portions 51Lb and 51Rb can be attached to the side cover 19C via the first side member 196A and the second side member 196B. Further, the rear attachment portion 51Mb can be arranged between the first side member 196A and the second side member 196B by the intermediate member 196C. Further, the working machine 1 is equipped with a transplanter 3 which is mounted on the rear part of the rotary tiller 2 and which plant seedlings in a field, the ridger 51 is arranged in front of the transplanter 3, and the transplanter 3 is the ridger. Seedlings are planted in the ridges formed by 51.
  • the multi-film laying device 300 is a multi-film laying device which is mounted on the rear side of the traveling body 1A and lays a multi-film on a ridge formed in a field, and the multi-film laying device is laid on the first ridge UN1.
  • the second film roll 304 around which the multi-film laid on the first roll supporting shaft 301 that supports the first film roll 303 wound around and the second ridge UN2 adjacent to the first ridge UN1 is wound.
  • a second roll support shaft 302 for supporting the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302. ing.
  • the interval between the first film roll 303 and the second film roll 304 can be narrowed, so that the ridges can be narrowed between two adjacent ridges and a multi-film can be laid. Therefore, the mulch film can be satisfactorily laid even in a field where a large number of ridges are formed at narrow intervals.
  • the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302 are arranged so as to be displaced in the front-rear direction.
  • the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302 are displaced in the front-rear direction, so that the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302 are separated from each other in the width direction of the traveling body 1A. It is possible to reliably overlap.
  • the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302 are arranged so as to be vertically offset from each other.
  • the multi-film laying device 300 includes a first soil cover member 321 for covering the end of the multi-film laid on the first ridge UN1 on the second ridge UN2 side with a multi-layer laid on the second ridge UN2.
  • the 2nd soil covering member 322 which covers the end part by the side of the 1st ridge UN1 of the film with soil, and the 1st soil covering member 321 and the 2nd soil covering member 322 are displaced in the direction of order.
  • the interval between the first soil covering member 321 and the second soil covering member 322 can be narrowed in the width direction of the traveling vehicle 1A. Therefore, it is possible to satisfactorily cover the soil of the ends of the mulch film laid on the ridges formed at narrow intervals. Further, the first soil covering member 321 and the second soil covering member 322 are arranged so as to overlap each other in the width direction of the traveling vehicle 1A.
  • the first soil cover is applied to the end of the laid mulch film.
  • the member 321 and the second soil covering member 322 can surely cover the soil.
  • one of the first soil cover member 321 and the second soil cover member 322 is disposed behind the other soil cover member, and the lower end portion of the one soil cover member is the lower end portion of the other soil cover member. It is located below.
  • the soil-covering member on the front side brings the soil to cover the soil
  • the soil-covering member on the rear side brings the soil from a position deeper than the soil-covering member on the front side.
  • the multi-film laying device 300 includes a first film retainer 331 for suppressing an end portion of the multi-film laid on the first ridge UN1 on the second ridge UN2 side, and a multi-film laid on the second ridge UN2. And a second film retainer 332 that presses the end portion of the first ridge UN1 side, and the first film retainer 331 and the second film retainer 332 are arranged to be displaced in the front-rear direction.
  • the working machine 1 includes the above-mentioned mulch film laying apparatus 300, and a transplanting machine 3 mounted behind the traveling body 1A and for planting seedlings in the ridges.

Landscapes

  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Environmental Sciences (AREA)
  • Soil Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Soil Working Implements (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a mulch-film laying apparatus (300) that is mounted behind a traveling body (1A) and that lays down mulch films on furrows formed in a field, the mulch-film laying apparatus (300) including: a first roll support shaft (301) that supports a first film roll (303) about which a mulch film to be laid down on a first furrow is wound; and a second roll support shaft (302) that supports a second film roll (304) about which a mulch film to be laid down on a second furrow adjacent to the first furrow is wound, wherein the first roll support shaft and the second roll support shaft are provided so as to extend in a width direction of the traveling body and so as to overlap with each other in the width direction.

Description

マルチフィルム敷設装置及び作業機Multi-film laying device and work machine
 本発明は、例えば、圃場にマルチフィルムを敷設するマルチフィルム敷設装置、及び圃場に苗を植え付ける作業機に関する。 The present invention relates to, for example, a mulch film laying device for laying mulch film in a field, and a working machine for planting seedlings in a field.
 従来、特許文献1に開示された作業機が知られている。
 特許文献1に開示の作業機は、ロータリ作業機と、畝成形器と、マルチフィルム敷設装置を、を備えており、ロータリ作業機で耕耘した圃場に畝を成形してマルチフィルムを敷設することができる。
 また、従来、特許文献2に開示された作業機が知られている。
Conventionally, the working machine disclosed in Patent Document 1 is known.
The working machine disclosed in Patent Document 1 includes a rotary working machine, a ridge forming device, and a multi-film laying device, and forms a ridge in a field cultivated by the rotary working machine to lay a multi-film. You can
Further, conventionally, the working machine disclosed in Patent Document 2 is known.
 特許文献2に開示の作業機は、ロータリ耕耘装置と、ロータリ耕耘機に取り付けられた畝立て器とを備えている。 The work machine disclosed in Patent Document 2 includes a rotary tiller and a ridger attached to the rotary tiller.
日本国特許公開公報「特開2006-271316号公報」Japanese Patent Publication “JP 2006-27316 16” 日本国特許公開公報「特開2016-167983号公報」Japanese patent publication "JP-A-2016-167983"
 しかしながら、上記特許文献1に開示された作業機では、隣り合う2つの畝の畝間を狭くしてマルチフィルムを敷設することができない。
 また、上記特許文献2に開示された作業機では、畝立て器は後部のみでロータリ耕耘機に取り付けられているため、礫が多い圃場や事前の耕耘が十分になされていない圃場では、畝立て器の取り付け部分に過剰な負荷が加わるという問題がある。
However, in the working machine disclosed in Patent Document 1, it is not possible to lay the mulch film by narrowing the ridge between two adjacent ridges.
Further, in the working machine disclosed in Patent Document 2, the ridger is attached to the rotary cultivator only at the rear part, so in a field with many gravel or a field in which advance cultivation is not sufficiently performed, the ridger is erected. There is a problem that an excessive load is applied to the mounting portion of the vessel.
 本発明は、上記したような実情に鑑みて、隣り合う2つの畝の畝間を狭くしてマルチフィルムを敷設することができるマルチフィルム敷設装置及び作業機を提供するものである。
 また、本発明は、上記したような実情に鑑みて、事前の耕耘が十分になされていない圃場であっても、畝立て器の取り付け部分に過剰な負荷が加わることを防止できる作業機を提供するものである。
In view of the above situation, the present invention provides a multi-film laying device and a working machine capable of laying a multi-film by narrowing the ridge between two adjacent ridges.
Further, in view of the above-mentioned circumstances, the present invention provides a working machine capable of preventing an excessive load from being applied to the attachment portion of the ridger even in a field where advance plowing is not sufficiently performed. To do.
 本発明の一態様に係るマルチフィルム敷設装置は、走行体の後方に装着され、且つ圃場に成形された畝にマルチフィルムを敷設するマルチフィルム敷設装置であって、第1の畝に敷設されるマルチフィルムが巻回された第1フィルムロールを支持する第1ロール支持軸と、前記第1の畝と隣り合う第2の畝に敷設されるマルチフィルムが巻回された第2フィルムロールを支持する第2ロール支持軸と、を備え、前記第1ロール支持軸と前記第2ロール支持軸とは、前記走行体の幅方向に延設されており且つ前記幅方向においてオーバラップしている。 A mulch-film laying apparatus according to an aspect of the present invention is a multi-film laying apparatus that is mounted behind a traveling body and lays a mulch-film on a ridge formed in a field, and is laid on a first ridge. A first roll support shaft that supports a first film roll around which a mulch film is wound, and a second film roll around which a mulch film laid on a second ridge adjacent to the first ridge is wound. And a second roll support shaft, wherein the first roll support shaft and the second roll support shaft extend in the width direction of the traveling body and overlap in the width direction.
 また、作業機は、上記マルチフィルム敷設装置と、前記走行体の後方に装着され、且つ前記畝に苗を植え付ける移植機と、を備えている。
 本発明の一態様に係る作業機は、走行体と、前記走行体の後部に装着されたロータリ耕耘機と、前記ロータリ耕耘機に取り付けられる取付部を有する畝立て器と、を備え、前記取付部は、前記畝立て器の前部に設けられた前取付部と、前記畝立て器の後部に設けられた後取付部と、を含む。
Further, the working machine includes the above-mentioned mulch film laying device and a transplanting machine which is mounted on the rear side of the traveling body and which plant seedlings in the ridges.
A working machine according to an aspect of the present invention includes a traveling body, a rotary cultivator mounted on a rear portion of the traveling body, and a ridger having a mounting portion attached to the rotary cultivator, and the mounting. The section includes a front attachment portion provided at a front portion of the ridger and a rear attachment portion provided at a rear portion of the ridger.
 上記マルチフィルム敷設装置及び作業機によれば、第1ロール支持軸と第2ロール支持軸が走行車両の幅方向においてオーバラップしているため、隣り合う2つの畝の畝間を狭くしてマルチフィルムを敷設することができる。
 上記作業機によれば、畝立て器が前取付部と後取付部によってロータリ耕耘機に取り付けられているため、畝立て器の取付部分に加わる負荷を分散することができる。そのため、事前の耕耘が十分になされていない圃場であっても、畝立て器の取り付け部分に過剰な負荷が加わることを防止できる。
According to the mulch film laying apparatus and the working machine described above, since the first roll support shaft and the second roll support shaft overlap in the width direction of the traveling vehicle, the ridge between two adjacent ridges is narrowed and the mulch film is formed. Can be laid.
According to the above working machine, since the ridger is attached to the rotary cultivator by the front attachment portion and the rear attachment portion, it is possible to disperse the load applied to the attachment portion of the ridger. Therefore, it is possible to prevent an excessive load from being applied to the attachment portion of the ridger even in a field where the advance plowing is not sufficiently performed.
作業機の側面図である。It is a side view of a working machine. 対地作業装置の平面図である。It is a top view of a ground work device. 対地作業装置の側面図である。It is a side view of a ground work device. トラクタの動力伝達装置の系統図である。It is a system diagram of the power transmission device of a tractor. ロータリ耕耘機、畝立て器の側面図である。It is a side view of a rotary tiller and a ridger. ロータリ耕耘機、畝立て器の平面図である。It is a top view of a rotary tiller and a ridger. ロータリ耕耘機に伝達された動力の伝達系統を示す側面断面図である。It is a side sectional view showing a transmission system of power transmitted to a rotary cultivator. ロータリ耕耘機、畝立て器の後方斜視図である。It is a rear perspective view of a rotary tiller and a ridger. ロータリ耕耘機、畝立て器、取付体の側面図である。It is a side view of a rotary tiller, a ridger, and an attachment. ロータリ耕耘機、畝立て器、取付体の背面図である。It is a rear view of a rotary tiller, a ridger, and an attachment body. 作業機の動力伝達系統を示す構成図である。It is a block diagram which shows the power transmission system of a working machine. 椅子支持体、苗供給台を示す前方斜視図である。It is a front perspective view which shows a chair support body and a seedling supply stand. ロータリ耕耘機、連結リンク機構、予備苗台を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows a rotary tiller, a connection link mechanism, and a preliminary seedling stand. 昇降駆動装置を駆動したときの椅子支持体及び移植機の動きを示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows the movement of a chair support body and a transplanter when a raising / lowering drive device is driven. 中間畝立て器の取り付け構造を示す後方斜視図である。It is a rear perspective view which shows the attachment structure of an intermediate ridger. 機枠の平面図である。It is a top view of a machine frame. 機枠の側面図である。It is a side view of a machine casing. 機枠の正面図である。It is a front view of a machine frame. 複数の植付装置間の相対角度を調整する角度調整機構の作用を示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows the effect | action of the angle adjustment mechanism which adjusts the relative angle between a plurality of planting devices. 苗供給装置、第1後方椅子、第2後方椅子等を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows a seedling supply apparatus, a 1st back chair, a 2nd back chair, etc. 連結フレーム、スタンドの後方斜視図である。It is a rear perspective view of a connection frame and a stand. 連結フレーム、スタンドの背面図である。It is a rear view of a connection frame and a stand. 連結フレーム、スタンドの側面図である。It is a side view of a connection frame and a stand. 移植機の動力伝達系統の一部を示す平面図である。It is a top view showing a part of power transmission system of a transplanter. 主軸の伸縮構造を説明する平面図である。It is a top view explaining the expansion-contraction structure of a main axis. 主軸、カバー筒の断面図である。It is a sectional view of a main shaft and a cover cylinder. 移植機の動力伝達系統の一部及び植付装置等を示す側面図である。It is a side view showing a part of power transmission system of a transplanter, a planting device, etc. 植付装置の平面図である。It is a top view of a planting device. 複数の植付装置間の相対角度を調整する角度調整機構、及び覆土装置の位置を調整する位置調整部(第1位置調整部)等を示す前方斜視図である。It is a front perspective view showing an angle adjusting mechanism which adjusts a relative angle between a plurality of planting devices, a position adjusting part (1st position adjusting part) which adjusts a position of a soil covering device, etc. 検出部材(覆土輪)及び支持フレームが機枠に対して上下揺動している様子を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows a mode that a detection member (earth covering wheel) and a support frame are rocking | fluctuating with respect to a machine frame. 検出部材(覆土輪)、支持杆、支持フレームの平面図である。It is a top view of a detection member (covering earth wheel), a support rod, and a support frame. 支持フレーム、第1揺動板、ワイヤ等を示す側面図である。It is a side view showing a support frame, the 1st rocking board, a wire, etc. 後部位置調整機構を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view showing a rear part position adjusting mechanism. 前部位置調整機構及び後部位置調整機構によって支持フレーム及び検出部材(覆土輪)の位置を調整している様子を示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows a mode that the position of a support frame and a detection member (covering wheel) is adjusted with the front part position adjustment mechanism and the rear part position adjustment mechanism. 制御バルブ、ワイヤ等を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows a control valve, a wire, etc. 第1操作レバーの動作を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows operation | movement of a 1st operation lever. 苗供給装置の平面図である。It is a top view of a seedling supply device. 供給カップの蓋の配置を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows arrangement | positioning of the lid of a supply cup. 第2開放位置の周辺を上方から見て示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the circumference | surroundings of a 2nd open position, seeing from upper direction. 第2開放位置の周辺を下方から見て示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the circumference | surroundings of a 2nd open position, seeing from below. 供給カップ、中間ホッパ及び植付具を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows a supply cup, an intermediate hopper, and a planting tool. 第2開放位置における第1ガイド部材、第2ガイド部材等の縦断面図である。It is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the 1st guide member, the 2nd guide member, etc. in a 2nd open position. 第1位置調整機構を示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows a 1st position adjusting mechanism. 第2位置調整機構を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows a 2nd position adjusting mechanism. 第3位置調整機構を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows a 3rd position adjusting mechanism. 位置調整機構、支持機構の一部を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view showing a part of position adjustment mechanism and a support mechanism. 第1前方椅子、足置き板等を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows a 1st front chair, a footrest board, etc. 足置き板の取り付け方法を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the attachment method of a footrest plate. 移植機の側面図である。It is a side view of a transplanter. 回動支持機構の作用(動作)を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the effect | action (operation | movement) of a rotation support mechanism. 回動支持機構の作用(動作)を示す背面図である。It is a rear view which shows the effect | action (operation | movement) of a rotation support mechanism. 苗供給台の動きを示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view showing movement of a seedling supply stand. 苗供給台の別の動きを示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows another movement of a seedling supply stand. 苗供給台の入れ替え方法を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows the replacement method of a seedling supply stand. 予備苗台等を示す前方斜視図である。It is a front perspective view showing a spare seedling stand and the like. ロータリ耕耘機、マルチフィルム敷設装置の平面図である。It is a top view of a rotary tiller and a multi-film laying device. ロータリ耕耘機、マルチフィルム敷設装置の機幅方向の略中央における側面図である。FIG. 3 is a side view of the rotary cultivator and the mulch film laying device at a substantially central portion in a machine width direction. ロータリ耕耘機、マルチフィルム敷設装置の左部の平面図である。It is a top view of the rotary tiller and the left part of a mulch film installation device. ロータリ耕耘機、マルチフィルム敷設装置の左部の側面図である。It is a side view of a rotary tiller and the left part of a mulch film installation device. 第1フィルムロールの左部周辺の背面図である。It is a rear view of the left part periphery of a 1st film roll. ロータリ耕耘機、マルチフィルム敷設装置の機幅方向の略中央における平面図である。FIG. 3 is a plan view of the rotary cultivator and the mulch film laying device in the approximate center in the machine width direction.
 以下、本発明の一実施形態について、図面を適宜参照しつつ説明する。
 図1は、走行しながら対地作業(耕耘等)と共に苗の植え付け(移植)を行うことができる作業機1を示している。作業機1は、走行体1Aと、走行体1Aの後部に装着された対地作業装置1Bを有する。対地作業装置1Bは、走行体1Aの後部に昇降可能に装着された第1対地作業機2と、第1対地作業機2の後部に昇降可能に装着された第2対地作業機3とを備えている。
An embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings as appropriate.
FIG. 1 shows a working machine 1 capable of planting seedlings (planting) together with ground work (plowing etc.) while traveling. The work machine 1 includes a traveling body 1A and a ground work device 1B mounted on a rear portion of the traveling body 1A. The ground work device 1B includes a first ground work machine 2 that is mounted on the rear part of the traveling body 1A so as to be able to move up and down, and a second ground work machine 3 that is mounted on the rear part of the first ground work machine 2 so that it can be moved up and down. ing.
 本実施形態では、走行体1Aとして走行車両であるトラクタを例示している。また、第1対地作業機2としてロータリ耕耘機を例示している。また、第2対地作業機3として圃場に苗を植え付ける移植機を例示している。以下、走行体をトラクタ1Aといい、第1対地作業機をロータリ耕耘機2といい、第2対地作業機を移植機3という。
 図1は、作業機1の側面図を示す。実施形態において特に断らない限り、トラクタ1Aの運転席5に着座した運転者の前側(図1の左側)を前方、運転者の後側(図1の右側)を後方、運転者の左側(図1の手前側)を左方、運転者の右側(図1の奥側)を右方として説明する。また、トラクタ1Aの前後方向K1(図1参照)に直交する方向である水平方向K2(図2参照)を機幅方向K2として説明する。
In the present embodiment, a tractor that is a traveling vehicle is illustrated as the traveling body 1A. Further, a rotary cultivator is illustrated as the first ground work machine 2. Further, a transplanter for planting seedlings in the field is illustrated as the second ground work machine 3. Hereinafter, the traveling body is referred to as a tractor 1A, the first ground working machine is referred to as a rotary cultivator 2, and the second ground working machine is referred to as a transplanter 3.
FIG. 1 shows a side view of the working machine 1. Unless otherwise specified in the embodiment, the front side (left side in FIG. 1) of the driver seated in the driver's seat 5 of the tractor 1A is front, the rear side (right side in FIG. 1) of the driver is rear, and the left side of the driver (FIG. 1 will be described as the left side and the driver's right side (the back side in FIG. 1) as the right side. Further, a horizontal direction K2 (see FIG. 2) that is a direction orthogonal to the front-rear direction K1 (see FIG. 1) of the tractor 1A will be described as a machine width direction K2.
 また、トラクタ1Aの機幅方向中央部から右部、或いは、左部へ向かう方向を機幅外方として説明する。言い換えれば、機幅外方とは、機幅方向K2であってトラクタ1Aの機幅方向中央部から離れる方向のことである。トラクタ1Aの機幅方向右部、或いは、左部から中央部へ向かう方向を機幅内方として説明する。即ち、機幅内方とは、機幅方向外方とは反対の方向である。言い換えれば、機幅内方とは、機幅方向K2であってトラクタ1Aの機幅方向中央部に近づく方向である。 Also, the direction from the center of the tractor 1A in the machine width direction to the right or left will be described as the machine width outside. In other words, the machine width direction is the machine width direction K2 and the direction away from the center of the tractor 1A in the machine width direction. The right side of the tractor 1 </ b> A in the machine width direction or the direction from the left side to the center of the tractor 1 </ b> A will be described as the machine width inner side. That is, the inside of the machine width is the direction opposite to the outside in the machine width direction. In other words, the inner side of the machine width is the direction K2 in the machine width direction, which is the direction approaching the central portion of the tractor 1A in the machine width direction.
 図1に示すように、トラクタ1Aは、車体6と、車体6の前部に装着された前輪7F及び車体6の後部に装着された後輪7Rを含む走行装置7と、を有する。車体6は、原動機(駆動源)E1と、原動機E1の後部に連結された動力伝達ケースT1と、を有する。
 原動機E1は、例えば、ディーゼルエンジンである。
 動力伝達ケースT1は、クラッチを内蔵したクラッチハウジング、変速装置を内蔵したミッションケース、差動装置を内蔵したデフケース等を直結して構成されている。
As shown in FIG. 1, the tractor 1A includes a vehicle body 6 and a traveling device 7 including a front wheel 7F attached to a front portion of the vehicle body 6 and a rear wheel 7R attached to a rear portion of the vehicle body 6. The vehicle body 6 includes a prime mover (driving source) E1 and a power transmission case T1 connected to a rear portion of the prime mover E1.
The prime mover E1 is, for example, a diesel engine.
The power transmission case T1 is configured by directly connecting a clutch housing including a clutch, a transmission case including a transmission, a differential case including a differential device, and the like.
 車体6の後部には、運転席5が搭載されていると共に、原動機E1の動力を取り出す動力取出軸(所謂PTO軸)22が後方突出状に装備されている。即ち、走行体1Aは、原動機E1の動力を取り出す動力取出軸22を有する。運転席5の前方には、ステアリングホイール8が設けられている。また、トラクタ1Aは、前部にバッテリ(図示略)を搭載している。 In the rear part of the vehicle body 6, the driver's seat 5 is mounted, and a power take-off shaft (so-called PTO shaft) 22 for taking out the power of the prime mover E1 is provided in a rearward protruding shape. That is, the traveling body 1A has the power takeoff shaft 22 that takes out the power of the prime mover E1. A steering wheel 8 is provided in front of the driver's seat 5. Further, the tractor 1A has a battery (not shown) mounted on the front portion.
 図4は、原動機E1の動力を動力取出軸22及び走行装置7に伝達する動力伝達装置4を示している。
 動力伝達装置4は、主推進軸4aと、主変速部4bと、副変速部4cと、シャトル部4dと、PTOクラッチ4eと、PTO推進軸4fとを有する。
 図1に示すように、ロータリ耕耘機2は、トラクタ1Aの後部に三点リンク機構9等の装着機構を介して昇降可能に装着されている。
FIG. 4 shows the power transmission device 4 that transmits the power of the prime mover E1 to the power takeoff shaft 22 and the traveling device 7.
The power transmission device 4 includes a main propulsion shaft 4a, a main transmission unit 4b, an auxiliary transmission unit 4c, a shuttle unit 4d, a PTO clutch 4e, and a PTO propulsion shaft 4f.
As shown in FIG. 1, the rotary cultivator 2 is mounted on the rear portion of the tractor 1A so as to be able to move up and down via a mounting mechanism such as a three-point link mechanism 9.
 図5、図6、図8に示すように、ロータリ耕耘機2は、ロータリ機枠11を有する。ロータリ機枠11は、伝動ケース12と、前サポートフレーム13Fと、後サポートフレーム13Rと、左サイドフレーム15Lと、右サイドフレーム15Rとを有する。伝動ケース12は、ロータリ耕耘機2の幅方向(機幅方向K2と同じ方向)の中央部に位置している。 As shown in FIGS. 5, 6, and 8, the rotary cultivator 2 has a rotary machine frame 11. The rotary machine frame 11 includes a transmission case 12, a front support frame 13F, a rear support frame 13R, a left side frame 15L, and a right side frame 15R. The transmission case 12 is located at the center of the rotary cultivator 2 in the width direction (the same direction as the machine width direction K2).
 図5~図7に示すように、伝動ケース12の下部には、機幅方向K2の軸心を有する回転軸16が機幅方向K2の一方及び他方に突出状に設けられている。回転軸16の外周には、ブラケットを介して多数の耕耘爪17が固定されている。回転軸16及び耕耘爪17は、圃場を耕耘する耕耘部18を構成している。
 図5、図6、図8に示すように、耕耘部18は、ロータリ機枠11に取り付けられたロータリカバー19により覆われている。ロータリカバー19は、上部カバー19A、後部カバー19B、側部カバー19Cを有している。耕耘部18の上方は、上部カバー19Aで覆われている。耕耘部18の後方は、後部カバー19Bで覆われている。後部カバー19Bは、上端がロータリ機枠11に枢軸19Dを介して機幅方向K2の軸心回りに回転自在に枢支されていて上下揺動自在である。後部カバー19Bは、弾圧装置20で下方に付勢されている。弾圧装置20は、バネの力で後部カバー19Bを下方に付勢する装置である。後部カバー19Bは、後述する畝立て器51により成形される畝の上面を形成する。
As shown in FIGS. 5 to 7, a rotary shaft 16 having a shaft center in the machine width direction K2 is provided in a lower portion of the transmission case 12 in a protruding manner in one and the other of the machine width direction K2. A large number of plowing pawls 17 are fixed to the outer periphery of the rotary shaft 16 via brackets. The rotary shaft 16 and the plowing claw 17 configure a plowing section 18 for plowing the field.
As shown in FIGS. 5, 6 and 8, the tilling section 18 is covered with a rotary cover 19 attached to the rotary machine frame 11. The rotary cover 19 has an upper cover 19A, a rear cover 19B, and a side cover 19C. The upper part of the cultivating part 18 is covered with an upper cover 19A. The rear of the tiller 18 is covered with a rear cover 19B. An upper end of the rear cover 19B is rotatably supported by the rotary machine frame 11 via a pivot shaft 19D about an axis in the machine width direction K2, and is vertically swingable. The rear cover 19B is urged downward by the elastic pressure device 20. The elastic device 20 is a device that urges the rear cover 19B downward by the force of a spring. The rear cover 19B forms the upper surface of the ridge formed by the ridger 51 described later.
 耕耘部18の側方は、側部カバー19Cで覆われている。側部カバー19Cは、第1側部カバー19CLと第2側部カバー19CRとを有している。第1側部カバー19CLは、ロータリ耕耘機2の幅方向(機幅方向K2)の一方側(左側)に配置されている。第2側部カバー19CRは、ロータリ耕耘機2の幅方向(機幅方向K2)の他方側(右側)に配置されている。 The sides of the tiller 18 are covered with a side cover 19C. The side cover 19C has a first side cover 19CL and a second side cover 19CR. The first side cover 19CL is arranged on one side (left side) of the rotary cultivator 2 in the width direction (machine width direction K2). The second side cover 19CR is arranged on the other side (right side) of the rotary cultivator 2 in the width direction (machine width direction K2).
 第1側部カバー19CLは、左サイドフレーム15Lに取り付けられている。第2側部カバー19CRは、右サイドフレーム15Rに取り付けられている。第1側部カバー19CLと第2側部カバー19CRとは、取り付けられている位置が異なるのみで構成は同じである。
 図8、図9に示すように、第1側部カバー19CLは、上側部カバー19C1、下側部カバー19C2、前側部カバー19C3、支持カバー19C4を有している。上側部カバー19C1は、耕耘部18の側方の上部を覆っている。下側部カバー19C2は、耕耘部18の側方の下部を覆っている。上側部カバー19C1は、左サイドフレーム15Lに取り付けられている。下側部カバー19C2は、接続板19C5を介して上側部カバー19C1と接続されている。前側部カバー19C3は、上側部カバー19C1の前端から前方に延びている。
The first side cover 19CL is attached to the left side frame 15L. The second side cover 19CR is attached to the right side frame 15R. The first side cover 19CL and the second side cover 19CR have the same configuration except that they are attached at different positions.
As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the first side cover 19CL includes an upper side cover 19C1, a lower side cover 19C2, a front side cover 19C3, and a support cover 19C4. The upper side cover 19C1 covers a lateral upper part of the tilling part 18. The lower side cover 19C2 covers a lateral lower part of the tilling part 18. The upper side cover 19C1 is attached to the left side frame 15L. The lower side cover 19C2 is connected to the upper side cover 19C1 via a connection plate 19C5. The front side cover 19C3 extends forward from the front end of the upper side cover 19C1.
 図2、図8に示すように、取付体196は、第1側部材196Aと、第2側部材196Bと、中間部材196Cと、を有する。第1側部材196Aは、ロータリ耕耘機2の左側方に配置され、左側の支持カバー19C4に取り付けられている。第2側部材196Bは、ロータリ耕耘機2の右側方に配置され、右側の支持カバー19C4に取り付けられている。第1側部材196A及び第2側部材196Bは、ロータリ耕耘機2の前端部から後方に向けて延在している。中間部材196Cは、第1側部材196Aと第2側部材196Bとの間に配置されている。中間部材196Cは、ロータリ耕耘機2の幅方向(機幅方向K2)の中央に配置され、ロータリ機枠11の後サポートフレーム13Rに取り付けられている。 As shown in FIGS. 2 and 8, the mounting body 196 has a first side member 196A, a second side member 196B, and an intermediate member 196C. The first side member 196A is arranged on the left side of the rotary cultivator 2 and attached to the left side support cover 19C4. The second side member 196B is arranged on the right side of the rotary cultivator 2 and attached to the right side support cover 19C4. The first side member 196A and the second side member 196B extend rearward from the front end portion of the rotary cultivator 2. The intermediate member 196C is arranged between the first side member 196A and the second side member 196B. The intermediate member 196C is arranged at the center of the rotary tiller 2 in the width direction (machine width direction K2) and is attached to the rear support frame 13R of the rotary machine frame 11.
 図8~図10に示すように、取付体196には、畝立て器51が取り付けられている。畝立て器51は、例えば、培土器(リッジャー)から構成される。畝立て器51は、平面視にて、前方から後方に向けて幅(機幅方向の長さ)が拡がる形状を有する。図8、図10に示すように、畝立て器51は、側部畝立て器51L,51Rと中間畝立て器51Mとを含む。側部畝立て器51L,51Rは、第1側部畝立て器51Lと第2側部畝立て器51Rとを含む。したがって、ロータリ耕耘機2で耕耘した土壌に3つの畝立て器(第1側部畝立て器51L、中間畝立て器51M、第2側部畝立て器51R)で溝を形成することで2畝を形成することができる。畝の上面は、後部カバー19Bで形成される。なお、3畝以上を形成するようにしてもよい。 As shown in FIGS. 8 to 10, the ridger 51 is attached to the attachment body 196. The ridger 51 is composed of, for example, a ridger. The ridger 51 has a shape in which the width (length in the machine width direction) increases from the front to the rear in a plan view. As shown in FIGS. 8 and 10, the ridger 51 includes side ridgers 51L and 51R and an intermediate ridger 51M. The side ridger 51L, 51R includes a first side ridger 51L and a second side ridger 51R. Therefore, two ridges are formed by forming grooves in the soil cultivated by the rotary cultivator 2 with three ridge risers (first side ridge riser 51L, intermediate ridge riser 51M, second side ridge riser 51R). Can be formed. The upper surface of the ridge is formed by the rear cover 19B. It should be noted that three or more ridges may be formed.
 第1側部畝立て器51Lは、ロータリ耕耘機2の幅方向の一方側(左側)に配置されている。第2側部畝立て器51Rは、ロータリ耕耘機2の幅方向の他方側(右側)に配置されている。中間畝立て器51Mは、ロータリ耕耘機2の幅方向の中央に配置されている。
 第1側部畝立て器51Lは、2つの畝のうち、左側の畝の左側面を形成する。第2側部畝立て器51Rは、2つの畝のうち、右側の畝の右側面を形成する。中間畝立て器51Mは、左側の畝の右側面と右側の畝の左側面とを形成する。
The first side ridger 51L is arranged on one side (left side) in the width direction of the rotary cultivator 2. The second side ridger 51R is arranged on the other side (right side) in the width direction of the rotary cultivator 2. The intermediate ridger 51M is arranged at the center of the rotary cultivator 2 in the width direction.
The first side ridger 51L forms the left side surface of the left ridge of the two ridges. The second side ridger 51R forms the right side surface of the right ridge of the two ridges. The intermediate ridger 51M forms the right side surface of the left ridge and the left side surface of the right ridge.
 第1側部畝立て器51Lは、ロータリ耕耘機2に取り付けられる取付部51La,51Lbを有している。取付部51La,51Lbは、第1側部畝立て器51Lの前部に設けられた前取付部51Laと、第1側部畝立て器51Lの後部に設けられた後取付部51Lbと、を含む。
 図6、図8、図9に示すように、第1側部畝立て器51Lの前取付部51Laは、第1側部畝立て器51Lの前端部に設けられており、前取付体52を介して第1側部カバー19CLに取り付けられている。前取付体52の前部は、第1側部カバー19CLの外面(機幅外方側の面)に取り付けられている。前取付体52は、後方に向かうにつれて機幅外方に移行するように屈曲している。前取付体52の後部に、第1側部畝立て器51Lの前取付部51Laが取り付けられている。前取付体52に対する前取付部51Laの上下方向の位置は調整することができる。
The first side ridger 51L has attachment portions 51La and 51Lb attached to the rotary cultivator 2. The mounting portions 51La and 51Lb include a front mounting portion 51La provided in a front portion of the first side ridger 51L and a rear mounting portion 51Lb provided in a rear portion of the first side ridger 51L. .
As shown in FIGS. 6, 8 and 9, the front mounting portion 51La of the first side ridger 51L is provided at the front end of the first side ridger 51L, and the front mounting body 52 is It is attached to the first side cover 19CL via the. The front portion of the front attachment body 52 is attached to the outer surface (the outer surface of the machine width) of the first side cover 19CL. The front attachment body 52 is bent so as to move outward in the machine width as it goes rearward. The front attachment portion 51La of the first side ridger 51L is attached to the rear portion of the front attachment body 52. The vertical position of the front mounting portion 51La with respect to the front mounting body 52 can be adjusted.
 第1側部畝立て器51Lの後取付部51Lbは、側部連結体53を介して第1側部材196Aに取り付けられている。第1側部畝立て器51Lの後取付部51Lbは、第1側部畝立て器51Lから後方に突出している。側部連結体53は、上下方向に延びており、下端部が第1側部畝立て器51Lの後取付部51Lbに接続され、上端部が第1側部材196Aに接続されている。側部連結体53は、上部材53aに対して下部材53bを出し入れすることにより、長さを調整することが可能となっている。側部連結体53の長さを調整することにより、第1側部畝立て器51Lの高さを調整することができる。 The rear attachment portion 51Lb of the first side ridger 51L is attached to the first side member 196A via the side coupling body 53. The rear mounting portion 51Lb of the first side ridger 51L projects rearward from the first side ridger 51L. The side coupling body 53 extends in the vertical direction, and has a lower end connected to the rear attachment portion 51Lb of the first side ridger 51L and an upper end connected to the first side member 196A. The length of the side connection body 53 can be adjusted by taking the lower member 53b in and out of the upper member 53a. By adjusting the length of the side connection body 53, the height of the first side ridger 51L can be adjusted.
 第2側部畝立て器51Rの前取付部51Ra及び後取付部51Rbの取り付け構造は、第1側部畝立て器51Lの前取付部51La及び後取付部51Lbの取り付け構造と同様である。
 図6に示すように、側部畝立て器51L,51Rのロータリ耕耘機2の幅方向の外端部(機幅外方側の端部)は、側部カバー19Cのロータリ耕耘機2の幅方向の外端部(機幅外方側の端部)よりも外側に位置している。具体的には、第1側部畝立て器51Lの左端部は、第1側部カバー19CLの左端部よりも左方に位置している。第2側部畝立て器51Rの右端部は、第2側部カバー19CRの右端部よりも右方に位置している。
The mounting structure of the front mounting portion 51Ra and the rear mounting portion 51Rb of the second side ridger 51R is similar to the mounting structure of the front mounting portion 51La and the rear mounting portion 51Lb of the first side ridger 51L.
As shown in FIG. 6, the widthwise outer end of the rotary tiller 2 of the side ridges 51L and 51R (the end on the machine width outer side) is the width of the rotary tiller 2 of the side cover 19C. It is located outside the outer end in the direction (the end on the outer side of the machine width). Specifically, the left end of the first side ridger 51L is located to the left of the left end of the first side cover 19CL. The right end of the second side ridger 51R is located to the right of the right end of the second side cover 19CR.
 図7、図15に示すように、中間畝立て器51Mの前取付部51Maは、中間取付体54を介して伝動ケース12の下部に取り付けられている。中間取付体54は、前端部が伝動ケース12の前下部に取り付けられ、後端部が中間畝立て器51Mの前取付部51Maに取り付けられている。中間取付体54は、前端部と後端部との間の中途部に、長さの調整が可能な長さ調整部54aを有している。長さ調整部54aの長さを調整することによって、伝動ケース12に対する前取付部51Maの位置を調整することができる。 As shown in FIGS. 7 and 15, the front attachment portion 51Ma of the intermediate ridger 51M is attached to the lower portion of the transmission case 12 via the intermediate attachment body 54. The front end portion of the intermediate mounting body 54 is attached to the lower front portion of the transmission case 12, and the rear end portion thereof is attached to the front mounting portion 51Ma of the intermediate ridger 51M. The intermediate mounting body 54 has a length adjusting portion 54a capable of adjusting the length in the middle portion between the front end portion and the rear end portion. By adjusting the length of the length adjusting portion 54a, the position of the front attachment portion 51Ma with respect to the transmission case 12 can be adjusted.
 図8、図15に示すように、中間畝立て器51Mの後取付部51Mbは、中間連結体55を介して中間部材196Cに取り付けられている。中間畝立て器51Mの後取付部51Mbは、中間畝立て器51Mから後方に突出している。中間連結体55は、上下方向に延びており、下端部が中間畝立て器51Mの後取付部51Mbに接続され、上端部が中間部材196Cに接続されている。中間連結体55は、上部材55aに対して下部材55bを出し入れすることにより、長さを調整することが可能となっている。中間連結体55の長さを調整することにより、中間畝立て器51Mの高さを調整することができる。 As shown in FIGS. 8 and 15, the rear attachment portion 51Mb of the intermediate ridger 51M is attached to the intermediate member 196C via the intermediate connector 55. The rear mounting portion 51Mb of the intermediate ridger 51M projects rearward from the intermediate ridger 51M. The intermediate coupling body 55 extends in the vertical direction, and has a lower end connected to the rear mounting portion 51Mb of the intermediate ridger 51M and an upper end connected to the intermediate member 196C. The length of the intermediate connecting body 55 can be adjusted by taking the lower member 55b in and out of the upper member 55a. By adjusting the length of the intermediate coupling body 55, the height of the intermediate ridger 51M can be adjusted.
 図5、図6、図8、図9に示すように、ロータリ耕耘機2の前方には土寄せディスク56L,56Rが配置されている。土寄せディスク56L,56Rは、耕耘部18に向けて機幅内方に土を寄せるための部材である。土寄せディスク56Lは、機幅方向の一方側(左側)に配置されており、ロータリ耕耘機2の左前方に位置する。土寄せディスク56Rは、機幅方向の他方側(右側)に配置されており、ロータリ耕耘機2の右前方に位置する。土寄せディスク56L,56Rは、平面視において、前方から後方に向かうにつれて機幅外方から機幅内方に移行するように斜め向きに配置されている。土寄せディスク56L,56Rは、ディスク取付体57及びブラケット(図示略)を介してロータリ機枠11の前サポートフレーム13Fに取り付けられている。ディスク取付体57は、上部材57aに対して下部材57bを出し入れすることにより、長さを調整することが可能となっている。ディスク取付体57の長さを調整することにより、土寄せディスク56L,56Rの高さを調整することができる。 As shown in FIGS. 5, 6, 8 and 9, earth moving disks 56L and 56R are arranged in front of the rotary cultivator 2. The earth-moving disks 56L and 56R are members for moving the soil inward in the machine width toward the tilling part 18. The earth gathering disc 56L is arranged on one side (left side) in the machine width direction and is located on the left front side of the rotary cultivator 2. The earth gathering disc 56R is arranged on the other side (right side) in the machine width direction, and is located on the right front side of the rotary cultivator 2. The earth gathering disks 56L and 56R are arranged obliquely so as to move from the machine width outside to the machine width inside as going from the front to the rear in a plan view. The earth gathering discs 56L and 56R are attached to the front support frame 13F of the rotary machine frame 11 via a disc mounting body 57 and a bracket (not shown). The length of the disc mounting body 57 can be adjusted by taking the lower member 57b in and out of the upper member 57a. By adjusting the length of the disk mounting body 57, the height of the earth-moving disks 56L and 56R can be adjusted.
 図5、図7に示すように、伝動ケース12の上部の前部には、ロータリ耕耘機2に動力を取り入れる入力軸(所謂PIC軸)21が設けられている。図1に示すように、入力軸21は、ジョイント(ユニバーサルジョイント)J1によって動力取出軸22に連動連結されている。したがって、動力取出軸22からジョイントJ1を介して入力軸21に動力が伝達される。言い換えると、動力取出軸22からロータリ耕耘機(第1対地作業機)2に動力が伝達される。 As shown in FIGS. 5 and 7, an input shaft (so-called PIC shaft) 21 that takes in power to the rotary cultivator 2 is provided at the front part of the upper portion of the transmission case 12. As shown in FIG. 1, the input shaft 21 is interlockingly connected to the power takeoff shaft 22 by a joint (universal joint) J1. Therefore, power is transmitted from the power take-off shaft 22 to the input shaft 21 via the joint J1. In other words, power is transmitted from the power take-off shaft 22 to the rotary cultivator (first ground work machine) 2.
 図7、図11に示すように、入力軸21の後部には、第1ギア(ベベルギア)G1が設けられている。第1ギアG1は、第2ギア(ベベルギア)G2に噛合している。第2ギアG2は、機幅方向K2の軸心を有する第1伝動軸S1に設けられている。第1伝動軸S1には、第3ギア(平歯車)G3が設けられている。第3ギアG3は、該第3ギアG3の下方に位置する第4ギア(平歯車)G4に噛合している。第4ギアG4は、該第4ギアG4の下方に位置する第5ギア(平歯車)G5に噛合している。第5ギアG5は、回転軸16に設けられている。したがって、入力軸21に伝達された動力は第1~第5ギアG1~G5を介して回転軸16に伝達され、該回転軸16が図5の矢印X1方向に回転する。 As shown in FIGS. 7 and 11, a first gear (bevel gear) G1 is provided at the rear of the input shaft 21. The first gear G1 meshes with a second gear (bevel gear) G2. The second gear G2 is provided on the first transmission shaft S1 having an axis in the machine width direction K2. The first transmission shaft S1 is provided with a third gear (spur gear) G3. The third gear G3 meshes with a fourth gear (spur gear) G4 located below the third gear G3. The fourth gear G4 meshes with a fifth gear (spur gear) G5 located below the fourth gear G4. The fifth gear G5 is provided on the rotary shaft 16. Therefore, the power transmitted to the input shaft 21 is transmitted to the rotary shaft 16 via the first to fifth gears G1 to G5, and the rotary shaft 16 rotates in the direction of arrow X1 in FIG.
 図6に示すように、第1伝動軸S1は、ロータリ耕耘機2の幅方向の略中央から機幅外方の一方(左方)に向けて延びている。第1伝動軸S1の機幅外方側の一端部(左端部)には、第1スプロケットSP1が設けられている。第1伝動軸S1の前方には、機幅方向に延びる第2伝動軸S2が設けられている。第2伝動軸S2には、第2スプロケットSP2が設けられている。第1スプロケットSP1と第2スプロケットSP2には、チェーン26が掛け渡されている。これにより、第1伝動軸S1に伝達された動力は、第2伝動軸S2に伝達される。 As shown in FIG. 6, the first transmission shaft S1 extends from substantially the center in the width direction of the rotary cultivator 2 toward one outside (the left side) of the machine width. A first sprocket SP1 is provided at one end portion (left end portion) on the machine width outer side of the first transmission shaft S1. A second transmission shaft S2 extending in the machine width direction is provided in front of the first transmission shaft S1. A second sprocket SP2 is provided on the second transmission shaft S2. A chain 26 is stretched over the first sprocket SP1 and the second sprocket SP2. As a result, the power transmitted to the first transmission shaft S1 is transmitted to the second transmission shaft S2.
 図11に示すように、第2伝動軸S2の一端部(左端部)には、第6ギアG6が設けられている。第6ギアG6は、第2伝動軸S2と一体に回転する。第6ギアG6は、第2伝動軸S2の回転数を計測するためのパルス検出ギアである。
 図11に示すように、第6ギアG6の近傍には、第6ギアG6の凹凸を検出することによりパルス状の信号を出力する(パルスを発生させる)パルスセンサ25が設けられている。
As shown in FIG. 11, a sixth gear G6 is provided at one end (left end) of the second transmission shaft S2. The sixth gear G6 rotates integrally with the second transmission shaft S2. The sixth gear G6 is a pulse detection gear for measuring the rotation speed of the second transmission shaft S2.
As shown in FIG. 11, a pulse sensor 25 that outputs a pulsed signal (generates a pulse) by detecting the unevenness of the sixth gear G6 is provided near the sixth gear G6.
 図11に示すように、第2伝動軸S2の一端側(左端側)には、電磁クラッチ24が設けられている。電磁クラッチ24は、第2伝動軸S2に伝達された動力を第3伝動軸S3に断続可能に伝達する。第3伝動軸S3に伝達された動力は、図11に示す動力伝達系統を介して移植機3に伝達され、該移植機3が駆動される(具体的には、移植機3に装備された後述する植付具64及び苗供給装置38A、38Bが駆動される)。 As shown in FIG. 11, an electromagnetic clutch 24 is provided on one end side (left end side) of the second transmission shaft S2. The electromagnetic clutch 24 intermittently transmits the power transmitted to the second transmission shaft S2 to the third transmission shaft S3. The power transmitted to the third transmission shaft S3 is transmitted to the transplanter 3 via the power transmission system shown in FIG. 11 to drive the transplanter 3 (specifically, the transplanter 3 is equipped with The planting tool 64 and the seedling supply devices 38A and 38B described later are driven).
 次に、図11を参照して、第3伝動軸S3から移植機3に至る動力伝達系統を説明する。
 第3伝動軸S3にはウォーム30が設けられ、ウォーム30はウォームホイール31に噛合している。ウォームホイール31は、第4伝動軸S4に設けられている。第4伝動軸S4はブレーキ27を介して出力軸32に連結されている。第3伝動軸S3に伝達された動力は、ウォーム30、ウォームホイール31、第4伝動軸S4及びブレーキ27を介して出力軸32に伝達される。したがって、原動機E1からの動力は、ウォーム30等を介して出力軸32から移植機3に伝達される。
Next, with reference to FIG. 11, a power transmission system from the third transmission shaft S3 to the transplanter 3 will be described.
The worm 30 is provided on the third transmission shaft S3, and the worm 30 meshes with the worm wheel 31. The worm wheel 31 is provided on the fourth transmission shaft S4. The fourth transmission shaft S4 is connected to the output shaft 32 via the brake 27. The power transmitted to the third transmission shaft S3 is transmitted to the output shaft 32 via the worm 30, the worm wheel 31, the fourth transmission shaft S4, and the brake 27. Therefore, the power from the prime mover E1 is transmitted from the output shaft 32 to the transplanter 3 via the worm 30 and the like.
 次に、移植機3について説明する。
 図2、図11に示すように、移植機3は、複数の移植ユニット(第1移植ユニット36A、第2移植ユニット36B)を有する。第1移植ユニット36Aは、移植機3の機幅方向K2の一側部(左側部)に設けられている。第2移植ユニット36Bは、移植機3の機幅方向K2の他側部(右側部)に設けられている。
Next, the transplanter 3 will be described.
As shown in FIGS. 2 and 11, the transplanter 3 has a plurality of transplant units (a first transplant unit 36A and a second transplant unit 36B). The first transplantation unit 36A is provided on one side (left side) of the transplanter 3 in the machine width direction K2. The second transplantation unit 36B is provided on the other side (right side) of the transplanter 3 in the machine width direction K2.
 第1移植ユニット36Aは、1つの機枠(第1機枠という)37Aと、1つの苗供給装置(第1苗供給装置という)38Aと、複数の植付装置(第1植付装置という)39Aと、植付装置39Aの数に対応した数の覆土装置(第1覆土装置という)40Aを有する。第1苗供給装置38A、第1植付装置39A及び第1覆土装置40Aは、第1機枠37Aに搭載されている。 The first transplantation unit 36A includes one machine frame (referred to as a first machine frame) 37A, one seedling supply device (referred to as a first seedling supply device) 38A, and a plurality of planting devices (referred to as a first planting device). 39A and 40A of soil covering devices (referred to as a first soil covering device) corresponding to the number of planting devices 39A. The first seedling supply device 38A, the first planting device 39A, and the first soil covering device 40A are mounted on the first machine casing 37A.
 第2移植ユニット36Bは、1つの機枠(第2機枠という)37Bと、1つの苗供給装置(第2苗供給装置という)38Bと、複数の植付装置(第2植付装置という)39Bと、植付装置39Bの数に対応した数の覆土装置(第2覆土装置という)40Bを有する。第2苗供給装置38B、第2植付装置39B及び第2覆土装置40Bは、第2機枠37Bに搭載されている。 The second transplantation unit 36B includes one machine frame (referred to as a second machine frame) 37B, one seedling supply device (referred to as a second seedling supply device) 38B, and a plurality of planting devices (referred to as a second planting device). 39B and the soil covering devices (referred to as second soil covering devices) 40B in the number corresponding to the number of the planting devices 39B. The second seedling supply device 38B, the second planting device 39B, and the second soil covering device 40B are mounted on the second machine casing 37B.
 以下において、第1機枠37Aと第2機枠37Bを纏めて機枠37ともいう。また、第1苗供給装置38Aと第2苗供給装置38Bを纏めて苗供給装置38ともいう。また、第1植付装置39Aと第2植付装置39Bを纏めて植付装置39ともいう。第1覆土装置40Aと第2覆土装置40Bを纏めて覆土装置40ともいう。
 苗供給装置38は、植付装置39に対して苗(ソイルブロック苗等)を供給する装置である。植付装置39は、苗供給装置38から供給される苗を圃場に植え付ける装置であり、原動機E1の動力によって昇降し、苗を保持して下降すると共に圃場に突入して苗を植え付ける植付具64を有する。覆土装置40は、植え付けた苗の根本部分に土寄せして覆土すると共に、苗の根本部分を鎮圧する装置である。
Hereinafter, the first machine casing 37A and the second machine casing 37B are collectively referred to as a machine casing 37. The first seedling supply device 38A and the second seedling supply device 38B are also collectively referred to as a seedling supply device 38. The first planting device 39A and the second planting device 39B are also collectively referred to as a planting device 39. The first soil covering device 40A and the second soil covering device 40B are collectively referred to as a soil covering device 40.
The seedling supply device 38 is a device that supplies seedlings (soil block seedlings, etc.) to the planting device 39. The planting device 39 is a device for planting the seedlings supplied from the seedling supply device 38 in the field, and is raised and lowered by the power of the prime mover E1 to hold and descend the seedlings and plunge into the field to plant the seedlings. 64. The soil covering device 40 is a device that applies soil to the root portion of the planted seedling to cover the soil and suppresses the root portion of the seedling.
 図11に示すように、複数の第1植付装置39Aは、左の第1植付装置39ALと右の第1植付装置39ARとを含む。複数の第1覆土装置40Aは、第1植付装置39ALに対応する左の第1覆土装置40ALと、第1植付装置39ARに対応する第1覆土装置40ARとを含む。また、複数の第2植付装置39Bは、左の第2植付装置39BLと右の第2植付装置39BRとを含む。複数の第2覆土装置40Bは、第2植付装置39BLに対応する左の第2覆土装置40BLと、第2植付装置39BRに対応する第2覆土装置40BRとを含む。 As shown in FIG. 11, the plurality of first planting devices 39A include a left first planting device 39AL and a right first planting device 39AR. The plurality of first soil covering devices 40A include a left first soil covering device 40AL corresponding to the first planting device 39AL and a first soil covering device 40AR corresponding to the first planting device 39AR. In addition, the plurality of second planting devices 39B include a left second planting device 39BL and a right second planting device 39BR. The plurality of second soil covering devices 40B include a left second soil covering device 40BL corresponding to the second planting device 39BL and a second soil covering device 40BR corresponding to the second planting device 39BR.
 図2、図3に示すように、移植機3は、ロータリ耕耘機2の後部に作業機連結機構41を介して昇降可能に連結されている。また、移植機3は、昇降駆動装置42によって昇降駆動される。
 図13に示すように、作業機連結機構41は、移植機3が取り付けられるツールバー43と、ツールバー43をロータリ耕耘機2に昇降可能に連結する連結リンク機構44とを有する。
As shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3, the transplanter 3 is connected to the rear part of the rotary cultivator 2 via a work implement connection mechanism 41 so as to be able to move up and down. Further, the transplanter 3 is driven up and down by the lifting drive device 42.
As shown in FIG. 13, the work implement connecting mechanism 41 includes a tool bar 43 to which the transplanter 3 is attached, and a connecting link mechanism 44 that connects the tool bar 43 to the rotary cultivator 2 in a vertically movable manner.
 ツールバー43は、角パイプによって形成され、後サポートフレーム13Rの後方に機幅方向K2に延伸して設けられている。ツールバー43に移植機3が装着されている。詳しくは、ツールバー43に第1移植ユニット36A(第1機枠37A)と第2移植ユニット36B(第2機枠37B)とが取り付けられている。また、第1移植ユニット36Aと第2移植ユニット36Bとは、ツールバー43に機幅方向K2に位置調整可能に取り付けられている。 The toolbar 43 is formed by a square pipe and is provided behind the rear support frame 13R and extends in the machine width direction K2. The transplanter 3 is attached to the toolbar 43. Specifically, the first transplant unit 36A (first machine frame 37A) and the second transplant unit 36B (second machine frame 37B) are attached to the toolbar 43. Further, the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B are attached to the tool bar 43 so that their positions can be adjusted in the machine width direction K2.
 図12等に示すように、ツールバー43には、椅子支持体150が接続されている。椅子支持体150は、移植機3に対して作業をする作業者が座る椅子(第1前方椅子187A及び第2前方椅子187B)を支持する。椅子支持体150は、ロータリ耕耘機2と移植機3との間に配置されている。椅子支持体150は、第1支持体151と、第2支持体152と、接続体153と、位置調整機構230と、を有している。 As shown in FIG. 12 and the like, a chair support 150 is connected to the toolbar 43. The chair support 150 supports chairs (first front chair 187A and second front chair 187B) on which an operator who works on the transplanter 3 sits. The chair support 150 is arranged between the rotary cultivator 2 and the transplanter 3. The chair support 150 includes a first support 151, a second support 152, a connection body 153, and a position adjusting mechanism 230.
 第1支持体151は、前支持材151aと、後支持材151bと、連結支持材151cと、を有している。前支持材151aと後支持材151bとは、前後方向に間隔をあけて配置されており、互いに平行に機幅方向K2に延びている。連結支持材151cは、前後方向に延びており、前支持材151aと後支持材151bとを連結している。連結支持材151cは、複数本(6本)の連結支持材151cを含む。複数本の連結支持材151cは、機幅方向に間隔をあけて互いに平行に配置されている。複数本の連結支持材151cのうち、機幅方向の中心を挟んで配置された2本の連結支持材151c1と連結支持材151c2には、それぞれ上方に延びる柱材155L,155Rが取り付けられている。柱材155Lの上部と柱材155Rの上部には、機幅方向に延びる支軸156が取り付けられている。 The first support 151 has a front support member 151a, a rear support member 151b, and a connection support member 151c. The front support member 151a and the rear support member 151b are arranged at intervals in the front-rear direction and extend in the machine width direction K2 in parallel with each other. The connection support member 151c extends in the front-rear direction and connects the front support member 151a and the rear support member 151b. The connection support member 151c includes a plurality (six) of connection support members 151c. The plurality of connection support members 151c are arranged in parallel with each other with a space in the machine width direction. Of the plurality of connection support members 151c, two connection support members 151c1 and 151c2, which are arranged with the center in the machine width direction sandwiched therebetween, have pillar members 155L and 155R extending upward, respectively. . A support shaft 156 extending in the machine width direction is attached to an upper portion of the column member 155L and an upper portion of the column member 155R.
 第2支持体152は、縦支持材157L,157Rと、横支持材158と、を有している。縦支持材157Lは、前支持材151aの左端部に接続され、当該左端部から上方に延びている。縦支持材157Rは、前支持材151aの右端部に接続され、当該右端部から上方に延びている。横支持材158は、機幅方向に延びており、縦支持材157Lの上端部と縦支持材157Rの上端部とを連結している。 The second support body 152 has vertical support members 157L and 157R and a horizontal support member 158. The vertical support member 157L is connected to the left end portion of the front support member 151a and extends upward from the left end portion. The vertical support member 157R is connected to the right end portion of the front support member 151a and extends upward from the right end portion. The horizontal support member 158 extends in the machine width direction and connects the upper end portion of the vertical support member 157L and the upper end portion of the vertical support member 157R.
 第2支持体152には、位置調整機構230が取り付けられており、当該位置調整機構230を介して椅子(第1前方椅子187A及び第2前方椅子187B)が支持されている。位置調整機構230の構成については後述する。
 接続体153は、第1接続材153L1,153R1と第2接続材153L2,153R2とを有している。第1接続材153L1,153R1は、前後方向に延びている。第1接続材153L1は、ツールバー43の左部と縦支持材157Lとを接続している。第1接続材153R1は、ツールバー43の右部と縦支持材157Rとを接続している。第1接続材153L1の後部には、左方に向けて突出する支軸159Lが設けられている。第1接続材153R1の後部には、右方に向けて突出する支軸159Rが設けられている。第2接続材153L2,153R2は、上下方向に延びている。第2接続材153L2は、後支持材151bの左端部と第1接続材153L1の前部とを接続している。第2接続材153R2は、後支持材151bの右端部と第1接続材153R1の前部とを接続している。
A position adjustment mechanism 230 is attached to the second support body 152, and chairs (first front chair 187A and second front chair 187B) are supported via the position adjustment mechanism 230. The configuration of the position adjusting mechanism 230 will be described later.
The connection body 153 has first connection members 153L1 and 153R1 and second connection members 153L2 and 153R2. The first connecting members 153L1 and 153R1 extend in the front-rear direction. The first connection member 153L1 connects the left part of the toolbar 43 and the vertical support member 157L. The first connection member 153R1 connects the right portion of the toolbar 43 and the vertical support member 157R. A support shaft 159L protruding leftward is provided at the rear portion of the first connecting member 153L1. A support shaft 159R protruding rightward is provided on the rear portion of the first connecting member 153R1. The second connecting members 153L2 and 153R2 extend in the vertical direction. The second connecting member 153L2 connects the left end portion of the rear supporting member 151b and the front portion of the first connecting member 153L1. The second connecting member 153R2 connects the right end portion of the rear supporting member 151b and the front portion of the first connecting member 153R1.
 図2、図3、図12、図13に示すように、連結リンク機構44は、下部リンク(第1下部リンク44A、第2下部リンク44B)と、上部リンク44Cと、連結部材44Dと、を有している。連結リンク機構44は、平行リンク機構から構成されている。
 第1下部リンク44Aと第2下部リンク44Bとは、互いに平行に、同じ高さ位置に配置されている。上部リンク44Cは、第1下部リンク44A及び第2下部リンク44Bの上方に配置されている。第1下部リンク44A、第2下部リンク44B、上部リンク44Cは、後方に向かうにつれて上方に移行するように、水平面に対して同じ傾斜角度で延びている。連結部材44Dは、機幅方向に延びており、第1下部リンク44Aの前後方向の中途部と第2下部リンク44Bの前後方向の中途部とを連結している。
As shown in FIGS. 2, 3, 12, and 13, the connecting link mechanism 44 includes a lower link (first lower link 44A, second lower link 44B), an upper link 44C, and a connecting member 44D. Have The connection link mechanism 44 is composed of a parallel link mechanism.
The first lower link 44A and the second lower link 44B are arranged parallel to each other and at the same height position. The upper link 44C is arranged above the first lower link 44A and the second lower link 44B. The first lower link 44A, the second lower link 44B, and the upper link 44C extend at the same inclination angle with respect to the horizontal plane so as to move upward toward the rear. The connecting member 44D extends in the machine width direction, and connects the midway portion of the first lower link 44A in the front-rear direction and the midway portion of the second lower link 44B in the front-rear direction.
 第1下部リンク44Aは、ツールバー43の長さ方向(機幅方向K2)の一端側(左側)において、椅子支持体150とロータリ耕耘機2とを連結している。第2下部リンク44Bは、ツールバー43の長さ方向(機幅方向K2)の他端側(右側)において、椅子支持体150とロータリ耕耘機2とを連結している。詳しくは、第1下部リンク44Aの前端部は、ロータリ耕耘機2の後サポートフレーム13Rの左部に固定された左ブラケット160L(図13参照)に、支軸161Lを介して枢支されている。第1下部リンク44Aの後端部は、椅子支持体150の支軸159L(図12、図13参照)に枢支されている。第2下部リンク44Bの前端部は、ロータリ耕耘機2の後サポートフレーム13Rの右部に固定された右ブラケット160R(図13参照)に、支軸161Rを介して枢支されている。第2下部リンク44Bの後端部は、椅子支持体150の支軸159R(図12、図13参照)に枢支されている。 The first lower link 44A connects the chair support 150 and the rotary cultivator 2 at one end side (left side) in the length direction (machine direction K2) of the toolbar 43. The second lower link 44B connects the chair support 150 and the rotary cultivator 2 on the other end side (right side) of the toolbar 43 in the length direction (machine width direction K2). Specifically, the front end portion of the first lower link 44A is pivotally supported by a left bracket 160L (see FIG. 13) fixed to the left portion of the rear support frame 13R of the rotary cultivator 2 via a support shaft 161L. . A rear end portion of the first lower link 44A is pivotally supported by a support shaft 159L (see FIGS. 12 and 13) of the chair support 150. The front end portion of the second lower link 44B is pivotally supported by a right bracket 160R (see FIG. 13) fixed to the right portion of the rear support frame 13R of the rotary cultivator 2 via a support shaft 161R. The rear end of the second lower link 44B is pivotally supported by the support shaft 159R (see FIGS. 12 and 13) of the chair support 150.
 上部リンク44Cは、ツールバー43の長さ方向(機幅方向K2)の中央部において、椅子支持体150とロータリ耕耘機2とを連結している。詳しくは、上部リンク44Cの前端部は、ロータリ耕耘機2の伝動ケース12の上部に固定された中央ブラケット160M(図13参照)に、支軸161Mを介して枢支されている。上部リンク44Cの後端部は、椅子支持体150の支軸156に枢支されている。 The upper link 44C connects the chair support 150 and the rotary cultivator 2 at the center of the tool bar 43 in the length direction (machine direction K2). Specifically, the front end portion of the upper link 44C is pivotally supported by a central bracket 160M (see FIG. 13) fixed to the upper portion of the transmission case 12 of the rotary cultivator 2 via a support shaft 161M. The rear end of the upper link 44C is pivotally supported by the support shaft 156 of the chair support 150.
 上記構成の作業機連結機構41にあっては、昇降駆動装置42の駆動によって、下部リンク44A,44Bが支軸161L,161R回りに上下に揺動すると、上部リンク44Cが支軸161M回りに上下に揺動する。これにより、椅子支持体150に支持された椅子(第1前方椅子187A及び第2前方椅子187B)及び移植機3が一体的に昇降する。ここで、連結リンク機構44が平行リンク機構で構成されているため、椅子187A,187B及び移植機3は地面に対して平行に昇降する。 In the working machine coupling mechanism 41 having the above configuration, when the lower links 44A and 44B swing up and down around the support shafts 161L and 161R by the driving of the lifting drive device 42, the upper link 44C moves up and down around the support shaft 161M. Rock to. As a result, the chairs (the first front chair 187A and the second front chair 187B) supported by the chair support 150 and the transplanter 3 are integrally moved up and down. Here, since the connecting link mechanism 44 is configured by a parallel link mechanism, the chairs 187A and 187B and the transplanter 3 move up and down in parallel with the ground.
 図13、図14に示すように、昇降駆動装置42は、昇降シリンダ(油圧アクチュエータ)C1を有する。昇降シリンダC1は、シリンダ本体C1aと、ピストンロッドC1bとを有する油圧シリンダで構成されている。ピストンロッドC1bの先端部は、上支軸162に枢支されている。上支軸162は、上部リンク44Cの前後方向の中途部に取り付けられている。シリンダ本体C1aのボトム側は、下支軸163に枢支されている。図6、図15に示すように、下支軸163は、軸取付部材164に取り付けられている。軸取付部材164は、前部がロータリ機枠11の後サポートフレーム13Rの上部に取り付けられ、後部が中間部材196Cの上部に取り付けられている。 As shown in FIGS. 13 and 14, the lifting drive device 42 has a lifting cylinder (hydraulic actuator) C1. The lift cylinder C1 is composed of a hydraulic cylinder having a cylinder body C1a and a piston rod C1b. The tip end portion of the piston rod C1b is pivotally supported by the upper support shaft 162. The upper support shaft 162 is attached to a middle portion of the upper link 44C in the front-rear direction. The bottom side of the cylinder body C1a is pivotally supported by the lower support shaft 163. As shown in FIGS. 6 and 15, the lower support shaft 163 is attached to the shaft attachment member 164. The shaft attachment member 164 has a front portion attached to an upper portion of the rear support frame 13R of the rotary machine frame 11 and a rear portion attached to an upper portion of the intermediate member 196C.
 図14に示すように、昇降シリンダC1を伸長させる(ピストンロッドC1bをシリンダ本体C1aから進出させる)と、上部リンク44C及び下部リンク44A,44Bが上方に揺動し、椅子支持体150に支持された椅子(第1前方椅子187A及び第2前方椅子187B)及び移植機3(機枠37)が上昇する。また、昇降シリンダC1を短縮させる(ピストンロッドC1bを後退させる)と、上部リンク44C及び下部リンク44A,44Bが下方に揺動し、椅子支持体150に支持された椅子(第1前方椅子187A及び第2前方椅子187B)及び移植機3(機枠37)が下降する。 As shown in FIG. 14, when the elevating cylinder C1 is extended (the piston rod C1b is advanced from the cylinder body C1a), the upper link 44C and the lower links 44A and 44B swing upward and are supported by the chair support 150. The chairs (the first front chair 187A and the second front chair 187B) and the transplanter 3 (machine frame 37) rise. Further, when the lifting cylinder C1 is shortened (the piston rod C1b is retracted), the upper link 44C and the lower links 44A, 44B swing downward, and the chair supported by the chair support 150 (the first front chair 187A and The second front chair 187B) and the transplanter 3 (machine frame 37) descend.
 昇降駆動装置42は、昇降シリンダC1を制御する制御バルブ165(図35参照)と接続されている。制御バルブ165は、油圧ホースを介して、昇降シリンダC1のシリンダ本体C1aに接続されると共に、油圧ポンプ及び作動油タンクに接続されている。油圧ポンプ及び作動油タンクは、作業機1に搭載されている。制御バルブ165は、作動油タンクの作動油の流れを切り換えることによって、シリンダ本体C1aのボトム側に作動油を供給して昇降シリンダC1を伸長させる、又は、シリンダ本体C1aのロッド側に作動油を供給して昇降シリンダC1を短縮させることができる。 The lifting drive device 42 is connected to a control valve 165 (see FIG. 35) that controls the lifting cylinder C1. The control valve 165 is connected to the cylinder body C1a of the lifting cylinder C1 via a hydraulic hose, and is also connected to a hydraulic pump and a hydraulic oil tank. The hydraulic pump and the hydraulic oil tank are mounted on the work machine 1. The control valve 165 supplies the operating oil to the bottom side of the cylinder body C1a to extend the elevating cylinder C1 by switching the flow of the operating oil in the operating oil tank, or extends the operating oil to the rod side of the cylinder body C1a. It can be supplied to shorten the lifting cylinder C1.
 なお、昇降駆動装置42は、電動シリンダ(電動アクチュエータ)又は電動油圧シリンダ(電動油圧アクチュエータ)で構成されていてもよい。
 次に、図16~図18を参照して移植機3の機枠37について説明する。
 第1機枠37Aと第2機枠37Bは構成が同じである。
 機枠37は、メインフレーム65と連結ブラケット61とを有する。第1機枠37Aのメインフレーム65に苗供給装置38A、植付装置39A及び覆土装置40A等が搭載され、第2機枠37Bのメインフレーム65に苗供給装置38B、植付装置39B及び覆土装置40B等が搭載される。
The lifting drive device 42 may be configured by an electric cylinder (electric actuator) or an electric hydraulic cylinder (electric hydraulic actuator).
Next, the machine frame 37 of the transplanter 3 will be described with reference to FIGS. 16 to 18.
The first machine casing 37A and the second machine casing 37B have the same configuration.
The machine casing 37 has a main frame 65 and a connecting bracket 61. A seedling supply device 38A, a planting device 39A, a soil cover device 40A, etc. are mounted on the main frame 65 of the first machine casing 37A, and a seedling supply device 38B, a planting device 39B, and a soil cover device are mounted on the main frame 65 of the second machine casing 37B. 40B etc. are mounted.
 連結ブラケット61は、メインフレーム65をツールバー43に連結する部材である。連結ブラケット61は、ツールバー43の上面に機幅方向K2に移動可能に当接する取付壁61aと、取付壁61aの左端から上方に延出された一側壁61bと、取付壁61aの右端から上方に延出された他側壁61cとを有する。取付壁61aは、Uボルト等を有する固定具77によってツールバー43に固定されている。したがって、固定具77を緩めることにより、機枠37の機幅方向K2の位置が変更(調整)可能である。つまり、連結ブラケット61は、ツールバー43に沿って機幅方向K2に移動可能である。 The connection bracket 61 is a member that connects the main frame 65 to the toolbar 43. The connecting bracket 61 includes a mounting wall 61a that abuts on the upper surface of the tool bar 43 so as to be movable in the machine width direction K2, a side wall 61b extending upward from the left end of the mounting wall 61a, and a right end of the mounting wall 61a upward. The other side wall 61c is extended. The attachment wall 61a is fixed to the tool bar 43 by a fixture 77 having a U bolt or the like. Therefore, by loosening the fixture 77, the position of the machine frame 37 in the machine width direction K2 can be changed (adjusted). That is, the connecting bracket 61 is movable in the machine width direction K2 along the tool bar 43.
 図20に示すように、第1機枠37Aの連結ブラケット61(以下、「第1取付具61A」ともいう)と第2機枠37Bの連結ブラケット61(以下、「第2取付具61B」ともいう)とは、機幅方向K2に並んで配置されている。第1取付具61Aと第2取付具61Bとは、それぞれツールバー43に沿って移動可能に取り付けられる。これにより、第1移植ユニット36A及び第2移植ユニット36Bがそれぞれツールバー43に沿って移動可能となる。第1移植ユニット36Aと第2移植ユニット36Bがそれぞれツールバー43に沿って移動可能となることで、第1移植ユニット36Aと第2移植ユニット36Bとの間の距離を調整することができる。 As shown in FIG. 20, the connection bracket 61 of the first machine frame 37A (hereinafter, also referred to as “first attachment 61A”) and the connection bracket 61 of the second machine frame 37B (hereinafter, also referred to as “second attachment 61B”). It is arranged side by side in the machine width direction K2. The first mounting tool 61A and the second mounting tool 61B are movably mounted along the tool bar 43, respectively. As a result, the first transplant unit 36A and the second transplant unit 36B can be moved along the toolbar 43, respectively. Since the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B are movable along the toolbar 43, respectively, the distance between the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B can be adjusted.
 つまり、移植機3は、第1移植ユニット36Aと第2移植ユニット36Bとの間の距離を調整する調整機構を備えている。以下、この調整機構を「距離調整機構」という。距離調整機構は、第1機枠37Aの連結ブラケット61(第1取付具61A)と第2機枠37Bの連結ブラケット61(第2取付具61B)とを有している。
 メインフレーム65は、角パイプで形成された複数のフレーム材(第1フレーム材65a、第2フレーム材65b、第3フレーム材65c、第4フレーム材65d、第5フレーム材65e、第6フレーム材65f、第7フレーム材65g、第8フレーム材65h、第9フレーム材65i、第10フレーム材65j、第11フレーム材65k、第12フレーム材65m、第13フレーム材65n、第14フレーム材65o、第15フレーム材65p、第16フレーム材65q、第17フレーム材65r、第18フレーム材65s、第19フレーム材65t)を有する。第11フレーム材65kと第12フレーム材65mとの間に連結ブラケット61が配置されている。
That is, the transplanter 3 includes an adjustment mechanism that adjusts the distance between the first transplant unit 36A and the second transplant unit 36B. Hereinafter, this adjusting mechanism is referred to as a "distance adjusting mechanism". The distance adjusting mechanism has a connecting bracket 61 (first mounting tool 61A) of the first machine frame 37A and a connecting bracket 61 (second mounting tool 61B) of the second machine frame 37B.
The main frame 65 includes a plurality of frame members formed of square pipes (first frame member 65a, second frame member 65b, third frame member 65c, fourth frame member 65d, fifth frame member 65e, sixth frame member 65e). 65f, 7th frame material 65g, 8th frame material 65h, 9th frame material 65i, 10th frame material 65j, 11th frame material 65k, 12th frame material 65m, 13th frame material 65n, 14th frame material 65o, The fifteenth frame material 65p, the sixteenth frame material 65q, the seventeenth frame material 65r, the eighteenth frame material 65s, and the nineteenth frame material 65t). The connection bracket 61 is arranged between the eleventh frame member 65k and the twelfth frame member 65m.
 第11フレーム材65kの下部と第12フレーム材65mの下部とにわたって第1取付板65uが固定されている。第1取付板65uの左部には、第1植付フレーム78Lの前部に設けられた前部板78Laがボルト固定されている。第1取付板65uの右部には、第2植付フレーム78Rの前部に設けられた前部板78Raがボルト固定されている。第1植付フレーム78Lには、第1植付装置39ALが装着される。第2植付フレーム78Rには、第1植付装置39ARが装着される。 The first mounting plate 65u is fixed over the lower part of the eleventh frame member 65k and the lower part of the twelfth frame member 65m. A front plate 78La provided at the front part of the first planted frame 78L is bolted to the left part of the first attachment plate 65u. A front plate 78Ra provided at the front of the second planted frame 78R is bolted to the right part of the first mounting plate 65u. The first planting device 39AL is attached to the first planting frame 78L. The first planting device 39AR is attached to the second planting frame 78R.
 図18に示すように、第1取付板65uの左部には、調整溝66L及び調整孔67Lが設けられている。調整溝66Lは、調整孔67Lよりも上方に設けられている。第1取付板65uの右部には、調整溝66R及び調整孔67Rが設けられている。調整溝66Rは、調整孔67Rよりも上方に設けられている。
 調整溝66Lは、機幅方向K2に間隔をあけて2つ並んで設けられている。2つの調整溝66Lは、下に凸の円弧状のラインに沿って並んでいる。調整孔67Lは、機幅方向K2に間隔をあけて複数(5つ)並んで設けられている。
As shown in FIG. 18, an adjustment groove 66L and an adjustment hole 67L are provided on the left part of the first mounting plate 65u. The adjustment groove 66L is provided above the adjustment hole 67L. An adjustment groove 66R and an adjustment hole 67R are provided on the right portion of the first mounting plate 65u. The adjustment groove 66R is provided above the adjustment hole 67R.
Two adjustment grooves 66L are provided side by side with an interval in the machine width direction K2. The two adjustment grooves 66L are arranged along a downwardly convex arc-shaped line. The adjusting holes 67L are provided in a plurality (five) side by side in the machine width direction K2 at intervals.
 2つの調整溝66Lには、それぞれボルトB1が挿通され、当該ボルトB1は前部板78Laの上部の貫通孔に挿通されてナットと締結されている。複数の調整孔67Lのうちの1つにはボルトB2が挿通され、当該ボルトB2は前部板78Laの下部の貫通孔に挿通されてナットと締結されている。つまり、前部板78Laは、上部が2点(2つのボルトB1)と下部が1点(1つのボルトB2)の合計3点で、第1取付板65uの左部に取り付けられている。 A bolt B1 is inserted into each of the two adjustment grooves 66L, and the bolt B1 is inserted into a through hole in the upper portion of the front plate 78La and fastened with a nut. A bolt B2 is inserted into one of the plurality of adjustment holes 67L, and the bolt B2 is inserted into a through hole in the lower portion of the front plate 78La and fastened with a nut. That is, the front plate 78La is attached to the left part of the first attachment plate 65u at a total of three points, that is, the upper portion is two points (two bolts B1) and the lower portion is one point (one bolt B2).
 調整溝66Lに挿通されたボルトB1を、調整溝66Lに沿って移動させ、且つ、複数の調整孔67Lの中でボルトB2が挿通される調整孔67Lを変更することにより、第1取付板65uに対する第1植付フレーム78Lの取り付け角度を変更することができる(図18の左部、図19の仮想線及び両方向矢印参照)。これにより、第1取付板65uに対する第1植付装置39ALの取り付け角度を変更することができる。言い換えれば、第1植付装置39ALの鉛直線に対する傾斜角度を変更することができる。 By moving the bolt B1 inserted through the adjustment groove 66L along the adjustment groove 66L, and changing the adjustment hole 67L through which the bolt B2 is inserted among the plurality of adjustment holes 67L, the first mounting plate 65u. The mounting angle of the first planted frame 78L with respect to can be changed (see the left part of FIG. 18, the phantom line and the double-headed arrow in FIG. 19). Thereby, the attachment angle of the first planting device 39AL with respect to the first attachment plate 65u can be changed. In other words, the inclination angle of the first planting device 39AL with respect to the vertical line can be changed.
 調整溝66Rは、機幅方向K2に間隔をあけて2つ並んで設けられている。2つの調整溝66Rは、下に凸の円弧状のラインに沿って並んでいる。調整孔67Rは、機幅方向K2に間隔をあけて複数(5つ)並んで設けられている。
 2つの調整溝66Rには、それぞれボルトB3が挿通され、当該ボルトB3は前部板78Raの上部の貫通孔に挿通されてナットと締結されている。複数の調整孔67Rのうちの1つにはボルトB4が挿通され、当該ボルトB4は前部板78Raの下部の貫通孔に挿通されてナットと締結されている。つまり、前部板78Raは、上部が2点(2つのボルトB3)と下部が1点(1つのボルトB4)の合計3点で、第1取付板65uの右部に取り付けられている。
Two adjustment grooves 66R are provided side by side with an interval in the machine width direction K2. The two adjustment grooves 66R are arranged along a downwardly convex arcuate line. 67 R of adjustment holes are provided in a line (5) at intervals in the machine width direction K2.
A bolt B3 is inserted into each of the two adjustment grooves 66R, and the bolt B3 is inserted into a through hole in the upper portion of the front plate 78Ra and fastened with a nut. A bolt B4 is inserted into one of the plurality of adjustment holes 67R, and the bolt B4 is inserted into a through hole in the lower portion of the front plate 78Ra and fastened with a nut. That is, the front plate 78Ra is attached to the right part of the first attachment plate 65u at a total of three points, that is, the upper portion has two points (two bolts B3) and the lower portion has one point (one bolt B4).
 調整溝66Rに挿通されたボルトB3を、調整溝66Rに沿って移動させ、且つ、複数の調整孔67Rの中でボルトB4が挿通される調整孔67Rを変更することにより、第1取付板65uに対する第2植付フレーム78Rの取り付け角度を変更することができる(図18の右部の仮想線及び両方向矢印参照)。これにより、第1取付板65uに対する第1植付装置39ARの取り付け角度を変更することができる。言い換えれば、第1植付装置39ARの鉛直線に対する傾斜角度を変更することができる。 By moving the bolt B3 inserted through the adjustment groove 66R along the adjustment groove 66R and changing the adjustment hole 67R through which the bolt B4 is inserted among the plurality of adjustment holes 67R, the first mounting plate 65u is changed. The attachment angle of the second planted frame 78R with respect to can be changed (see the phantom line and the double-headed arrow in the right part of FIG. 18). Thereby, the attachment angle of the first planting device 39AR with respect to the first attachment plate 65u can be changed. In other words, the inclination angle of the first planting device 39AR with respect to the vertical line can be changed.
 上記のように、調整溝66L,66R及び調整孔67L,67Rを利用して、第1植付装置39ALと第1植付装置39ARとの相対角度を調整することができる。つまり、調整溝66L,66R及び調整孔67L,67Rは、複数の第1植付装置(第1植付装置39ALと第1植付装置39AR)間の相対角度を調整可能とする角度調整機構(以下、「第1角度調整機構」という)を構成している。第1角度調整機構は、複数の第1植付装置(第1植付装置39ALと第1植付装置39AR)の第1機枠37Aに対する装着角度を個別に調整可能である。 As described above, it is possible to adjust the relative angle between the first planting device 39AL and the first planting device 39AR by using the adjustment grooves 66L, 66R and the adjustment holes 67L, 67R. That is, the adjustment grooves 66L and 66R and the adjustment holes 67L and 67R are angle adjustment mechanisms capable of adjusting the relative angle between the plurality of first planting devices (the first planting device 39AL and the first planting device 39AR). Hereinafter, referred to as a "first angle adjusting mechanism"). The first angle adjusting mechanism can individually adjust the mounting angles of the plurality of first planting devices (the first planting device 39AL and the first planting device 39AR) with respect to the first machine casing 37A.
 第2機枠37Bにも、上述した第1機枠37Aと同様の角度調整機構が設けられている。第2機枠37Bに設けられた角度調整機構(以下、「第2角度調整機構」という)は、第2植付装置39BLと第2植付装置39BRとの相対角度を調整することができる。つまり、第2角度調整機構は、複数の第2植付装置(第2植付装置39BLと第2植付装置39BR)間の相対角度を調整可能とする。第2角度調整機構は、複数の第2植付装置(第2植付装置39BLと第2植付装置39BR)の第2機枠37Bに対する装着角度を個別に調整可能である。 The second machine frame 37B is also provided with the same angle adjusting mechanism as the first machine frame 37A described above. The angle adjusting mechanism (hereinafter, referred to as “second angle adjusting mechanism”) provided in the second machine casing 37B can adjust the relative angle between the second planting apparatus 39BL and the second planting apparatus 39BR. That is, the second angle adjusting mechanism can adjust the relative angle between the plurality of second planting devices (the second planting device 39BL and the second planting device 39BR). The second angle adjusting mechanism can individually adjust the mounting angles of the plurality of second planting devices (the second planting device 39BL and the second planting device 39BR) with respect to the second machine casing 37B.
 第1角度調整機構によれば、第1植付装置39ALによる苗の植え付け位置と第1植付装置39ARによる苗の植え付け位置との間隔(条間)を調整することができる。第2角度調整機構によれば、第2植付装置39BLによる苗の植え付け位置と第2植付装置39BRによる苗の植え付け位置との間隔(条間)を調整することができる。
 なお、第1植付フレーム78L及び第2植付フレーム78Rは、機枠37(第1機枠37A、第2機枠37B)に対して機幅方向K2に位置調整可能に取り付けられていてもよい。
According to the first angle adjusting mechanism, it is possible to adjust the interval (row distance) between the seedling planting position of the first planting apparatus 39AL and the seedling planting position of the first planting apparatus 39AR. According to the second angle adjusting mechanism, it is possible to adjust the interval (row distance) between the planting position of the seedlings by the second planting device 39BL and the planting position of the seedlings by the second planting device 39BR.
The first planted frame 78L and the second planted frame 78R may be attached to the machine casing 37 (the first machine casing 37A and the second machine casing 37B) so that the positions thereof can be adjusted in the machine width direction K2. Good.
 図16~図18に示すように、第10フレーム材65jの下部と第13フレーム材65nの下部とにわたって第2取付板65vが固定されている。第9フレーム材65iの下部と第15フレーム材65pの下部とにわたって第3取付板65wが固定されている。第2取付板65vには、第1覆土装置40ALの後部が取り付けられる。第3取付板65wには、第1覆土装置40ARの後部が取り付けられる。 As shown in FIGS. 16 to 18, the second mounting plate 65v is fixed over the lower portion of the tenth frame member 65j and the lower portion of the thirteenth frame member 65n. The third mounting plate 65w is fixed over the lower portion of the ninth frame member 65i and the lower portion of the fifteenth frame member 65p. The rear portion of the first soil covering device 40AL is attached to the second attachment plate 65v. The rear portion of the first soil covering device 40AR is attached to the third attachment plate 65w.
 図2、図20に示すように、作業機1は、第1移植ユニット36Aと第2移植ユニット36Bとを連結する連結フレーム130を備えている。図21に示すように、連結フレーム130は、第1連結フレーム材131、第2連結フレーム材132、第3連結フレーム材133、第4連結フレーム材134、第5連結フレーム材135、第6連結フレーム材136を有している。 As shown in FIGS. 2 and 20, the working machine 1 includes a connection frame 130 that connects the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B. As shown in FIG. 21, the connection frame 130 includes a first connection frame member 131, a second connection frame member 132, a third connection frame member 133, a fourth connection frame member 134, a fifth connection frame member 135, and a sixth connection member. It has a frame material 136.
 図20に示すように、第1連結フレーム材131は、機幅方向に延びており、第1機枠37Aの後部と第2機枠37Bの後部とを連結している。図20、図21に示すように、第2連結フレーム材132は、第1連結フレーム材131の機幅方向の中央の上面に取り付けられ、当該上面から上方に延びている。第3連結フレーム材133は、第2連結フレーム材132の上下方向の中途部から前方に延びている。第3連結フレーム材133の前部は、椅子支持体150の第2支持体152に接続されている。第4連結フレーム材134は、第3連結フレーム材133の前方寄りの位置から上方に延びている。第5連結フレーム材135は、第2連結フレーム材132の上部と第4連結フレーム材134の上部とを連結している。第6連結フレーム材136は、第3連結フレーム材133の前方寄り位置から下方に延びている。第6連結フレーム材136の下端部は、ツールバー43の上部に取り付けられる。 As shown in FIG. 20, the first connection frame member 131 extends in the machine width direction and connects the rear part of the first machine frame 37A and the rear part of the second machine frame 37B. As shown in FIGS. 20 and 21, the second connecting frame member 132 is attached to the central upper surface of the first connecting frame member 131 in the machine width direction and extends upward from the upper surface. The third connection frame member 133 extends forward from a midway portion of the second connection frame member 132 in the vertical direction. The front portion of the third connection frame member 133 is connected to the second support body 152 of the chair support body 150. The fourth connection frame member 134 extends upward from a position closer to the front of the third connection frame member 133. The fifth connection frame member 135 connects the upper part of the second connection frame member 132 and the upper part of the fourth connection frame member 134. The sixth connecting frame member 136 extends downward from a position closer to the front of the third connecting frame member 133. The lower end of the sixth connecting frame member 136 is attached to the upper part of the tool bar 43.
 第1移植ユニット36Aと第2移植ユニット36Bとを連結フレーム130により連結することによって、第1移植ユニット36Aの高さと第2移植ユニット36Bの高さを揃えることができる。そのため、第1移植ユニット36Aで植え付けられる苗と、第2移植ユニット36Bで植え付けられる苗の植え付け深さを揃えることができる。また、第1移植ユニット36Aで植え付けられる苗と、第2移植ユニット36Bで植え付けられる苗の条間の調整を正確に行うことができる。 By connecting the first transplant unit 36A and the second transplant unit 36B with the connecting frame 130, the height of the first transplant unit 36A and the height of the second transplant unit 36B can be made uniform. Therefore, the planting depths of the seedlings planted in the first transplantation unit 36A and the seedlings planted in the second transplantation unit 36B can be made uniform. Further, it is possible to accurately adjust the spacing between the seedlings planted in the first transplantation unit 36A and the seedlings planted in the second transplantation unit 36B.
 連結フレーム130には、制御バルブ165等を収容する収容体166が取り付けられている。収容体166は、第3連結フレーム材133の上部と第4連結フレーム材134の前部に取り付けられている。収容体166の上部からは、制御バルブ165等を操作する第1操作レバー167と第2操作レバー168とが突出している。
 次に、原動機E1からの動力を苗供給装置38及び植付装置39に伝達する動力伝達機構105について説明する。
A housing 166 for housing the control valve 165 and the like is attached to the connection frame 130. The container 166 is attached to an upper portion of the third connecting frame member 133 and a front portion of the fourth connecting frame member 134. A first operating lever 167 and a second operating lever 168 for operating the control valve 165 and the like project from the upper portion of the container 166.
Next, the power transmission mechanism 105 that transmits the power from the prime mover E1 to the seedling supply device 38 and the planting device 39 will be described.
 図11、図24に示すように、原動機E1からの動力を伝達する出力軸32の後端部には、第7ギア(ベベルギア)G7が設けられている。第7ギアG7は、第8ギア(ベベルギア)G8と噛み合っている。第8ギアG8は、主軸107の一端部(左端部)に設けられている。これにより、原動機E1からの動力は出力軸32から主軸107に伝達される。 As shown in FIGS. 11 and 24, a seventh gear (bevel gear) G7 is provided at the rear end of the output shaft 32 that transmits the power from the prime mover E1. The seventh gear G7 meshes with the eighth gear (bevel gear) G8. The eighth gear G8 is provided at one end (left end) of the main shaft 107. As a result, the power from the prime mover E1 is transmitted from the output shaft 32 to the main shaft 107.
 図20、図24に示すように、主軸107は、出力軸32に対して直角に機幅方向K2に延びている。図20に示すように、主軸107は、第1機枠37Aと第2機枠37Bとにわたって設けられている。主軸107は、複数の軸及び、軸同士を連動連結する連結軸によって構成され、各機枠37A、37Bの機幅方向K2の位置調整に対応して伸縮可能である。主軸107は、出力軸32から伝達される原動機E1からの動力を受けて回転する。主軸107から各移植ユニット36A、36Bの苗供給装置38及び植付装置39に動力が伝達される。 As shown in FIGS. 20 and 24, the main shaft 107 extends in the machine width direction K2 at right angles to the output shaft 32. As shown in FIG. 20, the main shaft 107 is provided across the first machine frame 37A and the second machine frame 37B. The main shaft 107 is composed of a plurality of shafts and a connecting shaft that interlocks and connects the shafts, and is expandable / contractible corresponding to the position adjustment of the machine casings 37A, 37B in the machine width direction K2. The main shaft 107 receives power from the prime mover E1 transmitted from the output shaft 32 and rotates. Power is transmitted from the main shaft 107 to the seedling supplying device 38 and the planting device 39 of each transplantation unit 36A, 36B.
 図11に示すように、主軸107には、第1トルクリミッタ108、第2トルクリミッタ109が設けられている。第1トルクリミッタ108は、第1移植ユニット36Aに過負荷が加わったとき、主軸107から第1移植ユニット36Aへの動力の伝達(トルク伝達)を遮断する。第2トルクリミッタ109は、第2移植ユニット36Bに過負荷が加わったとき、主軸107から第2移植ユニット36Bへの動力の伝達(トルク伝達)を遮断する。 As shown in FIG. 11, the main shaft 107 is provided with a first torque limiter 108 and a second torque limiter 109. The first torque limiter 108 cuts off power transmission (torque transmission) from the main shaft 107 to the first transplantation unit 36A when an overload is applied to the first transplantation unit 36A. The second torque limiter 109 shuts off power transmission (torque transmission) from the main shaft 107 to the second transplantation unit 36B when an overload is applied to the second transplantation unit 36B.
 図24、図25に示すように、主軸107は、回転軸(第1回転軸107A、第2回転軸107B、第3回転軸107C)及び連結軸107L,107Rを有している。第1回転軸107Aは、原動機E1からの動力を受けて回転する。第2回転軸107Bは、第1回転軸107Aから動力を受けて回転する。第2回転軸107Bは、カップリングCPにより接続された左軸107B1と右軸107B2とから構成されている。第3回転軸107Cは、第2回転軸107Bから動力を受けて回転する。 As shown in FIGS. 24 and 25, the main shaft 107 has a rotating shaft (first rotating shaft 107A, second rotating shaft 107B, third rotating shaft 107C) and connecting shafts 107L and 107R. The first rotating shaft 107A rotates by receiving power from the prime mover E1. The second rotating shaft 107B rotates by receiving power from the first rotating shaft 107A. The second rotating shaft 107B is composed of a left shaft 107B1 and a right shaft 107B2 connected by a coupling CP. The third rotating shaft 107C rotates by receiving power from the second rotating shaft 107B.
 第1回転軸107Aの左端部には、第7ギアG7と噛み合う第8ギアG8が設けられており、第1回転軸107Aは出力軸32から伝達される動力を受けて回転する。連結軸107Lは、第1回転軸107Aの右端部と第2回転軸107Bの左端部とを連結している。連結軸107Rは、第2回転軸107Bの右端部と第3回転軸107Cの左端部とを連結している。 An eighth gear G8 that meshes with the seventh gear G7 is provided at the left end of the first rotating shaft 107A, and the first rotating shaft 107A rotates by receiving the power transmitted from the output shaft 32. The connecting shaft 107L connects the right end of the first rotating shaft 107A and the left end of the second rotating shaft 107B. The connecting shaft 107R connects the right end of the second rotating shaft 107B and the left end of the third rotating shaft 107C.
 第1回転軸107A、第2回転軸107B、第3回転軸107Cは、周方向に凹凸を有するスプライン軸である。連結軸107L,107Rは、スプライン軸が噛み合う筒状のスプライン軸受である。第1回転軸107A及び第2回転軸107Bは、連結軸107L,107Rに対して移植機3の幅方向(機幅方向K2と同じ)に移動可能である。言い換えれば、第1回転軸107A及び第2回転軸107Bは、連結軸107L,107Rに対する噛み合い部分の長さを変化させることにより、機幅方向K2(左方又は右方)に移動可能である。図25に示すように、第1回転軸107A及び第2回転軸107Bを連結軸107L,107Rに対して機幅方向K2に移動させることにより、主軸107が機幅方向K2に伸縮可能となる。つまり、スプライン軸をスプライン軸受に対して摺動させることにより、主軸107が機幅方向K2に伸縮可能となる。 The first rotating shaft 107A, the second rotating shaft 107B, and the third rotating shaft 107C are spline shafts having unevenness in the circumferential direction. The connecting shafts 107L and 107R are tubular spline bearings with which the spline shafts mesh. The first rotating shaft 107A and the second rotating shaft 107B are movable with respect to the connecting shafts 107L and 107R in the width direction of the transplanter 3 (the same as the machine width direction K2). In other words, the first rotating shaft 107A and the second rotating shaft 107B can move in the machine width direction K2 (left or right) by changing the length of the meshing portion with the connecting shafts 107L and 107R. As shown in FIG. 25, by moving the first rotary shaft 107A and the second rotary shaft 107B in the machine width direction K2 with respect to the connecting shafts 107L and 107R, the main shaft 107 can expand and contract in the machine width direction K2. That is, by sliding the spline shaft with respect to the spline bearing, the main shaft 107 can expand and contract in the machine width direction K2.
 主軸107の外周は、機幅方向K2に延びるカバー筒110により覆われている。カバー筒110は、可撓性のシート(例えば、樹脂製のシート)を円筒状に丸めて形成されている。図26に示すように、カバー筒110は、周方向に重なり部分OLを有するように丸められている。カバー筒110は、重なり部分OLの長さを変化させることによって、直径を増減することができる。これにより、様々な太さの主軸107に対応することができる。また、カバー筒110は、重なり部分を無くして開くことができる。これにより、主軸107を装着した後に、カバー筒110により主軸107の外周を覆うことができる。 The outer circumference of the main shaft 107 is covered by a cover cylinder 110 extending in the machine width direction K2. The cover cylinder 110 is formed by rolling a flexible sheet (for example, a resin sheet) into a cylindrical shape. As shown in FIG. 26, the cover cylinder 110 is rounded so as to have an overlapping portion OL in the circumferential direction. The diameter of the cover cylinder 110 can be increased or decreased by changing the length of the overlapping portion OL. Thereby, it is possible to deal with the main shafts 107 having various thicknesses. Further, the cover cylinder 110 can be opened without any overlapping portion. Thus, after mounting the main shaft 107, the outer circumference of the main shaft 107 can be covered with the cover cylinder 110.
 図25に示すように、カバー筒110は、複数のカバー筒(第1カバー筒110A、第2カバー筒110B)を含む。複数のカバー筒110A,110Bは、主軸107に沿って機幅方向K2に移動可能である。第1カバー筒110Aは、連結軸107Lの外周を覆っている。第2カバー筒110Bは、連結軸107Rの外周を覆っている。
 主軸107の外周がカバー筒110により覆われていることにより、主軸107を構成する第1回転軸107A、第2回転軸107B、第3回転軸107C及び連結軸107L,107Rを、外部から保護することができる。また、カバー筒110が、主軸107に沿って機幅方向に移動可能な複数のカバー筒110を含むことにより、主軸107の機幅方向K2の伸縮に対応することができる。
As shown in FIG. 25, the cover cylinder 110 includes a plurality of cover cylinders (first cover cylinder 110A and second cover cylinder 110B). The plurality of cover cylinders 110A and 110B are movable in the machine width direction K2 along the main shaft 107. The first cover cylinder 110A covers the outer circumference of the connecting shaft 107L. The second cover cylinder 110B covers the outer periphery of the connecting shaft 107R.
Since the outer periphery of the main shaft 107 is covered with the cover cylinder 110, the first rotating shaft 107A, the second rotating shaft 107B, the third rotating shaft 107C, and the connecting shafts 107L and 107R that form the main shaft 107 are protected from the outside. be able to. Further, since the cover cylinder 110 includes the plurality of cover cylinders 110 that are movable in the machine width direction along the main shaft 107, expansion and contraction of the main shaft 107 in the machine width direction K2 can be dealt with.
 主軸107(第1回転軸107A、第2回転軸107B、第3回転軸107C及び連結軸107L,107R)に伝達された動力は、伝動機構を介して第1移植ユニット36A及び第2移植ユニット36Bに伝達される。図11に示すように、伝動機構は、第1伝動機構115a~第12伝動機構115mを含む。
 図11、図24、図27に示すように、主軸107に伝達された動力は、第1伝動機構(チェーン巻掛伝動機構)115aを介して第1軸111に伝達される。また、主軸107に伝達された動力は、第2伝動機構(チェーン巻掛伝動機構)115bを介して第2軸112に伝達される。
The power transmitted to the main shaft 107 (the first rotating shaft 107A, the second rotating shaft 107B, the third rotating shaft 107C, and the connecting shafts 107L and 107R) is transmitted through the power transmission mechanism to the first transplant unit 36A and the second transplant unit 36B. Be transmitted to. As shown in FIG. 11, the transmission mechanism includes a first transmission mechanism 115a to a twelfth transmission mechanism 115m.
As shown in FIGS. 11, 24, and 27, the power transmitted to the main shaft 107 is transmitted to the first shaft 111 via the first transmission mechanism (chain winding transmission mechanism) 115a. Further, the power transmitted to the main shaft 107 is transmitted to the second shaft 112 via the second transmission mechanism (chain winding transmission mechanism) 115b.
 第1軸111に伝達された動力は、第3伝動機構(ベベルギア伝動機構)115c及び第4伝動機構(チェーン巻掛伝動機構)115dを介して第1苗供給装置38Aに伝達される。第2軸112に伝達された動力は、第5伝動機構(ベベルギア伝動機構)115e及び第6伝動機構(チェーン巻掛伝動機構)115fを介して第2苗供給装置38Bに伝達される。 The power transmitted to the first shaft 111 is transmitted to the first seedling supply device 38A via the third transmission mechanism (bevel gear transmission mechanism) 115c and the fourth transmission mechanism (chain winding transmission mechanism) 115d. The power transmitted to the second shaft 112 is transmitted to the second seedling supply device 38B via the fifth transmission mechanism (bevel gear transmission mechanism) 115e and the sixth transmission mechanism (chain winding transmission mechanism) 115f.
 また、第1軸111に伝達された動力は、第7伝動機構(チェーン巻掛伝動機構)115gを介して右の第1植付装置39ARに伝達され、且つ第8伝動機構115h、第3軸113、第9伝動機構115iを介して左の第1植付装置39ALに伝達される。第2軸112に伝達された動力は、第10伝動機構(チェーン巻掛伝動機構)115jを介して右の第2植付装置39BRに伝達され、且つ第11伝動機構115k、第4軸114、第12伝動機構115mを介して左の第2植付装置39BLに伝達される。 Further, the power transmitted to the first shaft 111 is transmitted to the right first planting device 39AR via the seventh transmission mechanism (chain winding transmission mechanism) 115g, and the eighth transmission mechanism 115h, the third shaft It is transmitted to the left first planting device 39AL via 113 and the ninth transmission mechanism 115i. The power transmitted to the second shaft 112 is transmitted to the right second planting device 39BR via the tenth transmission mechanism (chain winding transmission mechanism) 115j, and the eleventh transmission mechanism 115k, the fourth shaft 114, It is transmitted to the left second planting device 39BL via the twelfth transmission mechanism 115m.
 次に、植付装置39について説明する。
 第1植付装置39A及び第2植付装置39Bは、同様に構成される。また、左の第1植付装置39ALと右の第1植付装置39ARとは、左右対称に構成されている他は、同様に構成される。
 図27、図28に示すように、第1植付装置39ALと第1植付装置39ARとは、機幅方向K2で並べて配置されていると共に、前後方向K1において異なる位置に配置されている。第1植付装置39ALは、第1植付フレーム78Lに取り付けられ、第1植付装置39ARは、第2植付フレーム78Rに取り付けられている。
Next, the planting device 39 will be described.
The first planting device 39A and the second planting device 39B are similarly configured. The left first planting device 39AL and the right first planting device 39AR are configured in the same manner except that they are symmetrically configured.
As shown in FIGS. 27 and 28, the first planting device 39AL and the first planting device 39AR are arranged side by side in the machine width direction K2 and at different positions in the front-rear direction K1. The first planting device 39AL is attached to the first planting frame 78L, and the first planting device 39AR is attached to the second planting frame 78R.
 第1植付装置39ALは、植付具64と、植付昇降機構139とを有する。第1植付装置39ARは、第1植付装置39ALと同様に、植付具64と、植付昇降機構139とを有する。
 以下、第1植付装置39ALにおける植付具64を植付具64ALと称し、第1植付装置39ARにおける植付具64を植付具64ARと称することがある。また、第1植付装置39ALにおける植付昇降機構139を植付昇降機構139ALと称し、第1植付装置39ARにおける植付昇降機構139を植付昇降機構139ARと称することがある。
The first planting device 39AL includes a planting tool 64 and a planting lifting mechanism 139. The 1st planting apparatus 39AR has the planting implement 64 and the planting raising / lowering mechanism 139 similarly to the 1st planting apparatus 39AL.
Hereinafter, the planting tool 64 in the first planting apparatus 39AL may be referred to as a planting tool 64AL, and the planting tool 64 in the first planting apparatus 39AR may be referred to as a planting tool 64AR. Further, the planting elevating mechanism 139 in the first planting device 39AL may be referred to as a planting elevating mechanism 139AL, and the planting elevating mechanism 139 in the first planting device 39AR may be referred to as a planting elevating mechanism 139AR.
 植付具64は、圃場(畝)に苗を植え付ける部材である。植付具64は先端が下方に向いたくちばし状を呈し(図27参照)、前構成体140と後構成体141を有している。植付具64は、前構成体140と後構成体141とが前後方向K1で離反及び近接することにより開閉自在とされている。なお、前構成体140と後構成体141とは引張りバネによって閉じる方向に付勢されている。 The planting tool 64 is a member for planting seedlings in a field (ridge). The planting tool 64 has a beak shape with its tip facing downward (see FIG. 27) and has a front structural body 140 and a rear structural body 141. The planting tool 64 is openable / closable by the front component 140 and the rear component 141 being separated and approached in the front-rear direction K1. The front component 140 and the rear component 141 are biased in a closing direction by a tension spring.
 図27に示すように、第7伝動機構115gは、第1軸111と一体回転する駆動スプロケット116Rと、第2植付フレーム78Rに支軸118Rを介して支持された従動スプロケット117Rと、駆動スプロケット116Rと従動スプロケット117Rとにわたって巻掛けられたチェーン119Rとを有する。この第7伝動機構115gによって第1軸111から支軸118Rに動力が伝達されて、支軸118Rが回転する。 As shown in FIG. 27, the seventh transmission mechanism 115g includes a drive sprocket 116R that rotates integrally with the first shaft 111, a driven sprocket 117R supported by the second planted frame 78R via a support shaft 118R, and a drive sprocket. 116R and a driven sprocket 117R, and a chain 119R wound around the driven sprocket 117R. Power is transmitted from the first shaft 111 to the support shaft 118R by the seventh transmission mechanism 115g, and the support shaft 118R rotates.
 第9伝動機構115iは、第3軸113と一体回転する駆動スプロケット116Lと、第1植付フレーム78Lに支軸118Lを介して支持された従動スプロケット117Lと、駆動スプロケット116Lと従動スプロケット117Lとにわたって巻掛けられたチェーン119Lとを有する。この第9伝動機構115iによって第3軸113から支軸118Lに動力が伝達されて、支軸118Lが回転する。 The ninth transmission mechanism 115i extends over the drive sprocket 116L that rotates integrally with the third shaft 113, the driven sprocket 117L supported by the first planted frame 78L via the support shaft 118L, the drive sprocket 116L, and the driven sprocket 117L. It has a chain 119L wound around. Power is transmitted from the third shaft 113 to the support shaft 118L by the ninth transmission mechanism 115i, and the support shaft 118L rotates.
 第10伝動機構115jは、第7伝動機構115gと同様に構成される。この第10伝動機構115jによって第2軸112から右の第2植付装置39BRの支軸118Rに動力が伝達され、第2植付装置39BRの支軸118Rが回転する。
 第12伝動機構115mは、第9伝動機構115iと同様に構成される。この第12伝動機構115mによって第4軸114から左の第2植付装置39BLの支軸118Lに動力が伝達され、第2植付装置39BLの支軸118Lが回転する。
The tenth transmission mechanism 115j is configured similarly to the seventh transmission mechanism 115g. By the tenth transmission mechanism 115j, power is transmitted from the second shaft 112 to the support shaft 118R of the right second planting device 39BR, and the support shaft 118R of the second planting device 39BR rotates.
The twelfth transmission mechanism 115m is configured similarly to the ninth transmission mechanism 115i. Power is transmitted from the fourth shaft 114 to the support shaft 118L of the left second planting device 39BL by the twelfth transmission mechanism 115m, and the support shaft 118L of the second planting device 39BL rotates.
 図27、図28に示すように、植付昇降機構139は、植付具64を支持して、当該植付具64を昇降させる装置である。植付昇降機構139ALは植付具64ALを昇降させる装置であり、植付昇降機構139ARは植付具64ARを昇降させる装置である。
 植付昇降機構139は、第1ケース120と、第2ケース121と、取付部材122とを有する。植付昇降機構139Lの第1ケース120は、第1植付フレーム78Lに支軸118Lを介して回転自在に支持されている。植付昇降機構139Rの第1ケース120は、第2植付フレーム78Rに支軸118Rを介して回転自在に支持されている。第2ケース121は、第1ケース120の遊端側に回転自在に支持されている。取付部材122は、第2ケース121に支持されている。取付部材122に植付具64が支持されている。
As shown in FIGS. 27 and 28, the planting lifting mechanism 139 is a device that supports the planting tool 64 and moves the planting tool 64 up and down. The planting lifting mechanism 139AL is a device for raising and lowering the planting implement 64AL, and the planting lifting mechanism 139AR is a device for raising and lowering the planting implement 64AR.
The planting lifting mechanism 139 includes a first case 120, a second case 121, and a mounting member 122. The first case 120 of the planting lifting mechanism 139L is rotatably supported by the first planting frame 78L via a support shaft 118L. The first case 120 of the planting lifting mechanism 139R is rotatably supported by the second planting frame 78R via a support shaft 118R. The second case 121 is rotatably supported on the free end side of the first case 120. The mounting member 122 is supported by the second case 121. The planting tool 64 is supported by the mounting member 122.
 支軸118L,118Rの回転に伴って第1ケース120及び第2ケース121が回転する。第1ケース120及び第2ケース121内には、第1ケース120が水平方向の軸心回りの一方に回転すると、第1ケース120の回転に連動して第2ケース121が第1ケース120とは逆方向(水平方向の軸心回りの他方)に回転するように動力伝達装置が設けられている。 The first case 120 and the second case 121 rotate with the rotation of the support shafts 118L and 118R. In the first case 120 and the second case 121, when the first case 120 rotates about one of the horizontal axes, the second case 121 moves to the first case 120 in association with the rotation of the first case 120. Is provided with a power transmission device so as to rotate in the opposite direction (the other side around the axis in the horizontal direction).
 第1ケース120及び第2ケース121が回転することにより、取付部材122が前後に移動しながら上下に平行移動して、植付具64が、上下方向に長い楕円状の軌跡を描いて上下運動(昇降)する。
 植付具64には、上昇した位置(上死点位置)で苗が落下供給される。このとき植付具64は閉じた状態であって、該植付具64の内部に苗が収容され且つ保持される。その後、植付具64は、苗を保持して下降すると共に下部が圃場に突入する。また、植付具64は、圃場に突入した際に開き、圃場に植穴を形成すると共に開いた状態で苗を下方に落下して放出する。これにより、圃場に苗が植え付けられる。
By rotating the first case 120 and the second case 121, the mounting member 122 moves in parallel in the vertical direction while moving in the front-back direction, and the planting tool 64 draws a long elliptical trajectory in the vertical direction and moves vertically. (Up and down).
The seedlings are dropped and supplied to the planting implement 64 at the raised position (top dead center position). At this time, the planting tool 64 is in a closed state, and the seedlings are accommodated and held inside the planting tool 64. After that, the planting tool 64 holds the seedlings and descends, and the lower part thereof rushes into the field. In addition, the planting tool 64 opens when it enters the field, forms a planting hole in the field, and drops the seedlings downward while releasing the seedlings. As a result, seedlings are planted in the field.
 上記構成の植付装置39にあっては、支軸118L,118Rが一回転すると植付具64が上下に一往復する。
 次に、覆土装置40について説明する。
 第1覆土装置40A、第2覆土装置40Bの構造は、同様に構成される。
 また、第1覆土装置40ALと第1覆土装置40ARの構成は同様に構成される。
In the planting device 39 having the above configuration, the planting tool 64 reciprocates up and down once when the support shafts 118L and 118R rotate once.
Next, the soil covering device 40 will be described.
The structures of the first soil covering device 40A and the second soil covering device 40B are similarly configured.
The first soil covering device 40AL and the first soil covering device 40AR have the same configuration.
 図29~図32に示すように、第1覆土装置40ALは、複数の覆土器(第1覆土器81L、第2覆土器81R)と、覆土器81L,81Rを支持する支持フレーム82と、を有する。本実施形態の場合、覆土器81L,81Rは覆土輪であるため、以下、覆土器81L,81Rを覆土輪81L.81Rとして説明する。
 覆土輪81L及び覆土輪81Rは、植付具64の後方の圃場上面(地面)に当接して回転し、植え付けた苗の根本部分に土寄せして覆土すると共に、苗の根本部分を鎮圧する。
As shown in FIGS. 29 to 32, the first soil covering device 40AL includes a plurality of soil covering devices (first soil covering device 81L, second soil covering device 81R) and a support frame 82 that supports the soil covering devices 81L and 81R. Have. In the case of the present embodiment, since the soil cover 81L, 81R is the soil cover ring, hereinafter, the soil cover 81L, 81R will be referred to as the soil cover 81L. 81R will be described.
81 L of soil-covering rings and 81 R of soil-covering rings contact | abut on the field upper surface (ground) behind the planting tool 64, rotate, and soil the root part of the planted seedling, covering it and suppressing the root part of the seedling.
 覆土輪81Lと覆土輪81Rは、それぞれ独立して上下動自在であり、圃場の凹凸に追従して上下動する。覆土装置40は、植付装置39を機幅方向K2に位置調整可能とした場合、これに対応して機幅方向K2に位置調整可能に構成される。
 覆土輪81L及び覆土輪81Rは、機枠37の対地高さを検出する検出部材83として機能する。機枠37の対地高さは、苗が植え付けられる植付面に対する機枠37の下端の相対高さである。植付面は、ロータリ耕耘機2の後部カバー19Bで整地される圃場表面である。圃場に畝が形成される場合は、植付面は畝の上面である。
The soil cover ring 81L and the soil cover ring 81R can move up and down independently of each other, and move up and down following the unevenness of the field. When the planting device 39 is positionally adjustable in the machine width direction K2, the soil cover device 40 is configured to be positionally adjustable in the machine width direction K2.
81 L of soil-covering wheels and 81 R of soil-covering wheels function as the detection member 83 which detects the ground height of the machine frame 37. The height above ground of the machine casing 37 is the relative height of the lower end of the machine casing 37 to the planting surface on which the seedlings are planted. The planting surface is a field surface that is leveled by the rear cover 19B of the rotary cultivator 2. When a ridge is formed in the field, the planting surface is the upper surface of the ridge.
 検出部材83(覆土輪81L及び覆土輪81R)は、機枠37に上下揺動自在に支持された支持フレーム82の後部に取り付けられている。支持フレーム82は、機枠37に対して検出部材83を上下動可能に支持する。支持フレーム82は、前部に機幅方向K2の軸心を有する筒状のボス84が設けられている。ボス84は、機枠37に設けられた支持杆85に支持されている。支持杆85は、機幅方向K2に延伸する軸心を有し、第7フレーム材65gから下方に延出する支持部材86に軸受を介して支持されている。支持杆85は、機幅方向K2に延伸する軸心回りに回転可能である。ボス84は、支持杆85の外周に嵌められており、支持杆85と共に軸心回りに回転可能である。ボス84は、支持杆85に対して機幅方向K2に移動可能に嵌められている。これにより、支持フレーム82は、上下に揺動可能であると共に、機幅方向K2に位置調整可能である。支持フレーム82が上下に揺動することにより、検出部材83が上下動可能である。 The detection member 83 (covering wheel 81L and covering wheel 81R) is attached to the rear portion of the support frame 82 which is supported by the machine frame 37 so as to be vertically swingable. The support frame 82 supports the detection member 83 with respect to the machine frame 37 so as to be vertically movable. The support frame 82 is provided at its front portion with a cylindrical boss 84 having an axis in the machine width direction K2. The boss 84 is supported by a support rod 85 provided on the machine frame 37. The support rod 85 has an axis extending in the machine width direction K2 and is supported by a support member 86 extending downward from the seventh frame member 65g via a bearing. The support rod 85 is rotatable about an axis extending in the machine width direction K2. The boss 84 is fitted on the outer periphery of the support rod 85 and is rotatable with the support rod 85 around the axis. The boss 84 is fitted to the support rod 85 so as to be movable in the machine width direction K2. As a result, the support frame 82 can swing up and down and its position can be adjusted in the machine width direction K2. When the support frame 82 swings up and down, the detection member 83 can move up and down.
 ボス84は、機幅方向K2の任意の位置で支持杆85に固定具によって固定可能である。具体的には、支持杆85には機幅方向K2に間隔をあけて複数の貫通孔85aが設けられており、ボス84の左側と右側でそれぞれ固定具(ピン)87を貫通孔85aに挿入することにより、ボス84の機幅方向の位置を決めることができる。そして、ボス84の機幅方向の位置を変更するとともに、固定具(ピン)87を挿入する貫通孔85aの位置を変更することにより、ボス84の機幅方向の位置を変更して位置決めすることができる。ボス84の機幅方向の位置を変更することによって、支持フレーム82の前部の位置を機幅方向に調整することができる。以下、この支持フレーム82の前部の位置を機幅方向に調整する機構を「前部位置調整機構」という。 The boss 84 can be fixed to the support rod 85 by a fixture at an arbitrary position in the machine width direction K2. Specifically, the support rod 85 is provided with a plurality of through holes 85a at intervals in the machine width direction K2, and the fixing tool (pin) 87 is inserted into the through hole 85a on the left side and the right side of the boss 84, respectively. By doing so, the position of the boss 84 in the machine width direction can be determined. By changing the position of the boss 84 in the machine width direction and changing the position of the through hole 85a into which the fixture (pin) 87 is inserted, the position of the boss 84 in the machine width direction is changed and positioned. You can By changing the position of the boss 84 in the machine width direction, the position of the front portion of the support frame 82 can be adjusted in the machine width direction. Hereinafter, a mechanism for adjusting the position of the front portion of the support frame 82 in the machine width direction is referred to as a "front portion position adjusting mechanism".
 図30~図32に示すように、支持フレーム82は、検出部材83(覆土輪81L及び覆土輪81R)の上方を通って配置されている。支持フレーム82は、覆土輪81Lの上方に配置されて前後方向に延びる左後部位82aと、覆土輪81Rの上方に配置されて前後方向に延びる右後部位82bとを有している。左後部位82aには、取付板88Lを介して覆土輪81Lが取り付けられている。右後部位82bには、取付板88Rを介して覆土輪81Rが取り付けられている。 As shown in FIGS. 30 to 32, the support frame 82 is arranged above the detection member 83 (covering wheel 81L and covering wheel 81R). The support frame 82 has a left rear portion 82a which is arranged above the earth covering wheel 81L and extends in the front-rear direction, and a right rear portion 82b which is arranged above the earth covering wheel 81R and extends in the front-rear direction. The earth covering wheel 81L is attached to the left rear portion 82a via a mounting plate 88L. The earth covering wheel 81R is attached to the right rear portion 82b via a mounting plate 88R.
 また、支持フレーム82は、左後部位88aの後部と右後部位88bの後部とを繋ぐ繋ぎ部位82cと、左後部位88aから前方に延びる前部位82dと、を有している。
 繋ぎ部位82cには、取付ステー89U,89Dを介してロッド部材90が取り付けられている。取付ステー89Uは、ロッド部材90の下部に取り付けられている。取付ステー89Dは、繋ぎ部位82cに取り付けられている。取付ステー89U,89Dには、機幅方向K2に延びる下軸91が取り付けられている。ロッド部材90の下部は、下軸91の軸心回りに回動自在に支持されている。ロッド部材90の上部は、下軸91の上方に配置された上軸92に設けられた貫通孔に挿通されている。上軸92は、第2取付板65vに取り付けられた軸支部材93に支持されており、機幅方向の軸心回りに回転可能である。ロッド部材90は、検出部材83の上下動に伴って傾動し且つ上下動する。
The support frame 82 also has a connecting portion 82c that connects the rear portion of the left rear portion 88a and the rear portion of the right rear portion 88b, and a front portion 82d that extends forward from the left rear portion 88a.
The rod member 90 is attached to the connecting portion 82c via attachment stays 89U and 89D. The attachment stay 89U is attached to the lower portion of the rod member 90. The attachment stay 89D is attached to the connecting portion 82c. A lower shaft 91 extending in the machine width direction K2 is attached to the attachment stays 89U and 89D. The lower portion of the rod member 90 is supported rotatably around the axis of the lower shaft 91. The upper portion of the rod member 90 is inserted into a through hole provided in the upper shaft 92 arranged above the lower shaft 91. The upper shaft 92 is supported by a shaft support member 93 mounted on the second mounting plate 65v, and is rotatable about an axis center in the machine width direction. The rod member 90 tilts and moves up and down as the detection member 83 moves up and down.
 図33、図34に示すように、第1機枠37Aに設けられた第2取付板65vには、機幅方向に間隔をあけて複数の貫通孔68が設けられている。軸支部材93は、貫通孔68に挿通されたボルトB5によって第2取付板65vに取り付けられる。ボルトB5を挿通する貫通孔68の位置を機幅方向K2に変更する(ずらす)ことによって、第2取付板65vに対する軸支部材93の位置を機幅方向に変更することができる。これにより、図34に仮想線で示すように、ロッド部材90及び支持フレーム82の後部の位置を機幅方向K2に調整することができる。以下、この支持フレーム82の後部の位置を機幅方向に調整する機構を「後部位置調整機構」という。 As shown in FIGS. 33 and 34, the second mounting plate 65v provided on the first machine frame 37A is provided with a plurality of through holes 68 at intervals in the machine width direction. The shaft support member 93 is attached to the second attachment plate 65v by the bolt B5 inserted in the through hole 68. The position of the shaft support member 93 with respect to the second mounting plate 65v can be changed in the machine width direction by changing (shifting) the position of the through hole 68 through which the bolt B5 is inserted in the machine width direction K2. As a result, the positions of the rod member 90 and the rear portion of the support frame 82 can be adjusted in the machine width direction K2, as shown in phantom in FIG. Hereinafter, a mechanism for adjusting the position of the rear portion of the support frame 82 in the machine width direction is referred to as a "rear position adjusting mechanism".
 前部位置調整機構と後部位置調整機構によって、第1覆土装置40Aの機幅方向K2の位置を調整する調整部(第1位置調整部)が構成されている。つまり、移植機3は、第1覆土装置40Aの機幅方向の位置を調整する調整部(第1位置調整部)を有している。また、移植機3は、第2覆土装置40Bの機幅方向の位置を調整する調整部(第2位置調整部)を有している。第2位置調整部の構成は、第1位置調整部の構成と同じである。 The front position adjusting mechanism and the rear position adjusting mechanism constitute an adjusting unit (first position adjusting unit) for adjusting the position of the first soil covering device 40A in the machine width direction K2. That is, the transplanter 3 has an adjusting unit (first position adjusting unit) that adjusts the position of the first soil covering device 40A in the machine width direction. In addition, the transplanter 3 has an adjusting unit (second position adjusting unit) that adjusts the position of the second soil covering device 40B in the machine width direction. The configuration of the second position adjusting unit is the same as the configuration of the first position adjusting unit.
 図33等に示すように、取付ステー89Uにはウエイト94が載せられている。ロッド部材90は、ウエイト94を貫通している。ウエイト94は、支持フレーム82の後部(繋ぎ部位82c)を下方に押すことによって、検出部材83(覆土輪81L,81R)を接地させる。
 図29、図31に示すように、支持フレーム82の前部位82dの前端部は、取付板95を介してボス84に取り付けられている。これにより、支持フレーム82の上下の揺動に伴って、支持杆85が軸心回りに回転する。支持杆85には、第1揺動板96が取り付けられている。第1揺動板96は、後部が支持杆85に固定されており、支持杆85の回転に伴って前部が上下に揺動する(図30参照)。
As shown in FIG. 33 and the like, a weight 94 is placed on the mounting stay 89U. The rod member 90 penetrates the weight 94. The weight 94 pushes the rear portion (joint portion 82c) of the support frame 82 downward to ground the detection member 83 (covering wheels 81L, 81R).
As shown in FIGS. 29 and 31, the front end portion of the front portion 82d of the support frame 82 is attached to the boss 84 via the attachment plate 95. As a result, the support rod 85 rotates about the axis along with the vertical swing of the support frame 82. A first swing plate 96 is attached to the support rod 85. The rear portion of the first swing plate 96 is fixed to the support rod 85, and the front portion swings up and down as the support rod 85 rotates (see FIG. 30).
 図32に示すように、第1揺動板96の前部には、ワイヤ(ケーブル)97の一端部(下端部)が接続されている。ワイヤ97は、一端部と他端部を除く中途部が外殻体98により被覆されており、外殻体98に沿って移動可能(進退可能)である。外殻体98の一端部(下端部)は、支持部材240から前方に突出する前突出部材99に固定されている。ワイヤ97の一端部は、外殻体98の一端部から突出して第1揺動板96の前部に接続されている。 As shown in FIG. 32, one end (lower end) of a wire (cable) 97 is connected to the front part of the first swing plate 96. The wire 97 is covered with the outer shell body 98 at a midway portion except for one end portion and the other end portion, and is movable (movable / retractable) along the outer shell body 98. One end portion (lower end portion) of the outer shell body 98 is fixed to a front projecting member 99 that projects forward from the support member 240. One end of the wire 97 projects from one end of the outer shell body 98 and is connected to the front part of the first swing plate 96.
 尚、ワイヤ97が接続される第1揺動板96は、第1覆土装置40Aを支持する支持杆85と、第2覆土装置40Bを支持する支持杆85のいずれか一方のみに設ければよい。つまり、ワイヤ97は、覆土装置の数に関わらず、1本のみで足りる。
 図35に示すように、外殻体98の他端部(上端部)は、収容体166に収容された第2揺動板100に固定されている。第2揺動板100は、第1操作レバー167の下端部に接続されている。第1操作レバー167は、収容体166の上部に形成された溝166a(図21参照)から上方に突出しており、当該溝166aに沿って前後方向に揺動可能である。第1操作レバー167は、溝166aに沿った前後方向の複数の位置で選択的に停止可能である。第1操作レバー167を停止することにより、第2揺動板100の位置及び外殻体98の他端部の位置が定まる。
The first swing plate 96 to which the wire 97 is connected may be provided on only one of the support rod 85 that supports the first soil covering device 40A and the support rod 85 that supports the second soil covering device 40B. . That is, only one wire 97 is required regardless of the number of soil covering devices.
As shown in FIG. 35, the other end portion (upper end portion) of the outer shell body 98 is fixed to the second swing plate 100 housed in the housing body 166. The second swing plate 100 is connected to the lower end portion of the first operation lever 167. The first operating lever 167 projects upward from a groove 166a (see FIG. 21) formed in the upper portion of the container 166, and can swing in the front-rear direction along the groove 166a. The first operation lever 167 can be selectively stopped at a plurality of positions in the front-rear direction along the groove 166a. By stopping the first operating lever 167, the position of the second swing plate 100 and the position of the other end of the outer shell body 98 are determined.
 図35に示すように、ワイヤ97の他端部(上端部)は、外殻体98の他端部から突出して収容体166に収容された制御バルブ165の揺動片165aに接続されている。揺動片165aは、制御バルブ165のスプールに接続されている。揺動片165aの揺動に伴って制御バルブ165のスプールが移動して作動油の流れが切り換えられる。これにより、シリンダ本体C1aのボトム側又はロッド側に作動油が供給され、昇降シリンダC1が伸長又は短縮する。 As shown in FIG. 35, the other end (upper end) of the wire 97 is connected to the swing piece 165 a of the control valve 165 which is projected from the other end of the outer shell 98 and is housed in the housing 166. . The swing piece 165a is connected to the spool of the control valve 165. With the swing of the swing piece 165a, the spool of the control valve 165 moves to switch the flow of hydraulic oil. As a result, hydraulic oil is supplied to the bottom side or rod side of the cylinder body C1a, and the lift cylinder C1 extends or shortens.
 検出部材83(覆土輪81L,81R)が圃場の凹凸に追従して上下動すると、支持フレーム82が上下動して、ボス84及び支持杆85が機幅方向の軸回りに回転する。これにより、第1揺動板96の前部が上下動し、ワイヤ97が上方又は下方に移動する。制御バルブ165は、ワイヤ97の移動に伴って昇降駆動装置42を、機枠37を上昇させる第1状態と機枠37を下降させる第2状態とに切り替える。具体的には、検出部材83が上動したとき、ワイヤ97が上方に移動し、制御バルブ165が昇降駆動装置42の昇降シリンダC1を短縮させ、機枠37(移植機3)が上昇する。検出部材83が下動したとき、ワイヤ97が下方に移動し、制御バルブ165が昇降駆動装置42の昇降シリンダC1を伸長させ、機枠37(移植機3)が下降する。これにより、圃場の凹凸に起因して苗の植付深さのばらつきが生じることが防止できる。 When the detection member 83 (covering wheels 81L, 81R) moves up and down following the unevenness of the field, the support frame 82 moves up and down, and the boss 84 and the support rod 85 rotate around the axis in the machine width direction. As a result, the front portion of the first swing plate 96 moves up and down, and the wire 97 moves upward or downward. The control valve 165 switches the raising / lowering drive device 42 between the first state in which the machine casing 37 is raised and the second state in which the machine casing 37 is lowered in accordance with the movement of the wire 97. Specifically, when the detection member 83 moves upward, the wire 97 moves upward, the control valve 165 shortens the lifting cylinder C1 of the lifting drive device 42, and the machine casing 37 (implanter 3) rises. When the detection member 83 moves downward, the wire 97 moves downward, the control valve 165 extends the lifting cylinder C1 of the lifting drive device 42, and the machine frame 37 (implanter 3) descends. As a result, it is possible to prevent variations in planting depth of seedlings due to unevenness in the field.
 また、図36に仮想線で示すように、第1操作レバー167を前後方向に揺動することによって、第2揺動板100が上下方向に揺動する。第2揺動板100の揺動に伴って、第2揺動板100に固定された外殻体98の他端部の位置を上下方向に変更することができる。これにより、検出部材83とワイヤ97との相対的な位置関係が変化するため、検出部材83の上下動によるワイヤ97の移動量を調整することができる。そのため、検出部材83による検出結果に基づいて設定された植付深さを変更することができる。つまり、第1操作レバー167を揺動することによって、検出部材83による検出結果に基づく植付深さ(検出部材83の高さと植付深さとの関係)を変更することができる。 Further, as shown by a phantom line in FIG. 36, by swinging the first operating lever 167 in the front-back direction, the second swing plate 100 swings in the vertical direction. With the swing of the second swing plate 100, the position of the other end of the outer shell body 98 fixed to the second swing plate 100 can be changed in the vertical direction. As a result, the relative positional relationship between the detection member 83 and the wire 97 changes, so that the amount of movement of the wire 97 due to the vertical movement of the detection member 83 can be adjusted. Therefore, the planting depth set based on the detection result by the detection member 83 can be changed. That is, by swinging the first operation lever 167, the planting depth (relationship between the height of the detecting member 83 and the planting depth) based on the detection result by the detection member 83 can be changed.
 より詳しく説明すると、検出部材83による検出結果(検出部材83の高さ)に応じた植付深さが予め設定されており、検出部材83による検出結果はワイヤ97の移動量により定まる。そのため、第1操作レバー167を揺動してワイヤ97の移動の基準位置(外殻体98の位置)を変更し、検出部材83の上下動に伴うワイヤ97の移動量を増減する(検出部材83の上下動の大きさとワイヤ97の移動量との対応関係を変更する)ことにより、検出部材83の上下動に対応する植付深さを変更することができる。 Describing in more detail, the planting depth according to the detection result by the detection member 83 (height of the detection member 83) is preset, and the detection result by the detection member 83 is determined by the movement amount of the wire 97. Therefore, the first operation lever 167 is swung to change the reference position for moving the wire 97 (the position of the outer shell body 98), and the amount of movement of the wire 97 accompanying the vertical movement of the detecting member 83 is increased or decreased (the detecting member. By changing the correspondence between the magnitude of the vertical movement of 83 and the movement amount of the wire 97), the planting depth corresponding to the vertical movement of the detection member 83 can be changed.
 また、図35に示すように、第2操作レバー168の下端部には、第3揺動板169が取り付けられている。第3揺動板169は、ワイヤ170を介して制御バルブ165のスプールに接続されている。第2操作レバー168を前後方向に揺動することによっても、制御バルブ165を作動させて、機枠37を上昇させる第1状態と機枠37を下降させる第2状態とに昇降駆動装置42を切り替えることができる。 Also, as shown in FIG. 35, a third swing plate 169 is attached to the lower end of the second operation lever 168. The third swing plate 169 is connected to the spool of the control valve 165 via the wire 170. Also by swinging the second operating lever 168 in the front-back direction, the control valve 165 is operated to move the elevator drive device 42 into the first state in which the machine frame 37 is raised and the second state in which the machine frame 37 is lowered. You can switch.
 圃場の凹凸に応じた移植機3の昇降制御は、トラクタ1Aの後部に装着したロータリ耕耘機2とは独立して行われる。これにより、苗の植付精度を良くすることができる。
 次に、苗供給装置38について説明する。
 図3に示すように、苗供給装置38は、第1植付装置39A及び第2植付装置39Bの上方に配置されている。詳しくは、第1苗供給装置38Aは、第1植付装置39Aの上方に配置されている。第2苗供給装置38Bは、第2植付装置39Bの上方に配置されている。
The raising / lowering control of the transplanter 3 according to the unevenness of the field is performed independently of the rotary cultivator 2 mounted on the rear part of the tractor 1A. Thereby, the planting precision of the seedlings can be improved.
Next, the seedling supply device 38 will be described.
As shown in FIG. 3, the seedling supply device 38 is arranged above the first planting device 39A and the second planting device 39B. Specifically, the first seedling supply device 38A is arranged above the first planting device 39A. The second seedling supply device 38B is arranged above the second planting device 39B.
 苗供給装置38は、当該苗供給装置38の下方に位置する植付具64に苗を落下させて供給する装置である。
 第1苗供給装置38Aと第2苗供給装置38Bとは、構成が同じであるので、図37~図42に第1苗供給装置38Aの構造を図示して説明する。
 図3、図20、図37に示すように、第1苗供給装置38Aは、第1機枠37Aに支持される装置フレーム176を有する。同様に、第2苗供給装置38Bも第2機枠37Bに支持される装置フレーム176を有する。
The seedling supply device 38 is a device for dropping and supplying seedlings to the planting tool 64 located below the seedling supply device 38.
Since the first seedling supply device 38A and the second seedling supply device 38B have the same configuration, the structure of the first seedling supply device 38A will be described with reference to FIGS. 37 to 42.
As shown in FIGS. 3, 20, and 37, the first seedling supply device 38A has a device frame 176 supported by the first machine frame 37A. Similarly, the second seedling supply device 38B also has a device frame 176 supported by the second machine casing 37B.
 図20、図37に示すように、苗供給装置38は、苗が投入される多数の供給カップ171、172を有する。多数の供給カップは、多数の第1供給カップ171と、多数の第2供給カップ172とを含む。第1供給カップ171と第2供給カップ172とは、前後方向K1に延設されたループ状の移送経路R1に沿って配置されている。
 詳しくは、第1供給カップ171と第2供給カップ172とは、平面視で前後方向K1に長い長円形を呈するようにループ状に並べて配置されている。また、第1供給カップ171と第2供給カップ172とは、長円形の移送経路R1に沿って交互に配置されている。
As shown in FIGS. 20 and 37, the seedling feeding device 38 has a large number of feeding cups 171 and 172 into which seedlings are put. The plurality of supply cups includes a plurality of first supply cups 171 and a plurality of second supply cups 172. The 1st supply cup 171 and the 2nd supply cup 172 are arrange | positioned along the loop-shaped transfer path R1 extended in the front-back direction K1.
Specifically, the first supply cup 171 and the second supply cup 172 are arranged side by side in a loop so as to present an ellipse elongated in the front-rear direction K1 in a plan view. Moreover, the 1st supply cup 171 and the 2nd supply cup 172 are alternately arrange | positioned along the oval transfer path R1.
 図20に示すように、第1苗供給装置38Aの供給カップ(第1供給カップ171と第2供給カップ172)の配置と、第2苗供給装置38Bの供給カップ(第1供給カップ171と第2供給カップ172)の配置とは、機幅方向K2の中心線を挟んで対称である。
 図37に示すように、第1供給カップ171と第2供給カップ172は、移送機構177によって移送経路R1に沿って矢印Y1方向に間欠的に移送される。移送機構177は、第1回転体178と、第2回転体179と、索体180とを有する。第1回転体178及び第2回転体179はスプロケットによって構成され、索体180は、第1回転体178と第2回転体179とにわたって巻掛けられた無端状(ループ状)のチェーンによって構成されている。第1回転体178及び第2回転体179は、装置フレーム176に縦軸心(上下方向に延伸する軸心)回りに回転自在に支持されている。第1供給カップ171及び第2供給カップ172は、索体180の外周側に索体180に沿って配置されている。
As shown in FIG. 20, the arrangement of the supply cups (the first supply cup 171 and the second supply cup 172) of the first seedling supply device 38A and the supply cups (the first supply cup 171 and the first supply cup 171 of the second seedling supply device 38B) are arranged. The arrangement of the two supply cups 172) is symmetrical with respect to the center line in the machine width direction K2.
As shown in FIG. 37, the first supply cup 171 and the second supply cup 172 are intermittently transferred in the arrow Y1 direction by the transfer mechanism 177 along the transfer route R1. The transfer mechanism 177 has a first rotating body 178, a second rotating body 179, and a cord 180. The first rotating body 178 and the second rotating body 179 are formed by sprockets, and the cord 180 is formed by an endless (loop-shaped) chain wound around the first rotating body 178 and the second rotating body 179. ing. The first rotary body 178 and the second rotary body 179 are rotatably supported by the device frame 176 about a vertical axis (a vertical axis extending in the vertical direction). The first supply cup 171 and the second supply cup 172 are arranged on the outer peripheral side of the cord 180 along the cord 180.
 図11、図24に示すように、第1回転体178は、第3伝動機構115c及び第4伝動機構115dを介して動力が伝達されて回転する。これにより、索体180、第1供給カップ171及び第2供給カップ172が矢印Y1方向(図37参照)に移動する。なお、図11に示すように、第2苗供給装置38Bの第1回転体178には、第5伝動機構115e及び第6伝動機構115fを介して動力が伝達される。 As shown in FIGS. 11 and 24, the first rotating body 178 rotates by being transmitted with power via the third transmission mechanism 115c and the fourth transmission mechanism 115d. As a result, the cord 180, the first supply cup 171, and the second supply cup 172 move in the arrow Y1 direction (see FIG. 37). As shown in FIG. 11, power is transmitted to the first rotating body 178 of the second seedling supply device 38B via the fifth transmission mechanism 115e and the sixth transmission mechanism 115f.
 図41に示すように、第1供給カップ171は、投入される苗N1を収容する収容部181aと、索体180に取り付けられる取付部182aと、収容部181aの下端の開口を塞ぐ蓋183aとを有する。第2供給カップ172も、同様に、収容部181bと、取付部182bと、蓋183bとを有する。蓋183a、183bは、収容部181a、181bの下部にヒンジによって枢支されていて、収容部181a、181bの下端開口を開閉自在としている。蓋183a、183bが閉じていることにより、収容部181a、181b内に苗N1を保持可能である。また、蓋183a、183bが開くことにより、収容部181a、181bから下方に苗N1を排出可能である。苗供給装置38は、移送経路R1の前後方向の中途部に、植付具64に苗を落下させて供給する位置である苗落とし位置を有する。図37に示す符号D1で示す位置が、第1供給カップ171の蓋183aが開く第1開放位置(機幅方向一方側の開放位置)である。符号D2で示す位置が、第2供給カップ172の蓋183bが開く第2開放位置(機幅方向他方側の開放位置)である。 As shown in FIG. 41, the first supply cup 171 includes a storage portion 181a that stores the seedling N1 to be input, a mounting portion 182a that is attached to the cord 180, and a lid 183a that closes the opening at the lower end of the storage portion 181a. Have. Similarly, the second supply cup 172 has a housing portion 181b, a mounting portion 182b, and a lid 183b. The lids 183a and 183b are hinged to the lower portions of the housing portions 181a and 181b by hinges, and the lower end openings of the housing portions 181a and 181b can be opened and closed. Since the lids 183a and 183b are closed, the seedling N1 can be held in the storage portions 181a and 181b. Further, by opening the lids 183a and 183b, the seedlings N1 can be discharged downward from the accommodating portions 181a and 181b. The seedling supplying device 38 has a seedling dropping position, which is a position where the seedlings are dropped and supplied to the planting tool 64, in the middle of the transfer route R1 in the front-rear direction. The position indicated by reference numeral D1 in FIG. 37 is the first open position (the open position on one side in the machine width direction) in which the lid 183a of the first supply cup 171 opens. The position indicated by reference sign D2 is the second open position (the open position on the other side in the machine width direction) in which the lid 183b of the second supply cup 172 opens.
 図2、図3に示すように、作業機1は、対地作業装置1Bの第2対地作業機(移植機3)に対して作業する作業者が座る複数の椅子を有する。複数の椅子は、複数の前方椅子(第1前方椅子187A、第2前方椅子187B)と、複数の後方椅子(第1後方椅子187C、第2後方椅子187D)である。第1前方椅子187Aは、第1移植ユニット36Aの前方に設けられ、第2前方椅子187Bは、第2移植ユニット36Bの前方に設けられている。また、第1後方椅子187Cは、第1移植ユニット36Aの後方に設けられ、第2後方椅子187Dは、第2移植ユニット36Bの後方に設けられている。 As shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the work machine 1 has a plurality of chairs on which a worker who works on the second ground work machine (transplanter 3) of the ground work apparatus 1B sits. The plurality of chairs are a plurality of front chairs (first front chair 187A, second front chair 187B) and a plurality of rear chairs (first rear chair 187C, second rear chair 187D). The first front chair 187A is provided in front of the first transplant unit 36A, and the second front chair 187B is provided in front of the second transplant unit 36B. The first rear chair 187C is provided behind the first transplant unit 36A, and the second rear chair 187D is provided behind the second transplant unit 36B.
 言い換えると、機幅方向K2で並べて設けられた第1苗供給装置38A及び第2苗供給装置38Bを有する移植機3において、第1前方椅子187Aは、第1苗供給装置38Aの前方に設けられ、第2前方椅子187Bは、第2苗供給装置38Bに前方に設けられている。また、第1後方椅子187Cは、第1苗供給装置38Aの後方に設けられ、第2後方椅子187Dは、第2苗供給装置38Bの後方に設けられている。 In other words, in the transplanter 3 having the first seedling feeding device 38A and the second seedling feeding device 38B arranged side by side in the machine width direction K2, the first front chair 187A is provided in front of the first seedling feeding device 38A. The second front chair 187B is provided in front of the second seedling supply device 38B. Further, the first rear chair 187C is provided behind the first seedling supply device 38A, and the second rear chair 187D is provided behind the second seedling supply device 38B.
 第1前方椅子187A及び第2前方椅子187Bは、作業者が後方(苗供給装置38側)を向いて座る椅子である。第1後方椅子187C及び第2後方椅子187Dは、作業者が前方(苗供給装置38側)を向いて座る椅子である。
 苗供給装置38の前後に作業者が座る椅子を設けることにより、作業機1(対地作業装置1B)の機幅方向K2の幅を減少させる(狭くする)ことができ、圃場間の移動が容易になると共にトラック輸送の際の輸送が容易(有利)になる。また、第1開放位置D1(苗落とし位置)及び第2開放位置D2(苗落とし位置)が、供給カップ171、172の移送経路R1の前後方向中途部に位置するので、即ち、苗を落とす位置が目の前にないので、供給カップ171、172への苗の供給作業が容易になる。また、前の作業者と後の作業者の作業が統一されるため、作業者の交代が容易になる。
The first front chair 187A and the second front chair 187B are chairs on which the worker sits facing the rear side (seedling supply device 38 side). The first rear chair 187C and the second rear chair 187D are chairs on which the worker sits facing the front (the seedling supply device 38 side).
By providing a chair on which a worker sits before and after the seedling supply device 38, the width of the working machine 1 (ground working device 1B) in the machine width direction K2 can be reduced (narrowed), and movement between fields is easy. As a result, it becomes easy (advantageous) to transport by truck. Further, since the first opening position D1 (seedling dropping position) and the second opening position D2 (seedling dropping position) are located in the front-rear midway portion of the transfer route R1 of the supply cups 171, 172, that is, the position where the seedlings are dropped. Since there is no seedling in front of the eyes, it becomes easy to supply seedlings to the supply cups 171 and 172. Further, since the work of the front worker and the work of the rear worker are unified, the replacement of the workers becomes easy.
 図43~図45に示すように、第1前方椅子187A及び第2前方椅子187Bは、位置調整機構230を介して椅子支持体150に支持されている。
 位置調整機構230は、移植機(第2対地作業機)3に対する椅子(第1前方椅子187A及び第2前方椅子187B)の位置を調整可能とする機構である。位置調整機構230は、第1位置調整機構231と、第2位置調整機構232と、第3位置調整機構233と、を含む。第1位置調整機構231は、椅子(第1前方椅子187A及び第2前方椅子187B)の位置を、機幅方向K2に調整可能とする機構である。第2位置調整機構232は、椅子(第1前方椅子187A及び第2前方椅子187B)の位置を、前後方向に調整可能とする機構である。第3位置調整機構233は、椅子(第1前方椅子187A及び第2前方椅子187B)の位置を、上下方向に調整可能とする機構である。
As shown in FIGS. 43 to 45, the first front chair 187A and the second front chair 187B are supported by the chair support 150 via the position adjusting mechanism 230.
The position adjustment mechanism 230 is a mechanism that can adjust the positions of the chairs (first front chair 187A and second front chair 187B) with respect to the transplanter (second ground work machine) 3. The position adjusting mechanism 230 includes a first position adjusting mechanism 231, a second position adjusting mechanism 232, and a third position adjusting mechanism 233. The first position adjustment mechanism 231 is a mechanism that allows the positions of the chairs (the first front chair 187A and the second front chair 187B) to be adjusted in the machine width direction K2. The second position adjusting mechanism 232 is a mechanism that allows the positions of the chairs (first front chair 187A and second front chair 187B) to be adjusted in the front-rear direction. The third position adjusting mechanism 233 is a mechanism that allows the positions of the chairs (the first front chair 187A and the second front chair 187B) to be adjusted in the vertical direction.
 位置調整機構230は、第1前方椅子187Aの位置を調整可能とする位置調整機構230Aと、第2前方椅子187Bの位置を調整可能とする位置調整機構230Bと、を含む。位置調整機構230Aの構成と位置調整機構230Bの構成とは同じである。
 図43、図46に示すように、位置調整機構230Aの第1位置調整機構231は、椅子支持体150の第2支持体152に固定された固定板231aと、固定板231aに対して取り付け具(ボルト231c及びナット231d)により取り付けられた可動板231bとから構成されている。図12に示すように、固定板231aは、第2支持体152の横支持材158の左部に固定されている。図46、図52に示すように、固定板231aには、機幅方向K2に並んだ複数の貫通孔231eが形成されている。可動板231bにも、機幅方向に並んだ複数の貫通孔231fが形成されている。
The position adjustment mechanism 230 includes a position adjustment mechanism 230A capable of adjusting the position of the first front chair 187A and a position adjustment mechanism 230B capable of adjusting the position of the second front chair 187B. The structure of the position adjusting mechanism 230A and the structure of the position adjusting mechanism 230B are the same.
As shown in FIG. 43 and FIG. 46, the first position adjusting mechanism 231 of the position adjusting mechanism 230A includes a fixing plate 231a fixed to the second supporting body 152 of the chair supporting body 150, and a fixture for the fixing plate 231a. The movable plate 231b is attached by (bolts 231c and nuts 231d). As shown in FIG. 12, the fixing plate 231 a is fixed to the left portion of the lateral support member 158 of the second support body 152. As shown in FIGS. 46 and 52, the fixed plate 231a is formed with a plurality of through holes 231e arranged in the machine width direction K2. The movable plate 231b also has a plurality of through holes 231f arranged in the machine width direction.
 固定板231aに形成された複数の貫通孔231eと、可動板231bに形成された複数の貫通孔231fとは、同じ間隔(ピッチ)で並んで形成されている。固定板231aに形成された貫通孔231eと可動板231bに形成された貫通孔231fとを重ねてボルト231cを挿通し、ナット231dを螺合することにより、固定板231aに対して可動板231bが位置決めされて取り付けられる。また、図43に仮想線で示すように、可動板231bを固定板231aに対して機幅方向K2にずらして、重ね合わせる貫通孔を変えて取り付けることにより、固定板231aに対する可動板231bの位置を機幅方向K2に調整することができる。 The plurality of through holes 231e formed in the fixed plate 231a and the plurality of through holes 231f formed in the movable plate 231b are formed side by side at the same intervals (pitch). By stacking the through hole 231e formed in the fixed plate 231a and the through hole 231f formed in the movable plate 231b, inserting the bolt 231c, and screwing the nut 231d, the movable plate 231b is attached to the fixed plate 231a. Positioned and mounted. Further, as indicated by a phantom line in FIG. 43, the movable plate 231b is displaced in the machine width direction K2 with respect to the fixed plate 231a, and the through holes to be overlapped are changed and attached, whereby the position of the movable plate 231b with respect to the fixed plate 231a. Can be adjusted in the machine width direction K2.
 図45、図46に示すように、位置調整機構230Aの第3位置調整機構233は、可動板231bに固定された筒体233aと、筒体233aに対して取り付け具(ピン)233cにより取り付けられた柱体233bとから構成されている。筒体233aは、四角筒状であって上下方向に延びている。筒体233aには、貫通孔233dが形成されている。柱体233bは、筒体233aよりも細い四角筒状であって筒体233aに挿入されて上下方向に延びている。柱体233bには、上下方向に並んだ複数の貫通孔233eが形成されている。筒体233aに形成された貫通孔233dと柱体233bに形成された貫通孔233eとを重ねてピン233cを挿通することにより、筒体233aに対して柱体233bが位置決めされて取り付けられる。また、図45に仮想線で示すように、柱体233bを筒体233aに対して上下方向にずらして、重ね合わせる貫通孔を変えて取り付けることにより、筒体233aに対する柱体233bの位置を上下方向に調整することができる。 As shown in FIGS. 45 and 46, the third position adjusting mechanism 233 of the position adjusting mechanism 230A is attached to the cylindrical body 233a fixed to the movable plate 231b and an attaching tool (pin) 233c with respect to the cylindrical body 233a. And a column body 233b. The tubular body 233a has a rectangular tubular shape and extends in the vertical direction. A through hole 233d is formed in the cylindrical body 233a. The column body 233b has a rectangular tubular shape that is thinner than the tubular body 233a, is inserted into the tubular body 233a, and extends in the vertical direction. A plurality of through holes 233e arranged in the vertical direction are formed in the column body 233b. By inserting the pin 233c by overlapping the through hole 233d formed in the cylindrical body 233a and the through hole 233e formed in the cylindrical body 233b, the cylindrical body 233b is positioned and attached to the cylindrical body 233a. Further, as shown by phantom lines in FIG. 45, the column body 233b is vertically displaced with respect to the cylinder body 233a, and the through holes to be overlapped are changed and attached, whereby the position of the column body 233b with respect to the cylinder body 233a is vertically changed. Can be adjusted in direction.
 図44、図46に示すように、位置調整機構230Aの第2位置調整機構232は、柱体233bの上端部に固定された支持台232aと、支持台232aに対して取り付け具(ボルト)232cにより取り付けられて椅子187Aの底部を受ける底受け部材232bとから構成されている。支持台232aは、前部位232dと、中間部位232eと、後部位232fと、を有している。中間部位232eは、前後方向に延びており、前部が柱体233bの上端部に固定されている。前部位232dは、中間部位232eの前端部に固定されている。前部位232dには、椅子187Aの底面後部を支持するスプリング234が取り付けられている。後部位232fは、中間部位232eの後端部に固定されている。図54に示すように、後部位232fは、機幅方向K2に延びる軸体232hが挿通される貫通孔232iを有している。 As shown in FIGS. 44 and 46, the second position adjusting mechanism 232 of the position adjusting mechanism 230A includes a support base 232a fixed to the upper end of the column body 233b, and an attachment tool (bolt) 232c for the support base 232a. And a bottom receiving member 232b that is attached by and receives the bottom of the chair 187A. The support base 232a has a front portion 232d, an intermediate portion 232e, and a rear portion 232f. The intermediate portion 232e extends in the front-rear direction, and the front portion is fixed to the upper end portion of the column body 233b. The front portion 232d is fixed to the front end of the intermediate portion 232e. A spring 234 that supports a rear portion of the bottom surface of the chair 187A is attached to the front portion 232d. The rear portion 232f is fixed to the rear end of the intermediate portion 232e. As shown in FIG. 54, the rear portion 232f has a through hole 232i into which the shaft body 232h extending in the machine width direction K2 is inserted.
 図46、図54に示すように、底受け部材232bは、支持台232aの後部位232fの上部に取り付けられている。底受け部材232bは、上部位232b1と側部位232b2とを有している。上部位232b1は、水平向きに配置された板状の部位であって、上面に第1前方椅子187Aの底面前部が取り付けられる。側部位232b2は、上部位232b1の機幅方向の一端側と他端側からそれぞれ下方に延びている。側部位232b2には、前後方向に間隔をあけて複数の貫通孔232gが形成されている。底受け部材232bを支持台232aの上部に載置すると、側部位232b2の複数の貫通孔232gのうちの1つが支持台232aの後部位232fに形成された貫通孔と重なる。重なった側部位232b2の貫通孔232gと後部位232fの貫通孔に軸体232hを挿通し、βピン等の止め具で抜け止めをすることにより、支持台232aに対して底受け部材232bが位置決めされて取り付けられる。また、図44に仮想線で示すように、底受け部材232bを支持台232aに対して前後方向にずらして、重ね合わせる貫通孔を変えて取り付けることにより、支持台232aに対する底受け部材232bの位置を前後方向に調整することができる。 As shown in FIGS. 46 and 54, the bottom receiving member 232b is attached to the upper part of the rear portion 232f of the support base 232a. The bottom receiving member 232b has an upper portion 232b1 and a side portion 232b2. The upper portion 232b1 is a plate-shaped portion that is arranged horizontally, and the bottom front portion of the first front chair 187A is attached to the upper surface. The side portion 232b2 extends downward from one end side and the other end side of the upper portion 232b1 in the machine width direction. A plurality of through holes 232g are formed in the side portion 232b2 at intervals in the front-rear direction. When the bottom receiving member 232b is placed on the upper portion of the support base 232a, one of the through holes 232g of the side portion 232b2 overlaps with the through hole formed in the rear portion 232f of the support base 232a. The bottom receiving member 232b is positioned with respect to the support base 232a by inserting the shaft body 232h into the through hole 232g of the overlapped side portion 232b2 and the through hole of the rear portion 232f and preventing the shaft body 232h from coming off with a stopper such as a β pin. Is installed. Further, as shown by the phantom line in FIG. 44, the bottom receiving member 232b is displaced in the front-rear direction with respect to the support base 232a, and the through holes to be overlapped are changed and attached, whereby the position of the bottom receiving member 232b with respect to the support base 232a. Can be adjusted back and forth.
 第2位置調整機構232によって、底受け部材232bの位置を前後方向に調整することにより、底受け部材232bに取り付けられた第1前方椅子187Aの位置を前後方向に調整することができる。また、第3位置調整機構233によって、筒体233aに対する柱体233bの位置を上下方向に調整することによって、第1前方椅子187Aの位置を上下方向に調整することができる。また、第1位置調整機構231によって、固定板231aに対する可動板231bの位置を機幅方向に調整することによって、第1前方椅子187Aの位置を機幅方向に調整することができる。 By adjusting the position of the bottom receiving member 232b in the front-rear direction by the second position adjusting mechanism 232, the position of the first front chair 187A attached to the bottom receiving member 232b can be adjusted in the front-rear direction. Further, the position of the first front chair 187A can be adjusted in the vertical direction by adjusting the position of the column body 233b in the vertical direction with respect to the cylindrical body 233a by the third position adjusting mechanism 233. In addition, the position of the first front chair 187A can be adjusted in the machine width direction by adjusting the position of the movable plate 231b with respect to the fixed plate 231a in the machine width direction by the first position adjustment mechanism 231.
 従って、位置調整機構230Aによれば、第1前方椅子187Aの位置を前後方向、上下方向、機幅方向に調整することができる。また、位置調整機構230Bによれば、位置調整機構230Aと同様の作用によって、第2前方椅子187Bの位置を前後方向、上下方向、機幅方向に調整することができる。
 尚、第1位置調整機構231、第2位置調整機構232、第3位置調整機構233の構成は、上述した構成には限定されない。例えば、第1位置調整機構231について、第2支持体152の横支持材158を角パイプとして、固定板231aに代えてUボルトを有する固定具を横支持材158に固定し、当該固定具に可動板231bを取り付ける構成とすることができる。この構成によれば、固定具を緩めることにより、固定具と共に可動板231bを横支持材158に沿って機幅方向に移動させることができる。そのため、固定板231aに対する可動板231bの位置を機幅方向に調整することができる。
Therefore, according to the position adjusting mechanism 230A, the position of the first front chair 187A can be adjusted in the front-rear direction, the up-down direction, and the machine width direction. Further, according to the position adjusting mechanism 230B, the position of the second front chair 187B can be adjusted in the front-rear direction, the up-down direction, and the machine width direction by the same operation as the position adjusting mechanism 230A.
The configurations of the first position adjusting mechanism 231, the second position adjusting mechanism 232, and the third position adjusting mechanism 233 are not limited to the above-described configurations. For example, in the first position adjusting mechanism 231, the horizontal support member 158 of the second support body 152 is a square pipe, and a fixture having U bolts is fixed to the horizontal support member 158 instead of the fixing plate 231a. The movable plate 231b may be attached. According to this configuration, the movable plate 231b can be moved along the lateral support member 158 in the machine width direction by loosening the fixture. Therefore, the position of the movable plate 231b with respect to the fixed plate 231a can be adjusted in the machine width direction.
 図2に示すように、第1前方椅子187Aと移植機3との間には、第1前方椅子187Aに座った作業者が足を置く足置き板235Aが設けられている。第2前方椅子187Bと移植機3との間には、第2前方椅子187Bに座った作業者が足を置く足置き板235Bが設けられている。足置き板235A,235Bは、平面視矩形状の板である。
 足置き板235Aは、第1前方椅子187Aの後方且つ下方に配置されている。足置き板235Bは、第2前方椅子187Bの後方且つ下方に配置されている。足置き板235A,235Bは、ロータリ耕耘機2の弾圧装置20の後方且つ上方に配置されている。また、足置き板235Aは、第1機枠37Aの連結ブラケット61(第1取付具61A)の前上方に配置されている。足置き板235Bは、第2機枠37Bの連結ブラケット61(第2取付具61B)の前上方に配置されている。
As shown in FIG. 2, between the first front chair 187A and the transplanter 3, a footrest plate 235A on which a worker sitting on the first front chair 187A places his / her foot is provided. Between the second front chair 187B and the transplanter 3, a footrest plate 235B on which the worker sitting on the second front chair 187B rests his foot is provided. The footrest plates 235A and 235B are rectangular plates in plan view.
The footrest plate 235A is arranged behind and below the first front chair 187A. The footrest plate 235B is arranged behind and below the second front chair 187B. The footrest plates 235A and 235B are arranged behind and above the elastic pressure device 20 of the rotary cultivator 2. In addition, the footrest plate 235A is arranged above and in front of the connecting bracket 61 (first attachment 61A) of the first machine frame 37A. The footrest plate 235B is arranged above and in front of the connecting bracket 61 (second attachment 61B) of the second machine frame 37B.
 図47、図48に示すように、足置き板235Aには、多数のリブ付き穴236と、ボルト(蝶ボルト)B6が挿通される複数(4つ)の貫通孔237が形成されている。足置き板235Bについても同様である。
 足置き板235A,235Bは、椅子支持体150に対して着脱可能に取り付けられている。具体的には、足置き板235A,235Bは、椅子支持体150に設けられた取付部260A,260B(図12参照)に対して着脱可能に取り付けられている。取付部260Aは、足置き板235Aを取り付ける部分である。取付部260Bは、足置き板235Bを取り付ける部分である。取付部260A,260Bは、椅子支持体150の第1支持体151に設けられている。
As shown in FIGS. 47 and 48, a large number of ribbed holes 236 and a plurality of (four) through holes 237 through which bolts (butterfly bolts) B6 are inserted are formed in the footrest plate 235A. The same applies to the footrest plate 235B.
The footrest plates 235A and 235B are detachably attached to the chair support 150. Specifically, the footrest plates 235A and 235B are detachably attached to the attachment portions 260A and 260B (see FIG. 12) provided on the chair support 150. The attachment portion 260A is a portion to which the footrest plate 235A is attached. The attachment portion 260B is a portion to which the footrest plate 235B is attached. The mounting portions 260A and 260B are provided on the first support 151 of the chair support 150.
 図12、図48に示すように、取付部260Aは、第1支持体151の前支持材151a及び後支持材151bと、第1支持体151の左部に配置された連結支持材151cから構成されている。前支持材151a及び後支持材151bには、機幅方向K2に隣り合う連結支持材151cの間にナットが固着された複数(4つ)の第1ステー261が取り付けられている。足置き板235Aは、第1前方椅子187Aの後方且つ下方において、前支持材151a及び後支持材151bと、第1支持体151の左部に配置された連結支持材151cの上部に載置され、ボルト(蝶ボルト)B6によって第1ステー261に固定されている。 As shown in FIGS. 12 and 48, the mounting portion 260A includes a front support member 151a and a rear support member 151b of the first support 151, and a connection support member 151c arranged on the left side of the first support 151. Has been done. A plurality of (four) first stays 261 to which nuts are fixed are attached to the front support member 151a and the rear support member 151b between adjacent connection support members 151c in the machine width direction K2. The footrest plate 235A is placed behind and below the first front chair 187A, on the front support member 151a and the rear support member 151b, and on the connection support member 151c arranged on the left side of the first support member 151. , And is fixed to the first stay 261 by bolts (butterfly bolts) B6.
 図12に示すように、取付部260Bは、第1支持体151の前支持材151a及び後支持材151bと、第1支持体151の右部に配置された連結支持材151cから構成されている。前支持材151a及び後支持材151bには、機幅方向K2に隣り合う連結支持材151cの間にナットが固着された第2ステー262が取り付けられている。第2ステー262は、第1ステー261と同様に複数(4つ)設けられている。足置き板235Bは、前支持材151a及び後支持材151bと、第1支持体151の右部に配置された連結支持材151cの上部に載置され、ボルト(蝶ボルト)によって第2ステー262に固定される。 As shown in FIG. 12, the mounting portion 260B includes a front support member 151a and a rear support member 151b of the first support body 151, and a connection support member 151c arranged on the right side of the first support body 151. . A second stay 262 having a nut fixed thereto is attached to the front support member 151a and the rear support member 151b between adjacent connection support members 151c in the machine width direction K2. A plurality of (four) second stays 262 are provided, like the first stays 261. The footrest plate 235B is placed on the front support member 151a, the rear support member 151b, and the connection support member 151c arranged on the right side of the first support body 151, and is attached to the second stay 262 by a bolt (butterfly bolt). Fixed to.
 足置き板235Aは、ボルト(蝶ボルト)B6を第1ステー261から外すことによって、椅子支持体150に設けられた取付部260Aから取り外すことができる。同様に、足置き板235Bは、ボルト(蝶ボルト)を第2ステー262から外すことによって、椅子支持体150に設けられた取付部260Bから取り外すことができる。これにより、ロータリ耕耘機2の弾圧装置20のバネの調整を容易に行うことができる。また、第1機枠37Aの連結ブラケット61及び第2機枠37Bの連結ブラケット61をツールバー43に沿って移動させることによる、第1移植ユニット36Aと第2移植ユニット36Bとの間の距離の調整(条間調整)を容易に行うことができる。 The footrest plate 235A can be removed from the mounting portion 260A provided on the chair support 150 by removing the bolt (butterfly bolt) B6 from the first stay 261. Similarly, the footrest plate 235B can be removed from the mounting portion 260B provided on the chair support 150 by removing the bolt (butterfly bolt) from the second stay 262. Thereby, the spring of the elastic pressure device 20 of the rotary cultivator 2 can be easily adjusted. Further, the distance between the first transplant unit 36A and the second transplant unit 36B is adjusted by moving the connecting bracket 61 of the first machine frame 37A and the connecting bracket 61 of the second machine frame 37B along the tool bar 43. (Adjusting the space) can be easily performed.
 尚、足置き板235A,235Bは、椅子支持体150に対して開閉可能に取り付けてもよい。例えば、足置き板235A,235Bの前部をヒンジ(蝶番)を介して第1支持体151の前支持材151aに取り付ける、或いは、足置き板235A,235Bの後部をヒンジ(蝶番)を介して第1支持体151の後支持材151bに取り付けることができる。この構成の場合、足置き板235A,235Bは、椅子支持体150に対して開くことによって、弾圧装置20のバネの調整、第1移植ユニット36Aと第2移植ユニット36Bとの間の距離の調整(条間調整)、灌水チューブの位置調整等を容易に行うことができる。 The footrest plates 235A and 235B may be attached to the chair support 150 so as to be openable and closable. For example, the front portions of the footrest plates 235A and 235B are attached to the front support member 151a of the first support body 151 via hinges (hinge), or the rear portions of the footrest plates 235A and 235B are attached via hinges (hinge). It can be attached to the rear support 151b of the first support 151. In the case of this configuration, the footrest plates 235A and 235B are opened with respect to the chair support 150 to adjust the spring of the elastic device 20 and adjust the distance between the first implantation unit 36A and the second implantation unit 36B. (Structure adjustment) and position adjustment of the irrigation tube can be easily performed.
 図20等に示すように、第1後方椅子187C及び第2後方椅子187Dは、シートフレーム197に取り付けられている。シートフレーム197は、椅子が取り付けられるフレームである。具体的には、シートフレーム197には、第1後方椅子187C及び第2後方椅子187Dが取り付けられる。シートフレーム197は、ロータリ耕耘機2に取り付けられた取付体196に上下動可能に連結される。 As shown in FIG. 20 and the like, the first rear chair 187C and the second rear chair 187D are attached to the seat frame 197. The seat frame 197 is a frame to which a chair is attached. Specifically, the first rear chair 187C and the second rear chair 187D are attached to the seat frame 197. The seat frame 197 is vertically movably connected to an attachment body 196 attached to the rotary cultivator 2.
 シートフレーム197は、フレーム本体199と、フレーム連結機構200と、複数の車輪(第1車輪206A~第3車輪206C)とを有する。
 フレーム本体199に第1後方椅子187C及び第2後方椅子187Dが取り付けられる。フレーム本体199は、移植機3の左側方(一側方)に配置された第1フレーム部201と、移植機3の右側方(他側方)に配置された第2フレーム部202と、第1フレーム部201と第2フレーム部202の後部同士を連結する第3フレーム部203とを有する。第1フレーム部201及び第2フレーム部202は、角パイプ材で形成されている。第1フレーム部201は、第1側部材196Aの後方に前後方向K1に延伸するように配置されている。第2フレーム部202は、第2側部材196Bの後方に前後方向K1に延伸するように配置されている。
The seat frame 197 has a frame body 199, a frame coupling mechanism 200, and a plurality of wheels (first wheel 206A to third wheel 206C).
The first rear chair 187C and the second rear chair 187D are attached to the frame body 199. The frame main body 199 includes a first frame portion 201 arranged on the left side (one side) of the transplanter 3, a second frame portion 202 arranged on the right side (other side) of the transplanter 3, It has the 1st frame part 201 and the 3rd frame part 203 which connects the rear parts of the 2nd frame part 202. The first frame portion 201 and the second frame portion 202 are formed of a square pipe material. The first frame portion 201 is arranged behind the first side member 196A so as to extend in the front-rear direction K1. The second frame portion 202 is arranged behind the second side member 196B so as to extend in the front-rear direction K1.
 第3フレーム部203は、移植機3の後方に機幅方向K2に延伸するように配置されている。第3フレーム部203は、複数の角パイプ材(第1部材203A、第2部材203B、第3部材203C)で構成されている。第1部材203Aは、左端部が第1フレーム部201の後部に連結されている。第2部材203Bは、右端部が第2フレーム部202の後部に連結されている。第3部材203Cは、第1部材203Aと第2部材203Bとを連結している。第1部材203Aと第2部材203Bは、第3部材203Cに沿って機幅方向K2に位置調整可能である。 The third frame portion 203 is arranged behind the transplanter 3 so as to extend in the machine width direction K2. The third frame portion 203 is composed of a plurality of square pipe materials (first member 203A, second member 203B, third member 203C). The left end portion of the first member 203A is connected to the rear portion of the first frame portion 201. The right end portion of the second member 203B is connected to the rear portion of the second frame portion 202. The third member 203C connects the first member 203A and the second member 203B. The positions of the first member 203A and the second member 203B can be adjusted in the machine width direction K2 along the third member 203C.
 図20、図49に示すように、第3フレーム部203の第3部材203Cの左部に、シート支持部材227Aを介して第1後方椅子187Cが取り付けられている。第1後方椅子187Cは、シート支持部材227Aに対して前後方向及び上下方向に位置調整可能に取り付けられている。図20に示すように、第3部材203Cの右部に、シート支持部材227Bを介して第2後方椅子187Dが取り付けられている。シート支持部材227Bの構成は、シート支持部材227Aの構成と同様である。第2後方椅子187Dは、シート支持部材227Bに対して前後方向及び上下方向に位置調整可能に取り付けられている。また、シート支持部材227A,227Bは、第3部材203Cに対して機幅方向K2に位置調整可能に取り付けられている。つまり、シート支持部材227A,227Bは、第1後方椅子187C及び第2後方椅子187Dの位置を、前後方向、機幅方向、上下方向にそれぞれ調整可能な位置調整機構を有している。この位置調整機構の構成は、第1前方椅子187A及び第2前方椅子187Bの位置を調整する位置調整機構230(第1位置調整機構231、第2位置調整機構232、第3位置調整機構233)と同様である。 As shown in FIGS. 20 and 49, the first rear chair 187C is attached to the left part of the third member 203C of the third frame portion 203 via the seat support member 227A. The first rear chair 187C is attached to the seat support member 227A so as to be positionally adjustable in the front-rear direction and the vertical direction. As shown in FIG. 20, a second rear chair 187D is attached to the right part of the third member 203C via a seat support member 227B. The structure of the seat supporting member 227B is similar to that of the seat supporting member 227A. The second rear chair 187D is attached to the seat support member 227B so as to be positionally adjustable in the front-rear direction and the up-down direction. Further, the seat supporting members 227A and 227B are attached to the third member 203C so as to be positionally adjustable in the machine width direction K2. That is, the seat support members 227A and 227B have position adjustment mechanisms that can adjust the positions of the first rear chair 187C and the second rear chair 187D in the front-rear direction, the machine width direction, and the vertical direction, respectively. The configuration of this position adjusting mechanism is the position adjusting mechanism 230 (first position adjusting mechanism 231, second position adjusting mechanism 232, third position adjusting mechanism 233) for adjusting the positions of the first front chair 187A and the second front chair 187B. Is the same as.
 図20、図49に示すように、第1後方椅子187Cの前下方には、第1後方椅子187Cに着座した作業者が足を置くための足置き板235Cが配置されている。第2後方椅子187Dの前下方には、第2後方椅子187Dに着座した作業者が足を置くための足置き板235Dが配置されている。足置き板235C,235Dは、シートフレーム197のフレーム本体199上に支持されている。具体的には、足置き板235C,235Dは、第3フレーム部203の第3部材203C上に支持されている。 As shown in FIGS. 20 and 49, a footrest plate 235C on which a worker seated on the first rear chair 187C places his / her foot is arranged in front of and below the first rear chair 187C. A footrest plate 235D on which a worker seated on the second rear chair 187D rests his / her foot is disposed below the front side of the second rear chair 187D. The footrest plates 235C and 235D are supported on the frame body 199 of the seat frame 197. Specifically, the footrest plates 235C and 235D are supported on the third member 203C of the third frame portion 203.
 フレーム連結機構200は、フレーム本体199を取付体196に上下動可能に連結する機構である。フレーム連結機構200は、第1機構200Aと、第2機構200Bとを有する。第1機構200Aは、第1側部材196Aに第1フレーム部201を連結している。第2機構200Bは、第2側部材196Bに第2フレーム部202を連結している。第1機構200A及び第2機構200Bは、平行リンク機構で構成されている。 The frame connecting mechanism 200 is a mechanism for connecting the frame body 199 to the mounting body 196 so as to be vertically movable. The frame connection mechanism 200 has a first mechanism 200A and a second mechanism 200B. The first mechanism 200A connects the first frame portion 201 to the first side member 196A. The second mechanism 200B connects the second frame portion 202 to the second side member 196B. The first mechanism 200A and the second mechanism 200B are configured by a parallel link mechanism.
 複数の車輪(第1車輪206A~第3車輪206C)は、例えば、タイヤによって構成され、接地してフレーム本体199を支持する。したがって、シートフレーム197は、ロータリ耕耘機2及び移植機3に対して圃場の凹凸に追従して上下動する。
 フレーム本体199における機幅方向K2の一側部(左側部)に第1車輪206Aが設けられ、フレーム本体199における機幅方向K2の他側部(右側部)に第2車輪206Bが設けられている。第3車輪206Cは、フレーム本体199における機幅方向K2の中途部(中央部)に設けられている。言い換えると、第3車輪206Cは、第1後方椅子187Cと第2後方椅子187Dとの間に配置されている。
The plurality of wheels (first wheel 206A to third wheel 206C) are, for example, tires, and ground to support the frame body 199. Therefore, the seat frame 197 moves up and down with respect to the rotary cultivator 2 and the transplanter 3 following the unevenness of the field.
The first wheel 206A is provided on one side (left side) of the frame body 199 in the machine width direction K2, and the second wheel 206B is provided on the other side (right side) of the frame body 199 in the machine width direction K2. There is. The third wheel 206C is provided at a midway portion (center portion) of the frame body 199 in the machine width direction K2. In other words, the third wheel 206C is arranged between the first rear chair 187C and the second rear chair 187D.
 図20、図49に示すように、作業機連結機構41とシートフレーム197とにわたってリンク部材215が設けられている。リンク部材215は、第1リンク部材215Aと第2リンク部材215Bとを含む。リンク部材215は、ツールバー43と、フレーム連結機構200の上側のリンク209Aとにわたって設けられている。
 なお、リンク部材215は、シートフレーム197と、移植機3と共に昇降する部材又は移植機3とにわたって設けられていればよい。
As shown in FIGS. 20 and 49, a link member 215 is provided so as to extend across the working machine connection mechanism 41 and the seat frame 197. The link member 215 includes a first link member 215A and a second link member 215B. The link member 215 is provided across the toolbar 43 and the link 209A on the upper side of the frame coupling mechanism 200.
The link member 215 may be provided over the seat frame 197 and the member that moves up and down together with the transplanter 3 or the transplanter 3.
 図20に示すように、第1リンク部材215Aは、第1側部材196A及び第1機構200Aの機幅内方に配置されている。第2リンク部材215Bは、第2側部材196B及び第2機構200Bの機幅内方に配置されている。
 図20、図49に示すように、第1リンク部材215Aの前端部(上端部)は、ツールバー43の後面に固定されたブラケット部材228Aに枢軸229Aを介して機幅方向K2の軸心回りに回転自在に枢支されている。第2リンク部材215Bの上部(前部)は、ツールバー43の後面に固定されたブラケット部材228Bに枢軸229Bを介して機幅方向K2の軸心回りに回転自在に枢支されている。
As shown in FIG. 20, the first link member 215A is arranged inside the width of the first side member 196A and the first mechanism 200A. The second link member 215B is arranged inside the machine width of the second side member 196B and the second mechanism 200B.
As shown in FIG. 20 and FIG. 49, the front end portion (upper end portion) of the first link member 215A is attached to the bracket member 228A fixed to the rear surface of the tool bar 43 via the pivot 229A, around the axis in the machine width direction K2. It is rotatably supported. An upper portion (front portion) of the second link member 215B is pivotally supported by a bracket member 228B fixed to the rear surface of the tool bar 43 via a pivot 229B so as to be rotatable about an axis in the machine width direction K2.
 係合ピン221は、第1機構200Aのリンク209Aと、第2機構200Bのリンク209Bとに機幅内方に突出状に設けられている。左の係合ピン221は、第1リンク部材215Aの長穴220に挿通され、右の係合ピン221は、第2リンク部材215Bの長穴220に挿通されている。なお、係合ピン221は、フレーム本体199に設けられていてもよい。また、リンク部材215の前端部は、機枠37に枢支されていてもよい。 The engaging pin 221 is provided on the link 209A of the first mechanism 200A and the link 209B of the second mechanism 200B so as to project inward in the machine width. The left engagement pin 221 is inserted through the elongated hole 220 of the first link member 215A, and the right engagement pin 221 is inserted through the elongated hole 220 of the second link member 215B. The engaging pin 221 may be provided on the frame body 199. The front end of the link member 215 may be pivotally supported by the machine frame 37.
 作業時において、シートフレーム197が上下動すると、係合ピン221が長穴220内を移動することで、シートフレーム197の上下動が許容される。また、作業機1をトラック等に積み込む際やトラック等から降ろす際などにおいて、ツールバー43を上昇させて移植機3を持ち上げると、リンク部材215が上動すると共に係合ピン221が長穴220の下端に当接し、且つ係合ピン221が長穴220の下端に当接した状態でリンク部材215が上動することで、シートフレーム197を持ち上げる(引き上げる)ことができる。 During operation, when the seat frame 197 moves up and down, the engagement pin 221 moves inside the elongated hole 220, and thus the seat frame 197 is allowed to move up and down. Further, when the working tool 1 is loaded on a truck or the like or is unloaded from the truck or the like, when the tool bar 43 is raised and the transplanter 3 is lifted, the link member 215 moves upward and the engagement pin 221 moves to the long hole 220. The seat frame 197 can be lifted (pulled up) by the link member 215 moving upward with the lower end abutting and the engaging pin 221 abutting the lower end of the elongated hole 220.
 以上のように、リンク部材215は、作業時においてシートフレーム197の上下動を許容し、且つ昇降駆動装置42によって移植機3を持ち上げる際に、第2対地作業機の上昇に伴って上動してシートフレーム197を引き上げることができる。
 図2等に示すように、第1前方椅子187Aの後方には、苗供給台188Aが設けられている。第2前方椅子187Bの後方には、苗供給台188Bが設けられている。また、第1後方椅子187Cの前方には、苗供給台188Cが設けられている。第2後方椅子187Dの前方には、苗供給台188Dが設けられている。苗供給台188Aは、第1前方椅子187Aに着座した作業者の正面側に位置する。苗供給台188Bは、第2前方椅子187Bに着座した作業者の正面側に位置する。苗供給台188Cは、第1後方椅子187Cに着座した作業者の正面側に位置する。苗供給台188Dは、第2後方椅子187Dに着座した作業者の正面側に位置する。
As described above, the link member 215 allows the seat frame 197 to move up and down at the time of working, and when the lifting drive device 42 lifts the transplanter 3, the link member 215 moves upward as the second ground working machine rises. The seat frame 197 can be lifted up.
As shown in FIG. 2 and the like, a seedling supply table 188A is provided behind the first front chair 187A. A seedling supply table 188B is provided behind the second front chair 187B. A seedling supply table 188C is provided in front of the first rear chair 187C. A seedling supply table 188D is provided in front of the second rear chair 187D. The seedling supply table 188A is located on the front side of the worker who is seated on the first front chair 187A. The seedling supply table 188B is located on the front side of the operator who is seated on the second front chair 187B. The seedling supply table 188C is located on the front side of the worker who is seated on the first rear chair 187C. The seedling supply table 188D is located on the front side of the worker who is seated on the second rear chair 187D.
 苗供給台188A~188Dには、多数の苗を有する苗トレイを置くことができる。作業者は、苗供給台188A~188Dに置いた苗トレイから苗供給装置38の供給カップ171、172に苗を供給することができる。
 先ず、苗供給台188A,188Bの構成について説明する。
 図12に示すように、苗供給台188A,188Bは、前方椅子を位置調整可能に支持する位置調整機構230に取り付けられている。詳しくは、苗供給台188Aは、第1前方椅子187Aを支持する位置調整機構230に取り付けられている。苗供給台188Bは、第2前方椅子187Bを支持する位置調整機構230に取り付けられている。苗供給台188Aと苗供給台188Bとは、作業機1の機幅方向K2の中心線を挟んで対称に構成されている。この構成(対称の構成)を除き、苗供給台188Aの構成と苗供給台188Bの構成とは同じである。
A seedling tray having a large number of seedlings can be placed on the seedling supply bases 188A to 188D. The operator can supply seedlings to the supply cups 171 and 172 of the seedling supply device 38 from the seedling trays placed on the seedling supply bases 188A to 188D.
First, the configurations of the seedling supply tables 188A and 188B will be described.
As shown in FIG. 12, the seedling supply bases 188A and 188B are attached to a position adjusting mechanism 230 that supports the front chair in a positionally adjustable manner. Specifically, the seedling supply table 188A is attached to the position adjusting mechanism 230 that supports the first front chair 187A. The seedling supply table 188B is attached to the position adjusting mechanism 230 that supports the second front chair 187B. The seedling supply table 188A and the seedling supply table 188B are symmetrically arranged with the center line of the working machine 1 in the machine width direction K2 interposed therebetween. Except for this configuration (symmetrical configuration), the seedling supply base 188A and the seedling supply base 188B have the same configuration.
 図12、図43~図48に示すように、苗供給台188Aは、支持機構270を介して第2位置調整機構232の支持台232aに取り付けられている。支持機構270は、受け筒271と、支持アーム272と、回動支持機構273と、を有している。受け筒271は、円筒状であって機幅方向に延びており、支持台232aの中間部位232eに固定されている。支持アーム272は、円筒状のパイプを2箇所で屈曲して形成されている。図47等に示すように、支持アーム272は、アーム基端部272aと、アーム中間部272bと、アーム先端部272cと、を有している。図43、図46に示すように、アーム基端部272aは、機幅方向K2に延びており、一端側が受け筒271に機幅内方(右方)から挿入されている。図45~図47に示すように、アーム中間部272bは、アーム基端部272aの他端側から屈曲して後方に延びており、後方に延びるにつれて上方に移行している。アーム中間部272bは、第1前方椅子187Aの機幅内方側に位置している。図45、図47に示すように、アーム先端部272cは、アーム中間部272bの後端から屈曲して上方に延びている。 As shown in FIGS. 12 and 43 to 48, the seedling supply base 188A is attached to the support base 232a of the second position adjustment mechanism 232 via the support mechanism 270. The support mechanism 270 includes a receiving cylinder 271, a support arm 272, and a rotation support mechanism 273. The receiving cylinder 271 has a cylindrical shape, extends in the machine width direction, and is fixed to an intermediate portion 232e of the support base 232a. The support arm 272 is formed by bending a cylindrical pipe at two places. As shown in FIG. 47 and the like, the support arm 272 has an arm base end portion 272a, an arm middle portion 272b, and an arm tip end portion 272c. As shown in FIGS. 43 and 46, the arm base end portion 272a extends in the machine width direction K2, and one end side is inserted into the receiving cylinder 271 from the inside of the machine width (right side). As shown in FIGS. 45 to 47, the arm intermediate portion 272b is bent from the other end side of the arm base end portion 272a and extends rearward, and moves upward as it extends rearward. The arm intermediate portion 272b is located on the inner side in the machine width of the first front chair 187A. As shown in FIGS. 45 and 47, the arm tip portion 272c is bent from the rear end of the arm intermediate portion 272b and extends upward.
 図50に示すように、回動支持機構273は、基部274と支軸275とを有している。基部274は、外筒体274aと、基板274bと、規制板274cと、を有している。外筒体274aは、アーム先端部272cの上部に外嵌されている。基板274bは、外筒体274aの上部に固定されている。基板274bは、前部と後部とからそれぞれ起立する2つの起立部274dと、バネ276の一端部が係止される第1係止部274eと、を有している。規制板274cは、基板274bに固定されている。規制板274cは、機幅外方側(左側)で上方に突出した外方突出部274c1と、機幅内方側(右側)で上方に突出した内方突出部274c2と、を有している。外方突出部274c1は、基板274bの左側において基板274bよりも上方に突出している。内方突出部274c2は、基板274bの右側において基板274bよりも上方に突出している。図51に示すように、外方突出部274c1の高さは、内方突出部274c2の高さよりも高い。支軸275は、基板274bの2つの起立部274dにわたって延設されている。支軸275は、内方突出部274c2と外方突出部274c1との間で前後方向に延びている。 As shown in FIG. 50, the rotation support mechanism 273 has a base 274 and a support shaft 275. The base portion 274 has an outer cylindrical body 274a, a substrate 274b, and a regulation plate 274c. The outer cylindrical body 274a is fitted onto the upper portion of the arm tip portion 272c. The substrate 274b is fixed to the upper part of the outer cylindrical body 274a. The board 274b has two standing portions 274d that respectively stand from the front portion and the rear portion, and a first locking portion 274e to which one end portion of the spring 276 is locked. The regulation plate 274c is fixed to the substrate 274b. The regulation plate 274c has an outer protruding portion 274c1 protruding upward on the machine width outer side (left side) and an inner protruding portion 274c2 protruding upward on the machine width inner side (right side). . The outer protrusion 274c1 protrudes above the substrate 274b on the left side of the substrate 274b. The inward protruding portion 274c2 protrudes above the substrate 274b on the right side of the substrate 274b. As shown in FIG. 51, the height of the outer protrusion 274c1 is higher than the height of the inner protrusion 274c2. The support shaft 275 extends over the two upright portions 274d of the substrate 274b. The support shaft 275 extends in the front-rear direction between the inner protrusion 274c2 and the outer protrusion 274c1.
 図50~図53に示すように、苗供給台188Aは、回動支持機構273に回動可能に支持されている。苗供給台188Aは、苗トレイを置くことができる載置部191と、この載置部191を支持する支持構造体192と、を有している。支持構造体192は、屈曲材193F,193Bと棒材194とを有している。屈曲材193F,193Bは、一端部と他端部との間の中途部で鈍角のV字状に屈曲している。以下、屈曲材193F,193Bの一端部と中途部(屈曲部)との間の部位を「一端側部位」といい、屈曲材193F,193Bの他端部と中途部(屈曲部)との間の部位を「他端側部位」という。 As shown in FIGS. 50 to 53, the seedling supply table 188A is rotatably supported by the rotation support mechanism 273. The seedling supply table 188A has a placing portion 191 on which a seedling tray can be placed, and a support structure 192 that supports the placing portion 191. The support structure 192 includes bending members 193F and 193B and a bar member 194. The bending members 193F and 193B are bent in an obtuse V shape at an intermediate portion between one end and the other end. Hereinafter, the portion between one end of the bending members 193F and 193B and the middle portion (bending portion) is referred to as "one end side portion", and the other end of the bending members 193F and 193B and the middle portion (bending portion). Is referred to as "the other end side part".
 屈曲材193Fの一端部は、支軸275の前部に取り付けられている。屈曲材193Bの一端部は、支軸275の前部に取り付けられている。棒材194は、屈曲材193F,193Bの一端側部位に設けられている。棒材194は、屈曲材193Fと屈曲材193Bとにわたって前後方向に延びている。棒材194の一端部には、バネ276の他端部が係止される第2係止部194aが設けられている。 One end of the bending member 193F is attached to the front part of the support shaft 275. One end of the bending member 193B is attached to the front part of the support shaft 275. The rod 194 is provided at one end side portion of the bending members 193F and 193B. The bar 194 extends in the front-rear direction across the bending members 193F and 193B. A second locking portion 194a, on which the other end of the spring 276 is locked, is provided at one end of the rod 194.
 載置部191は、屈曲材193F,193Bの他端側部位に設けられている。載置部191は、屈曲材193Fと屈曲材193Bとにわたって前後方向に延びる複数(2つ)の受け材191aと、この受け材191aに取り付けられた四角環状の受け枠191bと、を有している。受け材191a及び受け枠191bによって苗トレイの底面を支持する略矩形状の苗置き面を構成している。 The mounting portion 191 is provided on the other end side portion of the bending members 193F and 193B. The mounting portion 191 has a plurality of (two) receiving members 191a extending in the front-rear direction across the bending members 193F and 193B, and a square annular receiving frame 191b attached to the receiving members 191a. There is. The receiving material 191a and the receiving frame 191b constitute a substantially rectangular seedling placing surface that supports the bottom surface of the seedling tray.
 図50~図52に示すように、屈曲材193F,193Bは、支軸275の軸回りに回動することができる。屈曲材193F,193Bの回動範囲は、規制板274cによって規制される。
 屈曲材193F,193Bを機幅外方側に回動させると、棒材194が規制板274cの外方突出部274c1に当接し、それ以上の回動が不能となる。この状態では、苗供給台188Aは、苗置き面が水平方向を向く第1姿勢となる。屈曲材193F,193Bを機幅内方側に回動させると、棒材194が規制板274cの内方突出部274c2に当接し、それ以上の回動が不能となる。この状態では、苗供給台188Aは、苗置き面が上下方向を向く第2姿勢となる。尚、第2姿勢には、苗置き面が垂直方向(鉛直方向)を向く場合と、垂直方向に対して若干傾斜した方向を向く場合とが含まれる。
As shown in FIGS. 50 to 52, the bending members 193F and 193B can rotate around the support shaft 275. The rotation range of the bending members 193F and 193B is regulated by the regulation plate 274c.
When the bending members 193F and 193B are rotated outward in the machine width direction, the rod member 194 comes into contact with the outward protruding portion 274c1 of the regulation plate 274c, and further rotation is impossible. In this state, the seedling supply table 188A is in the first posture in which the seedling placing surface faces the horizontal direction. When the bending members 193F and 193B are rotated inward in the machine width direction, the bar member 194 comes into contact with the inward protruding portion 274c2 of the regulation plate 274c, and further rotation is impossible. In this state, the seedling supply table 188A is in the second posture in which the seedling placing surface faces the vertical direction. The second posture includes a case where the seedling placing surface faces a vertical direction (vertical direction) and a case where the seedling placing surface faces a direction slightly inclined with respect to the vertical direction.
 バネ276は、苗供給台188Aが第1姿勢となったとき、棒材194を内方突出部274c2に向けて引っ張る。これにより、作業者が特に力を加えない限り、棒材194が内方突出部274c2に当接した状態が維持されるため、第1姿勢が維持される。バネ276は、苗供給台188Aが第2姿勢となったとき、棒材194を外方突出部274c1に向けて引っ張る。これにより、作業者が特に力を加えない限り、棒材194が外方突出部274c1に当接した状態が維持されるため、第2姿勢が維持される。 The spring 276 pulls the bar 194 toward the inward protrusion 274c2 when the seedling supply table 188A is in the first posture. As a result, unless the operator applies a particular force, the state in which the bar 194 is in contact with the inward protruding portion 274c2 is maintained, and thus the first posture is maintained. The spring 276 pulls the bar 194 toward the outward protruding portion 274c1 when the seedling supply table 188A is in the second posture. As a result, unless the operator applies a particular force, the state in which the bar 194 is in contact with the outer protruding portion 274c1 is maintained, and thus the second posture is maintained.
 苗供給台188Aが第1姿勢となったときに苗置き面に苗トレイが置かれる。載置部191は、苗供給台188Aが第1姿勢となったときに、第1前方椅子187Aの後方であって且つ第1苗供給装置38Aの前方に位置する。そのため、第1前方椅子187Aに着座して第1苗供給装置38Aの方を向いた作業者は、目の前にある載置部191の苗置き面に置かれた苗トレイ上の苗を取って、当該苗を第1苗供給装置38Aの供給カップ171、172に供給することができる。 A seedling tray is placed on the seedling placement surface when the seedling supply table 188A is in the first posture. The placement part 191 is located behind the first front chair 187A and in front of the first seedling supply device 38A when the seedling supply table 188A is in the first posture. Therefore, the operator who sits on the first front chair 187A and faces the first seedling supply device 38A takes the seedlings on the seedling tray placed on the seedling placing surface of the placing unit 191 in front of him. Then, the seedlings can be supplied to the supply cups 171 and 172 of the first seedling supply device 38A.
 載置部191の苗置き面に苗トレイを置かないとき(苗供給作業の開始前や終了後)には、苗供給台188Aを苗置き面が上下方向を向く第2姿勢とする。苗供給台188Aが第2姿勢となったときに、載置部191は第1前方椅子187Aの機幅内方側に位置する。また、苗供給台188Aが第2姿勢となったときに、載置部191は第2前方椅子187Bの機幅内方側に位置する。これにより、作業者は、苗供給台188A,188Bに邪魔されずに、第1前方椅子187A及び第2前方椅子187Bに対する乗り降りを行うことができる。 When the seedling tray is not placed on the seedling placing surface of the placing part 191, (before or after the seedling feeding work is started), the seedling feeding stand 188A is in the second posture in which the seedling placing surface faces the vertical direction. When the seedling supply table 188A is in the second posture, the placing portion 191 is located on the inner side in the machine width of the first front chair 187A. Further, when the seedling supply table 188A is in the second posture, the placing portion 191 is located on the inner side of the second front chair 187B in the machine width direction. Accordingly, the worker can get on and off the first front chair 187A and the second front chair 187B without being disturbed by the seedling supply bases 188A and 188B.
 また、図46の矢印A1に示すように、支持アーム272のアーム基端部272aは、受け筒271の軸心回り(機幅方向の軸心回り)に回動可能である。図53に示すように、アーム基端部272aを受け筒271の軸心回りに回動することにより、載置部191を第1前方椅子187Aの前方から側方に移動させることができる。
 また、上述したように、苗供給台188Aと苗供給台188Bとは、作業機1の機幅方向の中心線を挟んで対称に構成されているため、苗供給台188Aと苗供給台188Bとを入れ替えて使用することができる。具体的には、図54に示すように、苗供給台188Aを取り外し、苗供給台188Bのアーム基端部272aの一端側を、苗供給台188Aを支持する支持機構270の受け筒271に機幅外方(左方)から挿入して支持台232aに取り付けることもできる。
Further, as shown by an arrow A1 in FIG. 46, the arm base end portion 272a of the support arm 272 is rotatable around the axis of the receiving cylinder 271 (around the axis in the machine width direction). As shown in FIG. 53, by rotating the arm base end portion 272a around the axis of the receiving cylinder 271, the mounting portion 191 can be moved from the front of the first front chair 187A to the side.
Further, as described above, since the seedling supply base 188A and the seedling supply base 188B are symmetrically arranged with the center line in the machine width direction of the working machine 1 interposed therebetween, the seedling supply base 188A and the seedling supply base 188B are Can be used interchangeably. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 54, the seedling supply table 188A is removed, and one end side of the arm base end portion 272a of the seedling supply table 188B is mounted on the receiving tube 271 of the support mechanism 270 that supports the seedling supply table 188A. It is also possible to insert it from the width outer side (left side) and attach it to the support base 232a.
 同様に、苗供給台188Bを取り外し、苗供給台188Aのアーム基端部272aの一端側を、苗供給台188Bを支持する支持機構270の受け筒271に機幅外方(右方)から挿入して支持台232aに取り付けることができる。
 苗供給台188Aと苗供給台188Bとを入れ替えた場合、載置部191は、苗供給台188A,188Bが第2姿勢となったときに、第1前方椅子187A,第2前方椅子187Bの機幅外方側に位置する。
Similarly, the seedling supply base 188B is removed, and one end side of the arm base end portion 272a of the seedling supply base 188A is inserted into the receiving cylinder 271 of the support mechanism 270 supporting the seedling supply base 188B from the machine width outside (right side). Can be attached to the support base 232a.
When the seedling supply table 188A and the seedling supply table 188B are replaced with each other, the placing part 191 has the first front chair 187A and the second front chair 187B when the seedling supply tables 188A and 188B are in the second posture. Located outside the width.
 次に、苗供給台188C,188Dの構成について説明する。
 苗供給台188Cは、第1後方椅子187Cを支持するシート支持部材227Aに取り付けられている。苗供給台188Dは、第2後方椅子187Dを支持するシート支持部材227Bに取り付けられている。苗供給台188Cと苗供給台188Dとは、作業機1の機幅方向の中心線を挟んで対称に構成されている。この構成(対称の構成)を除き、苗供給台188Cの構成と苗供給台188Cの構成とは同じである。
Next, the configurations of the seedling supply tables 188C and 188D will be described.
The seedling supply table 188C is attached to the seat support member 227A that supports the first rear chair 187C. The seedling supply table 188D is attached to the seat support member 227B that supports the second rear chair 187D. The seedling supply table 188C and the seedling supply table 188D are configured symmetrically with the center line of the working machine 1 in the machine width direction sandwiched therebetween. Except for this configuration (symmetrical configuration), the seedling supply table 188C and the seedling supply table 188C have the same configuration.
 また、苗供給台188Cと苗供給台188Aとは、第1後方椅子187Cと第1前方椅子187Aとを機幅方向にて同位置に配置した場合、第1苗供給装置38Aの前後方向の中心線を挟んで対称に構成されている。この構成(対称の構成)及び取り付け位置(椅子支持体150ではなくシート支持部材227Aに取り付けられている点)を除き、苗供給台188Aの構成と苗供給台188Cの構成とは同じである。 Moreover, when the first rear chair 187C and the first front chair 187A are arranged at the same position in the machine width direction, the seedling supply base 188C and the seedling supply base 188A are the center of the first seedling supply device 38A in the front-rear direction. The lines are symmetrically arranged. Except for this configuration (symmetrical configuration) and the attachment position (attached to the seat support member 227A instead of the chair support 150), the seedling supply table 188A and the seedling supply table 188C have the same configuration.
 また、苗供給台188Dと苗供給台188Bとは、第2後方椅子187Dと第2前方椅子187Bとを機幅方向にて同位置に配置した場合、第2苗供給装置38Bの前後方向の中心線を挟んで対称に構成されている。この構成(対称の構成)及び取り付け位置(椅子支持体150ではなくシート支持部材227Bに取り付けられている点)を除き、苗供給台188Bの構成と苗供給台188Dの構成とは同じである。 Further, when the second rear chair 187D and the second front chair 187B are arranged at the same position in the machine width direction, the seedling supply table 188D and the seedling supply table 188B are the center of the second seedling supply device 38B in the front-rear direction. The lines are symmetrically arranged. Except for this configuration (symmetrical configuration) and the attachment position (point attached to the seat support member 227B instead of the chair support 150), the seedling supply table 188B and the seedling supply table 188D have the same configuration.
 苗供給台188Cと苗供給台188Dとは、作業機1の機幅方向の中心線を挟んで対称に構成されているため、苗供給台188Cと苗供給台188Dとを入れ替えて使用することができる。
 図2、図20に示すように、第1苗供給装置38A及び第2苗供給装置38Bの上方に苗トレイを置くことができる苗載せ台190が設けられている。苗載せ台190上には、複数の苗トレイを置くことができる。
Since the seedling supply base 188C and the seedling supply base 188D are symmetrically arranged with the center line of the working machine 1 in the machine width direction, the seedling supply base 188C and the seedling supply base 188D can be used interchangeably. it can.
As shown in FIGS. 2 and 20, a seedling placing table 190 on which a seedling tray can be placed is provided above the first seedling supplying device 38A and the second seedling supplying device 38B. A plurality of seedling trays can be placed on the seedling placing table 190.
 図21に示すように、苗載せ台190は、長方形状の枠体190aと、この枠体190aの下部に設けられた底板190bと、を有している。底板190bは、平板から構成してもよいし、網体やパンチングメタルから構成してもよい。底板190b上に複数の苗トレイを置くことができる。
 苗載せ台190は、前後方向K1に比べて機幅方向K2が長く形成されており、第1苗供給装置38Aの上方と第2苗供給装置38Bの上方とに跨るように配置されている。但し、苗載せ台190は、各椅子に着座した作業者の正面に位置する供給カップ171、172の上方は覆っていない。
As shown in FIG. 21, the seedling placing table 190 has a rectangular frame 190a and a bottom plate 190b provided below the frame 190a. The bottom plate 190b may be formed of a flat plate, a net body, or punching metal. A plurality of seedling trays can be placed on the bottom plate 190b.
The seedling platform 190 is formed to be longer in the machine width direction K2 than in the front-rear direction K1 and is arranged so as to extend over the first seedling supply device 38A and the second seedling supply device 38B. However, the seedling placing table 190 does not cover the upper portions of the supply cups 171 and 172 located in front of the worker who is seated in each chair.
 図21に示すように、苗載せ台190は、第1移植ユニット36Aと第2移植ユニット36Bとを連結する連結フレーム130に設けられた台受け189上に取り付けられている。台受け189は、第5連結フレーム材135上に設けられている。台受け189は、第1苗供給装置38A及び第2苗供給装置38Bの上方に配置される。
 作業者は、苗載せ台190上の苗トレイから苗を供給カップ171、172に苗を供給することができる。苗載せ台190は、第1苗供給装置38Aの上方と第2苗供給装置38Bの上方とに跨るように配置されているため、第1前方椅子187A、第2前方椅子187B、第1後方椅子187C、第2後方椅子187Dの各椅子に着座した作業者が、苗載せ台190上の苗トレイから苗を取ることができる。即ち、苗載せ台190は、各椅子に着座した作業者が苗載せ台190上の苗トレイから苗を取ることができる位置に配置されている。
As shown in FIG. 21, the seedling placing table 190 is attached on a table receiver 189 provided in the connecting frame 130 that connects the first transplanting unit 36A and the second transplanting unit 36B. The pedestal support 189 is provided on the fifth connection frame member 135. The stand 189 is arranged above the first seedling supply device 38A and the second seedling supply device 38B.
The operator can supply the seedlings from the seedling tray on the seedling placing table 190 to the supply cups 171 and 172. Since the seedling placing table 190 is arranged so as to straddle over the first seedling feeding device 38A and the second seedling feeding device 38B, the first front chair 187A, the second front chair 187B, and the first rear chair. An operator seated in each of the chairs 187C and the second rear chair 187D can take the seedlings from the seedling tray on the seedling placing table 190. That is, the seedling placing table 190 is arranged at a position where an operator sitting on each chair can take the seedlings from the seedling tray on the seedling placing table 190.
 作業者は、苗供給台188上の苗トレイの苗がなくなると、苗載せ台190上の苗トレイの苗を供給カップ171、172に供給することができる。即ち、苗載せ台190は、予備の苗トレイが載置される台である。また、苗供給台188上の苗トレイの苗がなくなると、空の苗トレイを苗載せ台190上の苗トレイと交換してもよい。また、各作業者の正面に位置する苗供給台188を設けずに、苗載せ台190を各作業者に共通の苗供給台としてもよい。 The worker can supply the seedlings on the seedling tray on the seedling mounting table 190 to the supply cups 171 and 172 when the seedlings on the seedling supplying table 188 are exhausted. That is, the seedling placing table 190 is a table on which a spare seedling tray is placed. Further, when the seedling tray on the seedling supply table 188 is exhausted, the empty seedling tray may be replaced with the seedling tray on the seedling placing table 190. Further, the seedling placing base 190 may be a common seedling supplying base for each worker without providing the seedling supplying base 188 located in front of each worker.
 図1、図56、図57に示すように、作業機1は、対地作業装置1Bとして、圃場に成形された畝にマルチフィルムを敷設するマルチフィルム敷設装置300を備えていてもよい。マルチフィルム敷設装置300は、トラクタ1Aの後方に装着される。詳しくは、マルチフィルム敷設装置300は、トラクタ1Aの後部に装着されたロータリ耕耘機2に装着される。マルチフィルム敷設装置300は、ロータリ耕耘機2の後方且つ移植機3の前方に配置される。 As shown in FIGS. 1, 56, and 57, the working machine 1 may include, as the ground working device 1B, a multi-film laying device 300 that lays a multi-film on a ridge formed in a field. The multi-film laying apparatus 300 is mounted behind the tractor 1A. Specifically, the multi-film laying apparatus 300 is mounted on the rotary cultivator 2 mounted on the rear portion of the tractor 1A. The multi-film laying apparatus 300 is arranged behind the rotary tiller 2 and in front of the transplanter 3.
 マルチフィルム敷設装置300は、トラクタ1Aの幅方向(機幅方向K2と同じ)に並んで成形される2つの畝UN1,UN2に対してそれぞれマルチフィルムを敷設する。以下、2つの畝UN1,UN2のうち、左側に成形される畝を「第1の畝UN1」、右側に成形される畝を「第2の畝UN2」という。
 図56に示すように、マルチフィルム敷設装置300は、第1ロール支持軸301と第2ロール支持軸302とを有している。第1ロール支持軸301は、第1の畝UN1に敷設されるマルチフィルムが巻回された第1フィルムロール303を支持する。第2ロール支持軸302は、第2の畝UN2に敷設されるマルチフィルムが巻回された第2フィルムロール304を支持する。
The multi-film laying apparatus 300 lays a multi-film on each of the two ridges UN1 and UN2 formed side by side in the width direction of the tractor 1A (the same as the machine width direction K2). Of the two ridges UN1 and UN2, the ridge formed on the left side will be referred to as "first ridge UN1", and the ridge formed on the right side will be referred to as "second ridge UN2".
As shown in FIG. 56, the multi-film laying apparatus 300 has a first roll support shaft 301 and a second roll support shaft 302. The first roll support shaft 301 supports the first film roll 303 around which the multi-film laid on the first ridge UN1 is wound. The second roll support shaft 302 supports the second film roll 304 around which the multi-film laid on the second ridge UN2 is wound.
 第1ロール支持軸301及び第2ロール支持軸302は、トラクタ1Aの幅方向(機幅方向K2)に延設されている。第1ロール支持軸301と第2ロール支持軸302とは、トラクタ1Aの幅方向(機幅方向K2)においてオーバラップしている。言い換えれば、第1ロール支持軸301の機幅内方側の部位301aは、第2ロール支持軸302の機幅内方側の部位302aとは、機幅方向K2においてオーバラップしている。 The first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302 extend in the width direction of the tractor 1A (machine width direction K2). The first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302 overlap in the width direction of the tractor 1A (machine width direction K2). In other words, the portion 301a on the machine width inner side of the first roll support shaft 301 overlaps with the portion 302a on the machine width inner side of the second roll support shaft 302 in the machine width direction K2.
 第1ロール支持軸301の右端部(機幅内方側の端部)は、マルチフィルム敷設装置300の機幅方向K2の中心よりも右方に位置している。また、第1ロール支持軸301の右端部は、第2ロール支持軸302の左端部及び第2フィルムロール304の左端部よりも右方に位置している。
 第2ロール支持軸302の左端部(機幅内方側の端部)は、マルチフィルム敷設装置300の機幅方向K2の中心よりも左方に位置している。また、第1ロール支持軸301の右端部及び第1フィルムロール303の右端部よりも左方に位置している。
The right end portion (the end portion on the inner side in the machine width) of the first roll support shaft 301 is located to the right of the center of the multi-film laying apparatus 300 in the machine width direction K2. The right end of the first roll support shaft 301 is located to the right of the left end of the second roll support shaft 302 and the left end of the second film roll 304.
The left end portion (the end portion on the inner side in the machine width) of the second roll support shaft 302 is located to the left of the center of the multi-film laying apparatus 300 in the machine width direction K2. Further, it is located to the left of the right end of the first roll support shaft 301 and the right end of the first film roll 303.
 図56に示すように、第1ロール支持軸301と第2ロール支持軸302とは、前後方向K1にずらして配置されている。これにより、図1、図57に示すように、第1フィルムロール303と第2フィルムロール304とは、前後方向K1にずらして配置される。本実施形態の場合、第1ロール支持軸301が第2ロール支持軸302の前方に配置されている。但し、第1ロール支持軸301が第2ロール支持軸302の後方に配置されていてもよい。また、図示しないが、第1ロール支持軸301と第2ロール支持軸302とは、上下方向にずらして配置されていてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 56, the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302 are arranged so as to be displaced in the front-rear direction K1. Thereby, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 57, the first film roll 303 and the second film roll 304 are arranged so as to be displaced in the front-rear direction K1. In the case of this embodiment, the first roll support shaft 301 is arranged in front of the second roll support shaft 302. However, the first roll support shaft 301 may be arranged behind the second roll support shaft 302. Although not shown, the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302 may be arranged so as to be vertically offset from each other.
 第1ロール支持軸301の両端部は、第1軸支持体305L,305Rにより支持されている。第1軸支持体305Lは、第1ロール支持軸301の左端部(機幅外方側の端部)を支持している。第1軸支持体305Rは、第1ロール支持軸301の右端部(機幅内方側の端部)を支持している。
 第2ロール支持軸302の両端部は、第2軸支持体306L,306Rにより支持されている。第2軸支持体306Lは、第2ロール支持軸302の左端部(機幅内方側の端部)を支持している。第2軸支持体306Rは、第2ロール支持軸302の右端部(機幅外方側の端部)を支持している。
Both ends of the first roll support shaft 301 are supported by the first shaft support bodies 305L and 305R. The first shaft support 305L supports the left end portion (end portion on the machine width outer side) of the first roll support shaft 301. The first shaft support 305R supports the right end (the end on the inner side of the machine width) of the first roll support shaft 301.
Both ends of the second roll support shaft 302 are supported by the second shaft supports 306L and 306R. The second shaft support 306L supports the left end (the end on the inner side of the machine width) of the second roll support shaft 302. The second shaft support 306R supports the right end portion (the end portion on the outer side of the machine width) of the second roll support shaft 302.
 図58~図60に示すように、第1軸支持体305Lは、取付体196の第1側部材196Aに取り付けられており、機幅方向K2に延びている。第1軸支持体305Lは、第1支持材307~第5支持材311を有している。第1支持材307は、第1側部材196Aに固定されている。第2支持材308は、第3支持材309を介して第1支持材307に取り付けられ、第1支持材307から下方に延びている。第4支持材310は、第2支持材308の下部に取り付けられ、当該下部から機幅外方(左方)に延びている。第5支持材311は、一端部(前端部)が第4支持材310の機幅方向の外端に支軸312を介して接続されている。第5支持材311は、支軸312を中心として上方又は下方に揺動可能である。第5支持材311の他端部(後端部)には、上方から下方に向けて切り欠かれた凹状の係止部311aが形成されており、当該係止部311aに第1ロール支持軸301の一端部(左端部)が係止される。係止部311aの上方には、係止部311aに係止された第1ロール支持軸301の一端部の脱離を防ぐためのカバー板339がボルト等により固定される。これにより、第1軸支持体305Lに対して第1ロール支持軸301の一端部(左端部)が支持される。 As shown in FIGS. 58 to 60, the first shaft support body 305L is attached to the first side member 196A of the attachment body 196 and extends in the machine width direction K2. The first shaft support 305L has a first support member 307 to a fifth support member 311. The first support member 307 is fixed to the first side member 196A. The second support member 308 is attached to the first support member 307 via the third support member 309 and extends downward from the first support member 307. The fourth support member 310 is attached to the lower portion of the second support member 308, and extends from the lower portion to the machine width outside (left side). One end (front end) of the fifth support member 311 is connected to the outer end of the fourth support member 310 in the machine width direction via a support shaft 312. The fifth support member 311 can swing upward or downward around the support shaft 312. The other end (rear end) of the fifth support member 311 is provided with a recessed engagement portion 311a that is cut out from above to below, and the engagement portion 311a has a first roll support shaft. One end (left end) of 301 is locked. A cover plate 339 for preventing detachment of one end of the first roll support shaft 301 locked to the locking portion 311a is fixed by a bolt or the like above the locking portion 311a. As a result, one end portion (left end portion) of the first roll support shaft 301 is supported by the first shaft support body 305L.
 図60に示すように、第1支持材307は、機幅方向K2に間隔をあけて並設された複数の取付穴307aを有している。第3支持材309は、取付穴309aの1つ又は複数に対応する取付穴309aを有している。第1支持材307と第3支持材309とは、取付穴307aと取付穴309aとを重ねてボルトを挿通してナットを螺合することにより固定される。第1支持材307に対して第3支持材309を機幅方向K2にずらして、取付穴307aに重ね合わせる取付穴309aを変更することにより、第1支持材307に対して第3支持材309を機幅方向K2にずらして固定することができる。これにより、第1ロール支持軸301を機幅方向K2に移動させることができる。同様に、第2ロール支持軸302も機幅方向K2に移動させることができる。そのため、第1ロール支持軸301と第2ロール支持軸302とがオーバラップする範囲(長さ)を変更することができる。 As shown in FIG. 60, the first support member 307 has a plurality of mounting holes 307a that are arranged in parallel in the machine width direction K2 at intervals. The third support member 309 has mounting holes 309a corresponding to one or a plurality of mounting holes 309a. The first support member 307 and the third support member 309 are fixed by overlapping the mounting hole 307a and the mounting hole 309a, inserting a bolt, and screwing a nut. By shifting the third support member 309 with respect to the first support member 307 in the machine width direction K2 and changing the mounting hole 309a to be overlapped with the mounting hole 307a, the third support member 309 with respect to the first support member 307 is changed. Can be fixed by shifting in the machine width direction K2. As a result, the first roll support shaft 301 can be moved in the machine width direction K2. Similarly, the second roll support shaft 302 can also be moved in the machine width direction K2. Therefore, the range (length) where the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302 overlap can be changed.
 図57、図61に示すように、第1軸支持体305Rは、中間連結体55に取り付けられている。上述の通り、中間連結体55は、中間畝立て器51Mの後取付部51Mbと取付体196の中間部材196Cとを連結している。第1軸支持体305Rは、第7支持材313と第6支持材314とを有している。第7支持材313は、中間連結体55(上部材55a)に固定されて右方に延びている。第6支持材314は、第7支持材313の右端部から後方に延びている。第6支持材314の前部は、第7支持材313に対して揺動可能に枢支されている。これにより、第6支持材314は、第7支持材313に対して上方又は下方に揺動可能である。第6支持材314の後端部には、第1ロール支持軸301の他端部(右端部)に設けられた取付片315が取り付けられている。これにより、第1軸支持体305Rに対して第1ロール支持軸301の他端部(右端部)が支持される。 As shown in FIGS. 57 and 61, the first shaft support body 305R is attached to the intermediate coupling body 55. As described above, the intermediate connecting body 55 connects the rear mounting portion 51Mb of the intermediate ridger 51M and the intermediate member 196C of the mounting body 196. The first shaft support 305R has a seventh support material 313 and a sixth support material 314. The seventh support member 313 is fixed to the intermediate coupling body 55 (upper member 55a) and extends rightward. The sixth support member 314 extends rearward from the right end portion of the seventh support member 313. The front portion of the sixth support member 314 is pivotably supported with respect to the seventh support member 313. Accordingly, the sixth support member 314 can swing upward or downward with respect to the seventh support member 313. A mounting piece 315 provided at the other end (right end) of the first roll support shaft 301 is attached to the rear end of the sixth support member 314. As a result, the other end portion (right end portion) of the first roll support shaft 301 is supported by the first shaft support body 305R.
 図56に示すように、第2軸支持体306Rは、取付体196の第2側部材196Bに取り付けられている。第2軸支持体306Rは、第1軸支持体305L,305Rよりも後方に配置されている。第2軸支持体306Rは、第1軸支持体305Lと前後方向K1の位置を揃えた場合、機幅方向K2の中心を挟んで第1軸支持体305Lと対称形である。この点を除き、第2軸支持体306Rの構成は、第1軸支持体305Lの構成と同じである。 As shown in FIG. 56, the second shaft support body 306R is attached to the second side member 196B of the attachment body 196. The second shaft support 306R is arranged rearward of the first shaft supports 305L and 305R. The second shaft support 306R is symmetrical to the first shaft support 305L with the center in the machine width direction K2 sandwiched between the first shaft support 305L and the front-rear direction K1. Except for this point, the configuration of the second shaft support 306R is the same as the configuration of the first shaft support 305L.
 図56、図61に示すように、第2軸支持体306Lは、中間連結体55に取り付けられている。第2軸支持体306Lは、第1軸支持体305L,305Rよりも後方に配置されている。第2軸支持体306Lは、第2軸支持体306Rと前後方向K1にて同じ位置に配置されている。第2軸支持体306Lは、第1軸支持体305Rと前後方向K1の位置を揃えた場合、機幅方向K2の中心を挟んで第1軸支持体305Rと対称形である。この点を除き、第2軸支持体306Lの構成は、第1軸支持体305Rの構成と同じである。 As shown in FIGS. 56 and 61, the second shaft support body 306L is attached to the intermediate coupling body 55. The second shaft support 306L is arranged rearward of the first shaft supports 305L and 305R. The second shaft support 306L is arranged at the same position as the second shaft support 306R in the front-rear direction K1. The second shaft support 306L is symmetrical to the first shaft support 305R with the center in the machine width direction K2 sandwiched between the first shaft support 305R and the front-rear direction K1. Except for this point, the configuration of the second shaft support 306L is the same as the configuration of the first shaft support 305R.
 図56に示すように、マルチフィルム敷設装置300は、第1覆土部材321、第2覆土部材322、第3覆土部材323、第4覆土部材324を有している。第1覆土部材321、第2覆土部材322、第3覆土部材323、第4覆土部材324は、円板状の覆土ディスクから構成されている。
 第1覆土部材321及び第3覆土部材323は、後方に行くに従って第1の畝UN1側に移行する傾斜状に設けられている。第2覆土部材322及び第4覆土部材324は、後方に行くに従って第2の畝UN2側に移行する傾斜状に設けられている。
As shown in FIG. 56, the multi-film laying apparatus 300 has a first soil covering member 321, a second soil covering member 322, a third soil covering member 323, and a fourth soil covering member 324. The first soil covering member 321, the second soil covering member 322, the third soil covering member 323, and the fourth soil covering member 324 are each formed of a disk-shaped soil covering disk.
The 1st earth covering member 321 and the 3rd earth covering member 323 are provided in the shape of an inclination which shifts to the 1st ridge UN1 side as it goes back. The 2nd soil covering member 322 and the 4th soil covering member 324 are provided in the shape of an inclination which shifts to the 2nd ridge UN2 side as it goes back.
 第1覆土部材321は、第1フィルムロール303の右部の後方に配置されている。第1覆土部材321は、第1フィルムロール303から巻き出されて第1の畝UN1に敷設されたマルチフィルムの第2畝UN2側の一端部(右端部)に土を被せる。第2覆土部材322は、第2フィルムロール304の左部の後方に配置されている。第2覆土部材322は、第2フィルムロール304から巻き出されて第2の畝UN2に敷設されたマルチフィルムの第1畝UN1側の一端部(左端部)に土を被せる。 The first soil cover member 321 is arranged behind the right portion of the first film roll 303. The first soil covering member 321 covers one end (right end) on the second ridge UN2 side of the multi-film unwound from the first film roll 303 and laid on the first ridge UN1. The second soil covering member 322 is arranged behind the left portion of the second film roll 304. The second soil covering member 322 covers the one end (left end) on the first ridge UN1 side of the multi-film unwound from the second film roll 304 and laid on the second ridge UN2.
 第3覆土部材323は、第1フィルムロール303の左部の後方に配置されている。第3覆土部材323は、第1フィルムロール303から巻き出されて第1の畝UN1に敷設されたマルチフィルムの他端部(左端部)に土を被せる。第4覆土部材324は、第2フィルムロール304の右部の後方に配置されている。第4覆土部材324は、第2フィルムロール304から巻き出されて第2の畝UN2に敷設されたマルチフィルムの他端部(右端部)に土を被せる。 The third soil covering member 323 is arranged behind the left portion of the first film roll 303. The third soil covering member 323 covers the other end (left end) of the multi-film unwound from the first film roll 303 and laid on the first ridge UN1 with soil. The fourth soil covering member 324 is arranged behind the right portion of the second film roll 304. The fourth soil covering member 324 covers the other end (right end) of the mulch film unwound from the second film roll 304 and laid on the second ridge UN2.
 第1覆土部材321と第2覆土部材322とは、前後方向K1にずらして配置されている。本実施形態の場合、第1覆土部材321が第2覆土部材322の前方に配置されている。但し、第1覆土部材321と第2覆土部材322のいずれか一方の覆土部材が、いずれか他方の覆土部材の後方に配置されていればよい。第1覆土部材321と第2覆土部材322のいずれを後方に配置するかは、第1ロール支持軸301と第2ロール支持軸302との前後関係によって定めることができる。具体的には、第2ロール支持軸302が第1ロール支持軸301の後方に配置された場合、第2覆土部材322が第1覆土部材321の後方に配置される。第1ロール支持軸301が第2ロール支持軸302の後方に配置された場合、第1覆土部材321が第2覆土部材322の後方に配置される。 The first soil cover member 321 and the second soil cover member 322 are arranged so as to be offset in the front-rear direction K1. In the case of this embodiment, the first soil covering member 321 is arranged in front of the second soil covering member 322. However, it is sufficient that one of the first soil cover member 321 and the second soil cover member 322 is disposed behind the other soil cover member. Which of the first soil cover member 321 and the second soil cover member 322 is arranged rearward can be determined by the front-rear relationship between the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302. Specifically, when the second roll support shaft 302 is arranged behind the first roll support shaft 301, the second soil covering member 322 is arranged behind the first soil covering member 321. When the first roll support shaft 301 is arranged behind the second roll support shaft 302, the first soil covering member 321 is arranged behind the second soil covering member 322.
 また、第1覆土部材321と第2覆土部材322とは、トラクタ1Aの幅方向(機幅方向K2)においてオーバラップして配置されている。また、第1覆土部材321と第2覆土部材322とは、前後方向K1においてもオーバラップしている。
 第3覆土部材323は、前後方向K1において、第1覆土部材321と同位置に配置されている。第4覆土部材324は、前後方向K1において、第2覆土部材322と同位置に配置されている。つまり、第3覆土部材323と第4覆土部材324とは、第1覆土部材321と第2覆土部材322の配置と同様に、前後方向K1にずらして配置されている。
Further, the first soil covering member 321 and the second soil covering member 322 are arranged so as to overlap each other in the width direction of the tractor 1A (machine width direction K2). The first soil covering member 321 and the second soil covering member 322 also overlap in the front-rear direction K1.
The third soil covering member 323 is arranged at the same position as the first soil covering member 321 in the front-rear direction K1. The fourth soil covering member 324 is arranged at the same position as the second soil covering member 322 in the front-rear direction K1. That is, the third soil covering member 323 and the fourth soil covering member 324 are arranged so as to be displaced in the front-rear direction K1 similarly to the arrangement of the first soil covering member 321 and the second soil covering member 322.
 後方に配置された覆土部材(一方の覆土部材)の下端部は、前方に配置された覆土部材(他方の覆土部材)の下端部よりも下方に位置していることが好ましい。本実施形態の場合、第2覆土部材322の下端部が第1覆土部材321の下端部よりも下方に位置している構成とすることが好ましい。当該構成によれば、第2覆土部材322により第1覆土部材321よりも深い位置から土を寄せることができるため、第1覆土部材321と第2覆土部材322とが機幅方向K2においてオーバラップして配置されていても、後方に配置された第2覆土部材322により寄せられる土が不足することがない。 ▽ It is preferable that the lower end of the soil covering member (one of the soil covering members) arranged in the rear is located below the lower end of the soil covering member (the other soil covering member) arranged in the front. In the case of the present embodiment, it is preferable that the lower end portion of the second soil covering member 322 is located below the lower end portion of the first soil covering member 321. According to this structure, the second soil covering member 322 can bring soil from a position deeper than the first soil covering member 321. Therefore, the first soil covering member 321 and the second soil covering member 322 overlap in the machine width direction K2. Even if the second soil cover member 322 is arranged rearward, the soil collected by the second soil cover member 322 does not run short.
 図56、図57、図61に示すように、第1覆土部材321及び第2覆土部材322は、第1接続フレーム325及びブラケット326を介して中間連結体55に取り付けられている。第1接続フレーム325は、中間連結体55に固定されたブラケット326に対して上方又は下方に揺動可能に接続されている。
 図56、図58、図59に示すように、第3覆土部材323は、第2接続フレーム327、ブラケット328、第1支持材307を介して第1側部材196Aに取り付けられている。第2接続フレーム327は、第1支持材307に固定されたブラケット328に対して、支軸316を介して上方又は下方に揺動可能に接続されている。
As shown in FIGS. 56, 57, and 61, the first soil covering member 321 and the second soil covering member 322 are attached to the intermediate coupling body 55 via the first connection frame 325 and the bracket 326. The first connection frame 325 is connected to the bracket 326 fixed to the intermediate coupling body 55 so as to be swingable upward or downward.
As shown in FIGS. 56, 58, and 59, the third soil covering member 323 is attached to the first side member 196A via the second connection frame 327, the bracket 328, and the first supporting member 307. The second connection frame 327 is swingably connected to a bracket 328 fixed to the first support member 307 via a support shaft 316 so as to be swingable upward or downward.
 図56に示すように、第4覆土部材324は、第3接続フレーム329等を介して第2側部材196Bに取り付けられている。第4覆土部材324の第2側部材196Bに対する取付構造は、第3覆土部材323の第1側部材196Aに対する取付構造と同様である。
 図56に示すように、マルチフィルム敷設装置300は、第1フィルム押え器331、第2フィルム押え器332、第3フィルム押え器333、第4フィルム押え器334を有している。第1フィルム押え器331、第2フィルム押え器332、第3フィルム押え器333、第4フィルム押え器334は、例えば、車輪から構成されている。
As shown in FIG. 56, the fourth soil covering member 324 is attached to the second side member 196B via the third connection frame 329 and the like. The attachment structure of the fourth soil covering member 324 to the second side member 196B is the same as the attachment structure of the third soil covering member 323 to the first side member 196A.
As shown in FIG. 56, the multi-film laying apparatus 300 has a first film retainer 331, a second film retainer 332, a third film retainer 333, and a fourth film retainer 334. The first film retainer 331, the second film retainer 332, the third film retainer 333, and the fourth film retainer 334 are composed of wheels, for example.
 第1フィルム押え器331及び第3フィルム押え器333は、前方に行くに従って第1の畝UN1側に移行する傾斜状に設けられている。第2フィルム押え器332及び第4フィルム押え器334は、前方に行くに従って第2の畝UN2側に移行する傾斜状に設けられている。
 第1フィルム押え器331は、第1フィルムロール303の後方に配置されている。第1フィルム押え器331は、第1の畝UN1に敷設されたマルチフィルムの第2の畝UN2側(右側)の一端部(右端部)を押さえる。第2フィルム押え器332は、第2フィルムロール304の後方に配置されている。第2フィルム押え器332は、第2の畝UN2に敷設されたマルチフィルムの第1畝UN1側(左側)の一端部(左端部)を押さえる。第3フィルム押え器333は、第1フィルムロール303の後方に配置されている。第3フィルム押え器333は、第1の畝UN1に敷設されたマルチフィルムの他端部(左端部)を押さえる。第4フィルム押え器334は、第2フィルムロール304の後方に配置されている。第4フィルム押え器334は、第2の畝UN2に敷設されたマルチフィルムの他端部(右端部)を押さえる。
The first film retainer 331 and the third film retainer 333 are provided in an inclined shape that moves toward the first ridge UN1 side as it goes forward. The second film retainer 332 and the fourth film retainer 334 are provided in an inclined shape that moves toward the second ridge UN2 side as it goes forward.
The first film retainer 331 is arranged behind the first film roll 303. The first film retainer 331 presses one end (right end) of the multi-film laid on the first ridge UN1 on the second ridge UN2 side (right side). The second film retainer 332 is arranged behind the second film roll 304. The second film retainer 332 presses one end (left end) on the first ridge UN1 side (left side) of the multi-film laid on the second ridge UN2. The third film retainer 333 is arranged behind the first film roll 303. The third film retainer 333 holds down the other end (left end) of the multi-film laid on the first ridge UN1. The fourth film retainer 334 is arranged behind the second film roll 304. The fourth film retainer 334 holds the other end (right end) of the multi-film laid on the second ridge UN2.
 第1フィルム押え器331と第2フィルム押え器332とは、前後方向K1にずらして配置されている。本実施形態の場合、第1フィルム押え器331が第2フィルム押え器332の前方に配置されている。第1ロール支持軸301が第2ロール支持軸302の後方に配置された場合、第1フィルム押え器331が第2フィルム押え器332の後方に配置される。 The first film retainer 331 and the second film retainer 332 are arranged so as to be offset in the front-rear direction K1. In the case of this embodiment, the first film retainer 331 is arranged in front of the second film retainer 332. When the first roll support shaft 301 is disposed behind the second roll support shaft 302, the first film retainer 331 is disposed behind the second film retainer 332.
 第3フィルム押え器333は、前後方向K1において、第1フィルム押え器331と同位置に配置されている。第4フィルム押え器334は、前後方向K1において、第2フィルム押え器332と同位置に配置されている。つまり、第3フィルム押え器333と第4フィルム押え器334とは、第1フィルム押え器331と第2フィルム押え器332の配置と同様に、前後方向K1にずらして配置されている。 The third film retainer 333 is arranged at the same position as the first film retainer 331 in the front-rear direction K1. The fourth film retainer 334 is arranged at the same position as the second film retainer 332 in the front-rear direction K1. That is, the third film retainer 333 and the fourth film retainer 334 are arranged so as to be displaced in the front-rear direction K1 similarly to the arrangement of the first film retainer 331 and the second film retainer 332.
 図61に示すように、第1フィルム押え器331は、第1接続体335を介して第1接続フレーム325に接続されている。第2フィルム押え器332は、第2接続体336を介して第1接続フレーム325に接続されている。図58、図59に示すように、第3フィルム押え器333は、第3接続体337を介して第2接続フレーム327に取り付けられている。図56に示すように、第4フィルム押え器334は、第4接続体338を介して第3接続フレーム329に取り付けられている。 As shown in FIG. 61, the first film retainer 331 is connected to the first connection frame 325 via the first connector 335. The second film retainer 332 is connected to the first connection frame 325 via the second connection body 336. As shown in FIGS. 58 and 59, the third film retainer 333 is attached to the second connection frame 327 via the third connection body 337. As shown in FIG. 56, the fourth film retainer 334 is attached to the third connection frame 329 via the fourth connection body 338.
 本実施形態の作業機1は、以下に記載する効果を奏する。
 作業機1は、走行体1Aの後部に装着される第1対地作業機2と、第1対地作業機2の後部に装着され且つ圃場に苗を植え付ける第2対地作業機3と、第1対地作業機2の上方に配置され且つ第2対地作業機3に対して作業をする作業者が座る椅子(第1前方椅子187A、第2前方椅子187B)と、第2対地作業機3に対する椅子187A、187Bの位置を調整可能な位置調整機構230と、を備えている。
The working machine 1 of the present embodiment has the following effects.
The working machine 1 includes a first ground work machine 2 mounted on the rear part of the traveling body 1A, a second ground work machine 3 mounted on the rear part of the first ground work machine 2 and planting seedlings in a field, and a first ground work machine. Chairs (first front chair 187A and second front chair 187B), which are arranged above the working machine 2 and for working on the second ground working machine 3, and a chair 187A for the second ground working machine 3 , 187B, and a position adjusting mechanism 230 that can adjust the positions of the 187B.
 この構成によれば、苗を受け付ける第2対地作業機3に対する位置を調整可能な位置調整機構230を備えているため、植え付けられる苗の条間や畝の高さの変更等に対応して椅子187A,187Bの位置を調整することができる。
 また、位置調整機構230は、椅子(第1前方椅子187A、第2前方椅子187B)の位置を作業機1の幅方向である機幅方向K2に調整可能な第1位置調整機構231を有している。
According to this configuration, since the position adjusting mechanism 230 that can adjust the position with respect to the second ground work machine 3 that receives the seedlings is provided, the chair can be used in response to changes in the spacing of the seedlings to be planted or the height of the ridges. The positions of 187A and 187B can be adjusted.
Further, the position adjusting mechanism 230 has a first position adjusting mechanism 231 capable of adjusting the positions of the chairs (the first front chair 187A and the second front chair 187B) in the machine width direction K2 which is the width direction of the work machine 1. ing.
 この構成によれば、第1位置調整機構231によって、植え付けられる苗の条間の変更等に対応して椅子187A,187Bの位置を機幅方向K2に調整することができる。
 また、位置調整機構230は、椅子(第1前方椅子187A、第2前方椅子187B)の位置を前後方向K1に調整可能な第2位置調整機構232を有している。
 この構成によれば、第2位置調整機構232によって、作業者の体格等に対応して椅子187A,187Bの位置を前後方向に調整することができる。
With this configuration, the first position adjustment mechanism 231 can adjust the positions of the chairs 187A and 187B in the machine width direction K2 in response to changes in the spacing of the seedlings to be planted.
Further, the position adjusting mechanism 230 has a second position adjusting mechanism 232 capable of adjusting the positions of the chairs (first front chair 187A, second front chair 187B) in the front-rear direction K1.
With this configuration, the second position adjusting mechanism 232 can adjust the positions of the chairs 187A and 187B in the front-rear direction in accordance with the physique of the worker.
 また、位置調整機構230は、椅子(第1前方椅子187A、第2前方椅子187B)の位置を上下方向に調整可能な第3位置調整機構233を有している。
 この構成によれば、第3位置調整機構233によって、畝高さ、スリーブ(供給カップ171,172内に嵌入されるスリーブ)の高さ、作業者の体格等に対応して椅子187A,187Bの位置を上下方向に調整することができる。
Further, the position adjusting mechanism 230 has a third position adjusting mechanism 233 capable of adjusting the positions of the chairs (first front chair 187A, second front chair 187B) in the vertical direction.
According to this configuration, the third position adjusting mechanism 233 allows the chairs 187A, 187B to correspond to the ridge height, the height of the sleeve (the sleeve fitted in the supply cups 171 and 172), the physique of the worker, and the like. The position can be adjusted vertically.
 また、作業機1は、第1対地作業機2に対して第2対地作業機3及び椅子(第1前方椅子187A、第2前方椅子187B)を一体的に昇降可能に連結する作業機連結機構41を備え、作業機連結機構41は、第2対地作業機3が取り付けられるツールバー43と、ツールバー43に接続され且つ椅子(第1前方椅子187A、第2前方椅子187B)を支持する椅子支持体150と、を有し、位置調整機構230は椅子支持体150に設けられている。 Further, the work implement 1 is a work implement coupling mechanism that integrally connects the second ground work implement 3 and the chairs (the first front chair 187A and the second front chair 187B) to the first ground work implement 2 so as to be vertically movable. The work implement coupling mechanism 41 includes a tool bar 43 to which the second ground work implement 3 is attached, and a chair support that is connected to the tool bar 43 and supports chairs (first front chair 187A, second front chair 187B). 150, and the position adjustment mechanism 230 is provided on the chair support 150.
 この構成によれば、作業者が座る椅子187A,187Bの高さと第2対地作業機3の高さとの関係を一定とした上で、位置調整機構230によって椅子187A、187Bの位置を調整することができる。そのため、第2対地作業機3に対する椅子187A,187Bの位置を正確に且つ容易に調整することができる。
 また、作業機1は、椅子(第1前方椅子187A、第2前方椅子187B)と第2対地作業機3との間に配置され且つ椅子(第1前方椅子187A、第2前方椅子187B)に座った作業者が足を置く足置き板235A,235Bを備え、椅子支持体150は、足置き板235A,235Bが着脱可能又は開閉可能に取り付けられる取付部260A,260Bを有している。
According to this configuration, the positions of the chairs 187A and 187B are adjusted by the position adjusting mechanism 230 while keeping the relationship between the height of the chairs 187A and 187B on which the worker sits and the height of the second ground work machine 3 constant. You can Therefore, the positions of the chairs 187A and 187B with respect to the second ground work implement 3 can be adjusted accurately and easily.
Further, the working machine 1 is arranged between the chairs (first front chair 187A, second front chair 187B) and the second ground working machine 3 and is mounted on the chairs (first front chair 187A, second front chair 187B). It is provided with footrest plates 235A and 235B on which the seated worker puts his / her feet, and the chair support 150 has attachment parts 260A and 260B to which the footrest plates 235A and 235B are detachably or removably attached.
 この構成によれば、足置き板235A,235Bを取付部260A,260Bに対して取り外す又は開放することにより、足置き板235A,235Bの下方へのアクセスが容易となる。そのため、例えば、ロータリ耕耘機2の弾圧装置20のバネの調整、第1移植ユニット36Aと第2移植ユニット36Bとの間の距離の調整(条間調整)、灌水チューブの位置調整等を容易に行うことができる。 According to this configuration, by removing or opening the footrest plates 235A, 235B with respect to the mounting portions 260A, 260B, it becomes easy to access the footrest plates 235A, 235B below. Therefore, for example, adjustment of the spring of the elastic pressure device 20 of the rotary cultivator 2, adjustment of the distance between the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B (spacing adjustment), position adjustment of the irrigation tube, etc. are facilitated. It can be carried out.
 また、作業機1は、苗を収容する多数の供給カップ171,172をループ状の移送経路R1に沿って移送する苗供給装置38と、苗供給装置38に供給される苗を置くための苗供給台188と、を備え、苗供給台188は椅子支持体150に取り付けられている。
 この構成によれば、苗供給台188が椅子支持体150に取り付けられていることにより、苗供給台188と椅子支持体150に支持された椅子との位置関係を一定することができる。そのため、苗供給台188から苗供給装置38に対する苗の供給を安定して行うことができる。
Further, the working machine 1 is a seedling supply device 38 that transfers a large number of supply cups 171 and 172 that store seedlings along a loop-shaped transfer route R1, and a seedling for placing seedlings supplied to the seedling supply device 38. And a feeding table 188, and the seedling feeding table 188 is attached to the chair support 150.
According to this configuration, since the seedling supply table 188 is attached to the chair support 150, the positional relationship between the seedling supply stand 188 and the chair supported by the chair support 150 can be fixed. Therefore, the seedlings can be stably supplied from the seedling supplying table 188 to the seedling supplying device 38.
 また、苗供給台188は、苗置き面が水平方向を向く第1姿勢と、苗置き面が上下方向を向く第2姿勢とに姿勢変更可能である。
 この構成によれば、苗供給装置38に対する苗の供給を行わないときには、苗供給台188を第2姿勢とすることにより、苗供給台188が作業者の移動等の妨げになることが防止できる。
Further, the seedling supply table 188 can be changed to a first posture in which the seedling placing surface faces the horizontal direction and a second posture in which the seedling placing surface faces the vertical direction.
According to this configuration, when the seedling supplying device 38 is not supplied with seedlings, the seedling supplying base 188 is set to the second posture, so that the seedling supplying base 188 can be prevented from obstructing the movement of the worker. .
 また、作業機1は、走行体1Aと、走行体1Aの後方に装着された機枠37と、機枠37に支持され且つ圃場に苗を植え付ける植付装置39と、を有する移植機3と、走行体1Aに対して機枠37を昇降させる昇降駆動装置42と、圃場の凹凸に追従して上下動する検出部材83と、検出部材83の上下動に伴って移動するワイヤ97と、ワイヤ97の移動に伴って機枠37を上昇させる第1状態と機枠37を下降させる第2状態とに昇降駆動装置42を切り換える制御バルブ165と、を備えている。 Further, the working machine 1 is a transplanter 3 having a traveling body 1A, a machine frame 37 mounted behind the traveling body 1A, and a planting device 39 supported by the machine frame 37 and for planting seedlings in a field. An elevating and lowering drive device 42 for elevating and lowering the machine frame 37 with respect to the traveling body 1A, a detection member 83 that moves up and down following the unevenness of the field, a wire 97 that moves as the detection member 83 moves up and down, a wire A control valve 165 that switches the lifting drive device 42 between a first state in which the machine frame 37 is raised and a second state in which the machine frame 37 is lowered in accordance with the movement of 97 is provided.
 この構成によれば、圃場の凹凸に追従する検出部材83の上下動に伴うワイヤ97の移動によって、制御バルブ165を移植機3の機枠37を上昇させる第1状態と下降させる第2状態に切り換えることができるため、簡易な構成で正確に植付深さを調整することができる。これにより、植付深さのばらつきを小さくすることができる。
 また、作業機1は、検出部材83を機枠37に対して上下動可能に支持する支持フレーム82を備え、支持フレーム82は、機枠37に対して上下揺動自在であって且つ検出部材83の上方を通って配置されている。
According to this configuration, the control valve 165 is moved between the first state in which the machine frame 37 of the transplanter 3 is raised and the second state in which the wire 97 is moved by the movement of the wire 97 in accordance with the vertical movement of the detection member 83 that follows the unevenness of the field. Since they can be switched, the planting depth can be adjusted accurately with a simple structure. Thereby, the variation in the planting depth can be reduced.
Further, the working machine 1 includes a support frame 82 that supports the detection member 83 so as to be vertically movable with respect to the machine frame 37. The support frame 82 is vertically swingable with respect to the machine frame 37 and is a detection member. It is arranged above 83.
 この構成によれば、支持フレーム82を検出部材83の側方を通って配置した場合と比べて、隣り合う検出部材83(例えば、左の第1覆土装置40ALの覆土輪81L,81Rと、右の第1覆土装置40ARの覆土輪81L,81R)の間隔を狭くすることができる。そのため、支持フレーム82同士が干渉することを回避しつつ、苗の植え付けの条間を狭くすることができる。 According to this configuration, as compared with the case where the support frame 82 is disposed laterally of the detection member 83, the adjacent detection members 83 (for example, the earth covering wheels 81L and 81R of the left first earth covering device 40AL, and the right The interval between the soil-covering wheels 81L and 81R of the first soil-covering device 40AR can be narrowed. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the distance between the seedlings for planting while avoiding the interference between the support frames 82.
 また、移植機3は、当該移植機3の幅方向の一方側に配置され且つ複数の第1植付装置39AL,39ARを有する第1移植ユニット36Aと、当該移植機3の幅方向の他方側に配置され且つ複数の第2植付装置39BL,39BRを有する第2移植ユニット36Bと、第1移植ユニット36Aと第2移植ユニット36Bとの間の距離を調整する距離調整機構と、複数の第1植付装置39AL,39AR間の相対角度を調整可能とする第1角度調整機構と、複数の第2植付装置39BL,39BR間の相対角度を調整可能とする第2角度調整機構と、を備えている。 Further, the transplanter 3 is arranged on one side in the width direction of the transplanter 3 and has a first transplantation unit 36A having a plurality of first planting devices 39AL, 39AR, and the other side in the width direction of the transplanter 3. A second transplantation unit 36B that is disposed in the first transplantation device 39BL, 39BR and has a plurality of second transplantation devices 39BL and 39BR, and a distance adjustment mechanism that adjusts the distance between the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B. 1. A first angle adjusting mechanism capable of adjusting the relative angle between the planting devices 39AL and 39AR, and a second angle adjusting mechanism capable of adjusting the relative angle between the plurality of second planting devices 39BL and 39BR. I have it.
 この構成によれば、距離調整機構によって、第1移植ユニット36Aと第2移植ユニット36Bとの間の距離を調整することができる。加えて、第1角度調整機構と第2角度調整機構によって、それぞれの移植ユニットにおける植付装置間の相対角度を調整することで、それぞれの移植ユニットにおける植付装置間の距離を調整することができる。つまり、ユニット単位での調整と、各ユニット内の植付装置単位での調整を行うことができる。そのため、1畝4条、2畝2条等の多様な植え付け形態に対応した条間調整が可能となる。 According to this configuration, the distance adjusting mechanism can adjust the distance between the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B. In addition, the first angle adjusting mechanism and the second angle adjusting mechanism adjust the relative angle between the transplanting devices in each transplantation unit, thereby adjusting the distance between the transplanting devices in each transplantation unit. it can. That is, it is possible to perform adjustment in units of units and in units of planting devices in each unit. Therefore, it becomes possible to adjust the striations corresponding to various planting forms such as 1 row of 4 ridges and 2 rows of 2 ridges.
 また、作業機1は、走行体1Aの後方に配置され且つ前記幅方向に延びるツールバー43を備え、距離調整機構は、ツールバー43に沿って移動可能に取り付けられ且つ第1移植ユニット36Aに固定された第1取付具61Aと、ツールバー43に沿って移動可能に取り付けられ且つ第2移植ユニット36Bに固定された第2取付具61Bと、を有している。 In addition, the working machine 1 is provided with a tool bar 43 arranged in the rear of the traveling body 1A and extending in the width direction, and the distance adjusting mechanism is movably attached along the tool bar 43 and fixed to the first transplantation unit 36A. It has a first mounting tool 61A and a second mounting tool 61B that is movably mounted along the tool bar 43 and is fixed to the second transplantation unit 36B.
 この構成によれば、第1移植ユニット36Aと第2移植ユニット36Bとをツールバー43に沿って独立して移動可能となるため、第1移植ユニット36Aと第2移植ユニット36Bとの間の距離の調整を容易に行うことができる。
 また、機枠37は、複数の第1植付装置39AL,39ARが装着される第1機枠37Aと、複数の第2植付装置39BL,39BRが装着される第2機枠37Bと、を含み、第1移植ユニット36Aは第1機枠37Aを有し、第2移植ユニット36Bは第2機枠37Bを有し、第1角度調整機構は、複数の第1植付装置39AL,39ARの第1機枠37Aに対する装着角度を個別に調整可能とし、第2角度調整機構は、複数の第2植付装置39BL,39BRの第2機枠37Bに対する装着角度を個別に調整可能とする。
According to this configuration, the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B can be independently moved along the toolbar 43, so that the distance between the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B can be reduced. Adjustment can be easily performed.
In addition, the machine casing 37 includes a first machine casing 37A to which the plurality of first planting devices 39AL and 39AR are mounted and a second machine casing 37B to which the plurality of second planting devices 39BL and 39BR are mounted. Including, the 1st transplantation unit 36A has the 1st machine frame 37A, the 2nd transplantation unit 36B has the 2nd machine frame 37B, the 1st angle adjustment mechanism of the plural 1st planting devices 39AL, 39AR The mounting angle with respect to the first machine casing 37A can be individually adjusted, and the second angle adjustment mechanism can individually adjust the mounting angles of the plurality of second planting devices 39BL and 39BR with respect to the second machine casing 37B.
 この構成によれば、複数の第1植付装置39AL,39ARの第1機枠37Aに対する装着角度と、複数の第2植付装置39BL,39BRの第2機枠37Bに対する装着角度とが、それぞれ個別に調整可能となるため、多様な植え付け形態に対応した条間調整を容易に行うことが可能となる。
 また、第1移植ユニット36Aは、複数の第1植付装置39AL,39ARのそれぞれに対応して第1機枠37Aに装着された複数の第1覆土装置40AL,40ARを有し、第2移植ユニット36Bは、複数の第2植付装置39BL,39BRのそれぞれに対応して第2機枠37Bに装着された複数の第2覆土装置40BL,40BRを有し、移植機3は、第1覆土装置40AL,40ARの前記幅方向の位置を調整する第1位置調整部と、第2覆土装置40BL,40BRの前記幅方向の位置を調整する第2位置調整部と、を有している。
According to this configuration, the mounting angles of the plurality of first planting devices 39AL and 39AR with respect to the first machine frame 37A and the mounting angles of the plurality of second planting devices 39BL and 39BR with respect to the second machine frame 37B are respectively Since they can be adjusted individually, it becomes possible to easily adjust the striation adjustment corresponding to various planting forms.
In addition, the first transplantation unit 36A has a plurality of first soil covering devices 40AL and 40AR attached to the first machine casing 37A corresponding to the plurality of first transplanting devices 39AL and 39AR, respectively, and the second transplanting unit The unit 36B includes a plurality of second soil cover devices 40BL and 40BR attached to the second machine casing 37B corresponding to the plurality of second planting devices 39BL and 39BR, respectively. It has the 1st position adjustment part which adjusts the position of the devices 40AL and 40AR in the width direction, and the 2nd position adjustment part which adjusts the position of the 2nd soil covering devices 40BL and 40BR in the width direction.
 この構成によれば、複数の植付装置のそれぞれ位置の調整に対応して、複数の覆土装置の位置を調整することができるため、多様な植え付け形態に対応した植え付け及び覆土の作業を行うことが可能となる。
 また、作業機1は、原動機E1と、原動機E1からの動力を受けて前記幅方向に延びる軸回りに回転する主軸107と、主軸107の回転動力を第1移植ユニット36A及び第2移植ユニット36Bに伝達する伝動機構と、を備え、主軸107は、原動機E1からの動力を受けて回転する第1回転軸107Aと、第1回転軸107Aから動力を受けて回転する第2回転軸107Bと、第1回転軸107Aと第2回転軸107Bとを連結する連結軸107Lと、を有し、第1回転軸107A及び第2回転軸107Bは、連結軸107Lに対して前記幅方向に移動可能である。
According to this configuration, the positions of the plurality of soil covering devices can be adjusted corresponding to the adjustment of the positions of the plurality of planting devices, so that the work of planting and covering the soil corresponding to various planting forms can be performed. Is possible.
In addition, the working machine 1 includes a prime mover E1, a main shaft 107 which receives power from the prime mover E1 and rotates around an axis extending in the width direction, and rotational power of the main shaft 107 to the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B. The main shaft 107 includes a first rotating shaft 107A that rotates by receiving power from the prime mover E1, a second rotating shaft 107B that rotates by receiving power from the first rotating shaft 107A, and And a connecting shaft 107L connecting the first rotating shaft 107A and the second rotating shaft 107B. The first rotating shaft 107A and the second rotating shaft 107B are movable in the width direction with respect to the connecting shaft 107L. is there.
 この構成によれば、第1移植ユニット36Aと第2移植ユニット36Bとの間の距離の調整に対応して、主軸107の長さを調整することができるとともに、第1移植ユニット36A及び第2移植ユニット36Bに対する動力の伝達を確実に行うことができる。
 また、第1回転軸107A及び第2回転軸107Bはスプライン軸であり、連結軸107Lはスプライン軸が噛み合うスプライン軸受である。
According to this configuration, the length of the main shaft 107 can be adjusted corresponding to the adjustment of the distance between the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B, and the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36A can be adjusted. Power can be reliably transmitted to the transplant unit 36B.
The first rotating shaft 107A and the second rotating shaft 107B are spline shafts, and the connecting shaft 107L is a spline bearing with which the spline shafts mesh.
 この構成によれば、第1移植ユニット36Aと第2移植ユニット36Bとの間の距離の調整に対応して、主軸107の長さの調整を容易に行うことができると共に、第1移植ユニット36A及び第2移植ユニット36Bに対する動力の伝達を確実に行うことができる。
 また、作業機1は、走行体1Aと、走行体1Aの後部に装着されたロータリ耕耘機2と、ロータリ耕耘機2に取り付けられる取付部を有する畝立て器51と、を備え、取付部は、畝立て器51の前部に設けられた前取付部51La,51Ra,51Maと、畝立て器51の後部に設けられた後取付部51Lb,51Rb,51Mbと、を含む。
According to this configuration, the length of the main shaft 107 can be easily adjusted corresponding to the adjustment of the distance between the first transplantation unit 36A and the second transplantation unit 36B, and at the same time, the first transplantation unit 36A. Also, the power can be reliably transmitted to the second transplantation unit 36B.
Further, the working machine 1 includes a traveling body 1A, a rotary cultivator 2 attached to a rear portion of the traveling body 1A, and a ridger 51 having an attachment portion attached to the rotary cultivator 2, and the attachment portion is The front mounting portions 51La, 51Ra, 51Ma provided at the front portion of the ridger 51 and the rear mounting portions 51Lb, 51Rb, 51Mb provided at the rear portion of the ridger 51 are included.
 この構成によれば、畝立て器51が前取付部51La,51Ra,51Maと後取付部51Lb,51Rb,51Mbによってロータリ耕耘機2に取り付けられているため、畝立て器の取付部分に加わる負荷を分散することができる。そのため、事前の耕耘が十分になされていない圃場であっても、畝立て器51の取り付け部分に過剰な負荷が加わることを防止できる。 According to this configuration, since the ridger 51 is attached to the rotary cultivator 2 by the front attachment portions 51La, 51Ra, 51Ma and the rear attachment portions 51Lb, 51Rb, 51Mb, the load applied to the attachment portion of the ridger is applied. Can be dispersed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent an excessive load from being applied to the attachment portion of the ridge riser 51 even in a field where the advance plowing is not sufficiently performed.
 また、ロータリ耕耘機2は、圃場を耕耘する耕耘部18と、ロータリ機枠11と、ロータリ機枠11に取り付けられて耕耘部18を覆うロータリカバー19と、耕耘部18に動力を伝動する伝動機構を収容する伝動ケース12と、を有し、ロータリ機枠11には、取付体196が取り付けられており、前取付部51La,51Ra,51Maは、ロータリカバー19又は伝動ケース12に取り付けられ、後取付部51Lb,51Rb,51Mbは、取付体196に取り付けられている。 Further, the rotary tiller 2 includes a tiller 18 for tilling the field, a rotary machine frame 11, a rotary cover 19 attached to the rotary machine frame 11 for covering the tiller 18, and a transmission for transmitting power to the tiller 18. And a transmission case 12 accommodating the mechanism, a mounting body 196 is attached to the rotary machine frame 11, and the front mounting portions 51La, 51Ra, and 51Ma are attached to the rotary cover 19 or the transmission case 12. The rear mounting portions 51Lb, 51Rb, 51Mb are mounted on the mounting body 196.
 この構成によれば、前取付部51La,51Ra,51Ma及び後取付部51Lb,51Rb,51Mbを、ロータリ耕耘機2に対して確実に取り付けることができる。特に、センタードライブ式のロータリ耕耘機2では、伝動ケース12の後方に畝立て器があると、残耕により畝立て器は損耗し易くなるが、前取付部51Maを伝動ケース12に取り付けることにより、伝動ケース12の後方の畝立て器の損耗を防止することができる。 According to this configuration, the front attachment parts 51La, 51Ra, 51Ma and the rear attachment parts 51Lb, 51Rb, 51Mb can be reliably attached to the rotary cultivator 2. In particular, in the center drive type rotary cultivator 2, if there is a ridger behind the transmission case 12, the ridger is likely to be worn due to residual tillage, but by attaching the front mounting portion 51Ma to the transmission case 12. The wear of the ridger behind the transmission case 12 can be prevented.
 また、ロータリカバー19は、耕耘部18の上方を覆う上部カバー19Aと、耕耘部18の後方を覆う後部カバー19Bと、耕耘部18の側方を覆う側部カバー19Cと、を有し、伝動ケース12は、ロータリ耕耘機2の幅方向の中央に配置され、畝立て器51は、前取付部51La,51Raが側部カバー19Cに取り付けられた側部畝立て器51L,51Rと、前取付部51Maが伝動ケース12に取り付けられた中間畝立て器51Mとを含む。 Further, the rotary cover 19 has an upper cover 19A that covers the upper part of the tilling part 18, a rear cover 19B that covers the rear of the tilling part 18, and a side cover 19C that covers the sides of the tilling part 18, and the transmission. The case 12 is arranged at the center in the width direction of the rotary cultivator 2, and the ridge former 51 includes side ridge formers 51L and 51R in which front attachment portions 51La and 51Ra are attached to the side cover 19C, and front attachment portions. The portion 51Ma includes an intermediate ridger 51M attached to the transmission case 12.
 この構成によれば、側部畝立て器51L,51R及び中間畝立て器51Mを、ロータリ耕耘機2の幅方向の異なる位置に確実に取り付けることができる。
 また、側部畝立て器51L,51Rの前記幅方向の外端部は、側部カバー19Cの前記幅方向の外端部よりも外側に位置している。
 この構成によれば、側部畝立て器51L,51Rと中間畝立て器51Mとの距離を長くすることができるため、畝幅を広く形成することができる。
With this configuration, the side ridge risers 51L and 51R and the intermediate ridge riser 51M can be reliably attached to the rotary cultivator 2 at different positions in the width direction.
Further, the outer ends in the width direction of the side ridge risers 51L and 51R are positioned outside the outer ends in the width direction of the side cover 19C.
According to this structure, since the distance between the side ridger 51L, 51R and the intermediate ridger 51M can be increased, the ridge width can be widened.
 また、側部カバー19Cは、前記幅方向の一方側に配置された第1側部カバー19CLと、前記幅方向の他方側に配置された第2側部カバー19CRと、を含み、取付体196は、第1側部カバー19CLに取り付けられた第1側部材196Aと、第2側部カバー19CRに取り付けられた第2側部材196Bと、第1側部材196Aと第2側部材196Bとの間に配置された中間部材196Cと、を有し、側部畝立て器51L,51Rは、前記幅方向の一方側に配置された第1側部畝立て器51Lと、前記幅方向の他方側に配置された第2側部畝立て器51Rと、を含み、第1側部畝立て器51Lの後取付部51Lbは、第1側部材196Aに取り付けられ、第2側部畝立て器51Rの後取付部51Rbは、第2側部材196Bに取り付けられ、中間畝立て器51Mの後取付部51Mbは、中間部材196Cに取り付けられている。 The side cover 19C includes a first side cover 19CL arranged on one side in the width direction and a second side cover 19CR arranged on the other side in the width direction, and has a mounting body 196. Is between the first side member 196A attached to the first side cover 19CL, the second side member 196B attached to the second side cover 19CR, and the first side member 196A and the second side member 196B. And the intermediate member 196C disposed on the side ridges 51L and 51R, and the side ridges 51L and 51R are arranged on one side in the width direction and on the other side in the width direction. The rear mounting portion 51Lb including the arranged second side ridger 51R and the first side ridger 51L is attached to the first side member 196A, and the rear side ridger 51R is attached. The mounting portion 51Rb is attached to the second side member 196B. Is, the attachment portion 51Mb after the intermediate ribbing devices 51M is attached to the intermediate member 196C.
 この構成によれば、後取付部51Lb,51Rbを第1側部材196Aと第2側部材196Bを介して側部カバー19Cに取り付けることができる。また、後取付部51Mbを中間部材196Cにより第1側部材196Aと第2側部材196Bとの間に配置することができる。
 また、作業機1は、ロータリ耕耘機2の後部に装着され且つ圃場に苗を植え付ける移植機3を備え、畝立て器51は移植機3の前方に配置され、移植機3は、畝立て器51により成形された畝に苗を植え付ける。
According to this configuration, the rear attachment portions 51Lb and 51Rb can be attached to the side cover 19C via the first side member 196A and the second side member 196B. Further, the rear attachment portion 51Mb can be arranged between the first side member 196A and the second side member 196B by the intermediate member 196C.
Further, the working machine 1 is equipped with a transplanter 3 which is mounted on the rear part of the rotary tiller 2 and which plant seedlings in a field, the ridger 51 is arranged in front of the transplanter 3, and the transplanter 3 is the ridger. Seedlings are planted in the ridges formed by 51.
 この構成によれば、事前の耕耘が十分になされていない圃場であっても、畝立て器51により確実に畝を成形し、移植機3により成形された畝に苗を植え付けることができる。
 また、マルチフィルム敷設装置300は、走行体1Aの後方に装着され、且つ圃場に成形された畝にマルチフィルムを敷設するマルチフィルム敷設装置であって、第1の畝UN1に敷設されるマルチフィルムが巻回された第1フィルムロール303を支持する第1ロール支持軸301と、第1の畝UN1と隣り合う第2の畝UN2に敷設されるマルチフィルムが巻回された第2フィルムロール304を支持する第2ロール支持軸302と、を備え、第1ロール支持軸301と第2ロール支持軸302とは、走行体1Aの幅方向に延設されており且つ前記幅方向においてオーバラップしている。
According to this configuration, even in a field in which pre-cultivation is not sufficiently performed, it is possible to surely form the ridges by the ridger 51 and plant seedlings in the ridges formed by the transplanter 3.
Further, the multi-film laying device 300 is a multi-film laying device which is mounted on the rear side of the traveling body 1A and lays a multi-film on a ridge formed in a field, and the multi-film laying device is laid on the first ridge UN1. The second film roll 304 around which the multi-film laid on the first roll supporting shaft 301 that supports the first film roll 303 wound around and the second ridge UN2 adjacent to the first ridge UN1 is wound. And a second roll support shaft 302 for supporting the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302. ing.
 この構成によれば、第1フィルムロール303と第2フィルムロール304との間隔を狭くすることができるため、隣り合う2つの畝に対して畝間を狭くしてマルチフィルムを敷設することができる。そのため、狭い間隔で多数の畝を成形した圃場に対しても良好にマルチフィルムの敷設を行うことができる。
 また、第1ロール支持軸301と第2ロール支持軸302とは、前後方向にずらして配置されている。
According to this configuration, the interval between the first film roll 303 and the second film roll 304 can be narrowed, so that the ridges can be narrowed between two adjacent ridges and a multi-film can be laid. Therefore, the mulch film can be satisfactorily laid even in a field where a large number of ridges are formed at narrow intervals.
Further, the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302 are arranged so as to be displaced in the front-rear direction.
 この構成によれば、第1ロール支持軸301と第2ロール支持軸302とが前後方向にずれることで、走行体1Aの幅方向において第1ロール支持軸301と第2ロール支持軸302とを確実にオーバラップさせることができる。
 また、第1ロール支持軸301と第2ロール支持軸302とは、上下方向にずらして配置されている。
According to this configuration, the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302 are displaced in the front-rear direction, so that the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302 are separated from each other in the width direction of the traveling body 1A. It is possible to reliably overlap.
The first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302 are arranged so as to be vertically offset from each other.
 この構成によれば、第1ロール支持軸301と第2ロール支持軸302とが上下方向にずれることで、走行体1Aの幅方向において第1ロール支持軸301と第2ロール支持軸302とを確実にオーバラップさせることができる。
 また、マルチフィルム敷設装置300は、第1の畝UN1に敷設されたマルチフィルムの第2畝UN2側の端部に土を被せる第1覆土部材321と、第2の畝UN2に敷設されたマルチフィルムの第1畝UN1側の端部に土を被せる第2覆土部材322と、を備え、第1覆土部材321と第2覆土部材322とは、前後方向にずらして配置されている。
According to this configuration, the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302 are vertically displaced from each other, so that the first roll support shaft 301 and the second roll support shaft 302 are separated from each other in the width direction of the traveling body 1A. It is possible to reliably overlap.
Further, the multi-film laying device 300 includes a first soil cover member 321 for covering the end of the multi-film laid on the first ridge UN1 on the second ridge UN2 side with a multi-layer laid on the second ridge UN2. The 2nd soil covering member 322 which covers the end part by the side of the 1st ridge UN1 of the film with soil, and the 1st soil covering member 321 and the 2nd soil covering member 322 are displaced in the direction of order.
 この構成によれば、走行車両1Aの幅方向において、第1覆土部材321と第2覆土部材322との間隔を狭くすることができる。そのため、狭い間隔で成形された畝に敷設されたマルチフィルムの端部に対する覆土を良好に行うことができる。
 また、第1覆土部材321と第2覆土部材322とは、走行車両1Aの幅方向においてオーバラップして配置されている。
According to this configuration, the interval between the first soil covering member 321 and the second soil covering member 322 can be narrowed in the width direction of the traveling vehicle 1A. Therefore, it is possible to satisfactorily cover the soil of the ends of the mulch film laid on the ridges formed at narrow intervals.
Further, the first soil covering member 321 and the second soil covering member 322 are arranged so as to overlap each other in the width direction of the traveling vehicle 1A.
 この構成によれば、隣り合う2つの畝(第1の畝と第2の畝)に対して畝間を狭くしてマルチフィルムを敷設した後に、敷設されたマルチフィルムの端部に、第1覆土部材321と第2覆土部材322により確実に土を被せることができる。
 また、第1覆土部材321と第2覆土部材322のいずれか一方の覆土部材は、いずれか他方の覆土部材の後方に配置され、一方の覆土部材の下端部は、他方の覆土部材の下端部よりも下方に位置している。
According to this configuration, after the mulch film is laid by narrowing the ridges between the two adjacent ridges (the first ridge and the second ridge), the first soil cover is applied to the end of the laid mulch film. The member 321 and the second soil covering member 322 can surely cover the soil.
In addition, one of the first soil cover member 321 and the second soil cover member 322 is disposed behind the other soil cover member, and the lower end portion of the one soil cover member is the lower end portion of the other soil cover member. It is located below.
 この構成によれば、第1覆土部材321と第2覆土部材322のうち前方の覆土部材により土を寄せて覆土した後、後方にある覆土部材によって前方の覆土部材よりも深い位置から土を寄せて覆土することができる。そのため、前方の覆土部材により土が寄せられることで、後方にある覆土部材により寄せられる土が不足することがなく、第1覆土部材321と第2覆土部材322の両方で確実に覆土することが可能となる。 According to this configuration, of the first soil-covering member 321 and the second soil-covering member 322, the soil-covering member on the front side brings the soil to cover the soil, and then the soil-covering member on the rear side brings the soil from a position deeper than the soil-covering member on the front side. Can be covered with soil. Therefore, since the soil is attracted by the front soil cover member, the soil attracted by the rear soil cover member does not run short, and the soil can be reliably covered by both the first soil cover member 321 and the second soil cover member 322. It will be possible.
 また、マルチフィルム敷設装置300は、第1の畝UN1に敷設されたマルチフィルムの第2畝UN2側の端部を抑える第1フィルム押え器331と、第2の畝UN2に敷設されたマルチフィルムの第1の畝UN1側の端部を押さえる第2フィルム押え器332と、を有し、第1フィルム押え器331と第2フィルム押え器332とは、前後方向にずらして配置されている。 Further, the multi-film laying device 300 includes a first film retainer 331 for suppressing an end portion of the multi-film laid on the first ridge UN1 on the second ridge UN2 side, and a multi-film laid on the second ridge UN2. And a second film retainer 332 that presses the end portion of the first ridge UN1 side, and the first film retainer 331 and the second film retainer 332 are arranged to be displaced in the front-rear direction.
 この構成によれば、隣り合う2つの畝(第1の畝と第2の畝)に対して畝間を狭くしてマルチフィルムを敷設する際に、敷設されるマルチフィルムの一端部を、第1フィルム押え器331と第2フィルム押え器332により確実に押さえることができる。
 また、作業機1は、上記マルチフィルム敷設装置300と、走行体1Aの後方に装着され、且つ畝に苗を植え付ける移植機3と、を備えている。
According to this configuration, when the mulch film is laid by narrowing the ridge between two adjacent ridges (the first ridge and the second ridge), one end of the mulch film to be laid is The film retainer 331 and the second film retainer 332 can surely press the film.
In addition, the working machine 1 includes the above-mentioned mulch film laying apparatus 300, and a transplanting machine 3 mounted behind the traveling body 1A and for planting seedlings in the ridges.
 この構成によれば、苗の移植作業とマルチフィルムの敷設作業とを合わせて行うことができる。
 以上、本発明の一実施形態について説明したが、今回開示された実施の形態はすべての点で例示であって制限的なものではないと考えられるべきである。本発明の範囲は上記した説明ではなくて請求の範囲によって示され、請求の範囲と均等の意味及び範囲内でのすべての変更が含まれることが意図される。
With this configuration, the seedling transplanting operation and the mulch film laying operation can be performed together.
Although one embodiment of the present invention has been described above, it should be considered that the embodiment disclosed this time is an exemplification in all respects and not restrictive. The scope of the present invention is shown not by the above description but by the claims, and is intended to include meanings equivalent to the claims and all modifications within the scope.
1    作業機
1A   走行体
2    ロータリ耕耘機
3    移植機
11   ロータリ機枠
12   伝動ケース
18   耕耘部
19   ロータリカバー
19A  上部カバー
19B  後部カバー
19C  側部カバー
19CL 第1側部カバー
19CR 第2側部カバー
51   畝立て器
51L  側部畝立て器(第1側部畝立て器)
51R  側部畝立て器(第2側部畝立て器)
51M  中間畝立て器
51La 前取付部
51Ra 前取付部
51Ma 前取付部
51Lb 後取付部
51Rb 後取付部
51Mb 後取付部
196  取付体
196A 第1側部材
196B 第2側部材
196C 中間部材
300  マルチフィルム敷設装置
303  第1フィルムロール
301  第1ロール支持軸
304  第2フィルムロール
302  第2ロール支持軸
321  第1覆土部材
322  第2覆土部材
331  第1フィルム押え器
332  第2フィルム押え器
UN1  第1の畝
UN2  第2の畝
1 Working Machine 1A Traveling Body 2 Rotary Tiller 3 Transplanter 11 Rotary Machine Frame 12 Transmission Case 18 Tiller 19 Rotary Cover 19A Upper Cover 19B Rear Cover 19C Side Cover 19CL First Side Cover 19CR Second Side Cover 51 Ridge Stand 51L Side ridge stand (first side ridge stand)
51R Side ridger (2nd side ridger)
51M Intermediate ridger 51La Front mounting part 51Ra Front mounting part 51Ma Front mounting part 51Lb Rear mounting part 51Rb Rear mounting part 51Mb Rear mounting part 196 Mounting body 196A First side member 196B Second side member 196C Intermediate member 300 Multi film laying device 303 First film roll 301 First roll support shaft 304 Second film roll 302 Second roll support shaft 321 First soil cover member 322 Second soil cover member 331 First film retainer 332 Second film retainer UN1 First ridge UN2 Second ridge

Claims (14)

  1.  走行体の後方に装着され、且つ圃場に成形された畝にマルチフィルムを敷設するマルチフィルム敷設装置であって、
     第1の畝に敷設されるマルチフィルムが巻回された第1フィルムロールを支持する第1ロール支持軸と、
     前記第1の畝と隣り合う第2の畝に敷設されるマルチフィルムが巻回された第2フィルムロールを支持する第2ロール支持軸と、
     を備え、
     前記第1ロール支持軸と前記第2ロール支持軸とは、前記走行体の幅方向に延設されており且つ前記幅方向においてオーバラップしているマルチフィルム敷設装置。
    A multi-film laying device mounted on the back of a traveling body and laying a multi-film on a ridge formed in a field,
    A first roll support shaft that supports a first film roll around which a multi-film laid on the first ridge is wound;
    A second roll support shaft for supporting a second film roll around which a multi-film is laid, which is laid on a second ridge adjacent to the first ridge,
    Equipped with
    A multi-film laying device in which the first roll support shaft and the second roll support shaft extend in the width direction of the traveling body and overlap in the width direction.
  2.  前記第1ロール支持軸と前記第2ロール支持軸とは、前後方向にずらして配置されている請求項1に記載のマルチフィルム敷設装置。 The multi-film laying device according to claim 1, wherein the first roll support shaft and the second roll support shaft are arranged so as to be displaced in the front-rear direction.
  3.  前記第1ロール支持軸と前記第2ロール支持軸とは、上下方向にずらして配置されている請求項1に記載のマルチフィルム敷設装置。 The multi-film laying device according to claim 1, wherein the first roll support shaft and the second roll support shaft are arranged so as to be vertically offset from each other.
  4.  前記第1の畝に敷設されたマルチフィルムの前記第2畝側の端部に土を被せる第1覆土部材と、
     前記第2の畝に敷設されたマルチフィルムの前記第1畝側の端部に土を被せる第2覆土部材と、
     を備え、
     前記第1覆土部材と前記第2覆土部材とは、前後方向にずらして配置されている請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載のマルチフィルム敷設装置。
    A first soil covering member for covering the end portion on the second ridge side of the mulch film laid on the first ridge with soil;
    A second soil covering member for covering the end on the first ridge side of the mulch film laid on the second ridge with soil;
    Equipped with
    The mulch film laying apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the first soil covering member and the second soil covering member are arranged so as to be displaced in the front-rear direction.
  5.  前記第1覆土部材と前記第2覆土部材とは、前記幅方向においてオーバラップして配置されている請求項4に記載のマルチフィルム敷設装置。 The multi-film laying device according to claim 4, wherein the first soil covering member and the second soil covering member are arranged so as to overlap each other in the width direction.
  6.  前記第1覆土部材と前記第2覆土部材のいずれか一方の覆土部材は、いずれか他方の覆土部材の後方に配置され、
     前記一方の覆土部材の下端部は、前記他方の覆土部材の下端部よりも下方に位置している請求項5に記載のマルチフィルム敷設装置。
    One of the first soil cover member and the second soil cover member is disposed behind the other soil cover member,
    The multi-film laying device according to claim 5, wherein a lower end portion of the one soil covering member is located below a lower end portion of the other soil covering member.
  7.  前記第1の畝に敷設されたマルチフィルムの前記第2畝側の端部を押さえる第1フィルム押え器と、
     前記第2の畝に敷設されたマルチフィルムの前記第1畝側の端部を押さえる第2フィルム押え器と、
     を備え、
     前記第1フィルム押え器と前記第2フィルム押え器とは、前後方向にずらして配置されている請求項1~6のいずれかに記載のマルチフィルム敷設装置。
    A first film retainer for pressing an end of the multi-film laid on the first ridge on the second ridge side;
    A second film retainer for pressing the end of the multi-film laid on the second ridge on the first ridge side;
    Equipped with
    7. The multi-film laying device according to claim 1, wherein the first film retainer and the second film retainer are arranged so as to be displaced in the front-rear direction.
  8.  請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載のマルチフィルム敷設装置と、
     前記走行体の後方に装着され、且つ前記畝に苗を植え付ける移植機と、
     を備えている作業機。
    A mulch film laying apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 7,
    A transplanter that is attached to the rear of the running body, and that implants seedlings in the ridges,
    A working machine equipped with.
  9.  走行体と、
     前記走行体の後部に装着されたロータリ耕耘機と、
     前記ロータリ耕耘機に取り付けられる取付部を有する畝立て器と、
     を備え、
     前記取付部は、前記畝立て器の前部に設けられた前取付部と、前記畝立て器の後部に設けられた後取付部と、を含む作業機。
    A moving body,
    A rotary cultivator attached to the rear part of the traveling body,
    A ridger having an attachment portion attached to the rotary cultivator,
    Equipped with
    The said mounting part is a working machine including the front mounting part provided in the front part of the said ridger, and the rear mounting part provided in the rear part of the said ridger.
  10.  前記ロータリ耕耘機は、圃場を耕耘する耕耘部と、ロータリ機枠と、前記ロータリ機枠に取り付けられて前記耕耘部を覆うロータリカバーと、前記耕耘部に動力を伝動する伝動機構を収容する伝動ケースと、を有し、
     前記ロータリ機枠には、取付体が取り付けられており、
     前記前取付部は、前記ロータリカバー又は前記伝動ケースに取り付けられ、
     前記後取付部は、前記取付体に取り付けられている請求項9に記載の作業機。
    The rotary cultivator includes a cultivating section for cultivating a field, a rotary machine frame, a rotary cover attached to the rotary machine frame to cover the cultivating section, and a transmission that houses a transmission mechanism for transmitting power to the cultivating section. Has a case,
    An attachment is attached to the rotary machine frame,
    The front attachment portion is attached to the rotary cover or the transmission case,
    The working machine according to claim 9, wherein the rear attachment portion is attached to the attachment body.
  11.  前記ロータリカバーは、前記耕耘部の上方を覆う上部カバーと、前記耕耘部の後方を覆う後部カバーと、前記耕耘部の側方を覆う側部カバーと、を有し、
     前記伝動ケースは、前記ロータリ耕耘機の幅方向の中央に配置され、
     前記畝立て器は、前記前取付部が前記側部カバーに取り付けられた側部畝立て器と、前記前取付部が前記伝動ケースに取り付けられた中間畝立て器とを含む請求項10に記載の作業機。
    The rotary cover has an upper cover that covers an upper part of the cultivating part, a rear cover that covers a rear part of the cultivating part, and a side cover that covers a lateral side of the cultivating part,
    The transmission case is arranged at the center in the width direction of the rotary cultivator,
    11. The ridger includes a side ridger in which the front attachment portion is attached to the side cover, and an intermediate ridger in which the front attachment portion is attached to the transmission case. Working machine.
  12.  前記側部畝立て器の前記幅方向の外端部は、前記側部カバーの前記幅方向の外端部よりも外側に位置している請求項11に記載の作業機。 The working machine according to claim 11, wherein an outer end portion in the width direction of the side ridger is positioned outside an outer end portion in the width direction of the side cover.
  13.  前記側部カバーは、前記幅方向の一方側に配置された第1側部カバーと、前記幅方向の他方側に配置された第2側部カバーと、を含み、
     前記取付体は、前記第1側部カバーに取り付けられた第1側部材と、前記第2側部カバーに取り付けられた第2側部材と、前記第1側部材と前記第2側部材との間に配置された中間部材と、を有し、
     前記側部畝立て器は、前記幅方向の一方側に配置された第1側部畝立て器と、前記幅方向の他方側に配置された第2側部畝立て器と、を含み、
     前記第1側部畝立て器の前記後取付部は、前記第1側部材に取り付けられ、
     前記第2側部畝立て器の前記後取付部は、前記第2側部材に取り付けられ、
     前記中間畝立て器の前記後取付部は、前記中間部材に取り付けられている請求項11又は12に記載の作業機。
    The side cover includes a first side cover arranged on one side in the width direction and a second side cover arranged on the other side in the width direction,
    The attachment body includes a first side member attached to the first side cover, a second side member attached to the second side cover, the first side member and the second side member. An intermediate member disposed between,
    The side ridger includes a first side ridger arranged on one side in the width direction and a second side ridger arranged on the other side in the width direction,
    The rear attachment portion of the first side ridger is attached to the first side member,
    The rear attachment portion of the second side ridger is attached to the second side member,
    The working machine according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the rear attachment portion of the intermediate ridger is attached to the intermediate member.
  14.  前記ロータリ耕耘機の後部に装着され且つ圃場に苗を植え付ける移植機を備え、
     前記畝立て器は、前記移植機の前方に配置され、
     前記移植機は、前記畝立て器により成形された畝に苗を植え付ける請求項9~13のいずれか1項に記載の作業機。
    Equipped with a transplanter which is mounted on the rear part of the rotary tiller and which plant seedlings in a field,
    The ridger is disposed in front of the transplanter,
    The working machine according to any one of claims 9 to 13, wherein the transplanting machine implants a seedling in a ridge formed by the ridger.
PCT/JP2019/041944 2018-10-26 2019-10-25 Mulch-film laying apparatus and work machine WO2020085494A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201980070486.7A CN112888300B (en) 2018-10-26 2019-10-25 Multilayer film laying device and working machine
KR1020217015311A KR20210077749A (en) 2018-10-26 2019-10-25 Weeding film laying device and working machine

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018-202258 2018-10-26
JP2018-202257 2018-10-26
JP2018202259A JP7098506B2 (en) 2018-10-26 2018-10-26 Working machine
JP2018202258A JP7171368B2 (en) 2018-10-26 2018-10-26 Work machine with mulch film laying device
JP2018-202259 2018-10-26
JP2018202257A JP6983743B2 (en) 2018-10-26 2018-10-26 Working machine

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020085494A1 true WO2020085494A1 (en) 2020-04-30

Family

ID=70331175

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/041944 WO2020085494A1 (en) 2018-10-26 2019-10-25 Mulch-film laying apparatus and work machine

Country Status (3)

Country Link
KR (1) KR20210077749A (en)
CN (1) CN112888300B (en)
WO (1) WO2020085494A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200296903A1 (en) * 2019-03-19 2020-09-24 Cgechen Limited Soil covering and planting apparatus
CN112535144A (en) * 2021-01-13 2021-03-23 上海寇雪贸易有限公司 Equipment is laid to pond plastic film
CN116378000A (en) * 2023-03-22 2023-07-04 泰兴一建建设集团有限公司 Construction soil compacting machine

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3121973A (en) * 1962-01-05 1964-02-25 Soilserv Inc Soil treating method
JPS6036724B2 (en) * 1981-12-23 1985-08-22 株式会社クボタ Marcia
JPH02291214A (en) * 1989-04-28 1990-12-03 Iseki & Co Ltd Apparatus for laying mulching film
JPH0610740Y2 (en) * 1988-09-14 1994-03-23 三菱農機株式会社 Sheet feeding device of multi rice transplanter
JP2523280Y2 (en) * 1990-08-09 1997-01-22 ヤンマー農機株式会社 Transplant machine
JP3135805B2 (en) * 1994-10-19 2001-02-19 鋤柄農機株式会社 Multi-working method and multiple-working multi-working machine

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0746092Y2 (en) * 1988-09-14 1995-10-25 三菱農機株式会社 Multi rice transplanter planting rod
JP2572911Y2 (en) * 1992-11-19 1998-05-25 三菱農機株式会社 Roller float device for multi-transplanter
JP2006271316A (en) 2005-03-30 2006-10-12 Iseki & Co Ltd Mulch film-laying apparatus
KR100637046B1 (en) * 2005-10-14 2006-10-23 모영환 Agricultural vinyl clothing machine
JP2009291125A (en) * 2008-06-05 2009-12-17 Mitsubishi Agricult Mach Co Ltd Operating machine for laying mulching sheet
JP6336407B2 (en) 2015-03-11 2018-06-06 ヤンマー株式会社 Agricultural machine
CN204560203U (en) * 2015-04-27 2015-08-19 甘肃农业大学 Transplanter
CN106171856A (en) * 2015-05-29 2016-12-07 株式会社久保田 Chassis and transplantation device
CN105027775B (en) * 2015-06-20 2017-07-07 石河子大学 A kind of full-automatic plastic film mulch earthing transplanter
CN105815162A (en) * 2016-01-24 2016-08-03 福建永顺机械有限公司 Front hanging type efficient film laying machine and operation method thereof
CN105794376B (en) * 2016-05-20 2017-06-27 山东农业大学 A kind of multifunctional vegetable transplanter

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3121973A (en) * 1962-01-05 1964-02-25 Soilserv Inc Soil treating method
JPS6036724B2 (en) * 1981-12-23 1985-08-22 株式会社クボタ Marcia
JPH0610740Y2 (en) * 1988-09-14 1994-03-23 三菱農機株式会社 Sheet feeding device of multi rice transplanter
JPH02291214A (en) * 1989-04-28 1990-12-03 Iseki & Co Ltd Apparatus for laying mulching film
JP2523280Y2 (en) * 1990-08-09 1997-01-22 ヤンマー農機株式会社 Transplant machine
JP3135805B2 (en) * 1994-10-19 2001-02-19 鋤柄農機株式会社 Multi-working method and multiple-working multi-working machine

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200296903A1 (en) * 2019-03-19 2020-09-24 Cgechen Limited Soil covering and planting apparatus
CN112535144A (en) * 2021-01-13 2021-03-23 上海寇雪贸易有限公司 Equipment is laid to pond plastic film
CN116378000A (en) * 2023-03-22 2023-07-04 泰兴一建建设集团有限公司 Construction soil compacting machine
CN116378000B (en) * 2023-03-22 2023-10-31 泰兴一建建设集团有限公司 Construction soil compacting machine

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20210077749A (en) 2021-06-25
CN112888300B (en) 2023-03-28
CN112888300A (en) 2021-06-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7171368B2 (en) Work machine with mulch film laying device
WO2020085494A1 (en) Mulch-film laying apparatus and work machine
JP7195873B2 (en) work machine
WO2020085495A1 (en) Work machine
JP7009311B2 (en) Working machine
JP7134835B2 (en) work machine
JP6983723B2 (en) Working machine
JP7098506B2 (en) Working machine
JP6983743B2 (en) Working machine
JP7118857B2 (en) work machine
JP7155067B2 (en) work machine
CN101019479A (en) Tilling and seeding machine
CN107535148B (en) Transplanting machine and working machine
JP7019512B2 (en) Working machine
JP7019511B2 (en) Working machine
WO2022145359A1 (en) Transplanter
JP6983725B2 (en) Working machine
JP6983724B2 (en) Working machine
JP7009310B2 (en) Working machine
JPH0965725A (en) Non-tillage transplanting machine
JP7278940B2 (en) transplanter
JP2022104182A (en) Transplanter
JP2022104181A (en) Transplanter
WO2021132377A1 (en) Transplanter
JP5276544B2 (en) Paddy field work vehicle

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19877060

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20217015311

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19877060

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1